[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: feel
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling and acknowledging them as truth within certain limits, and
    • event, a sorrow or some mishap. You do need a mood, a certain feeling
    • feelings within himself in order to nurture these soul eyes. The
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • such a reproach without feeling uneasy, and can remember other
    • her emotional character is the feeling of submissiveness, the feeling
    • view of the relation between intellect, feelings and passion in men
    • the intellect belongs primarily to Woman, and feelings and passion to
    • last century. It was necessary that old religious feelings and
    • when people will feel that the wellsprings of the spirit in life must
    • lay here. Where the soul begins to feel the divine in itself, where
    • the human soul. For this reason tremendously powerful feelings and
    • feel in themselves the other side of the human being, and who, in a
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • Through it are expressed the instinctive feelings and in certain
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts,
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • following: a man is walking along the street and feels that someone
    • permeates our organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel
    • life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of pleasure
    • into our breast, as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is
    • beautiful or ugly, for what is good or evil. So that in our feelings
    • something good or bad. In so far as our soul feels constrained to give
    • moral impulses and feelings which are active within us and lead to the
    • impulses. Man will transform the earth by feeling with ever-increasing
    • knowledge becomes something that we actually feel, something towards
    • arouse in us the wish to become Anthroposophists, then our feeling is
    • cannot live. Only then are our feelings what they ought to be, only
    • Answer: Men will feel these words of consolation as though
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • united with their work. They feel remote from it. Now there is nothing
    • worse than to feel remote in your heart from the things you have to do
    • you feel limp and weary, it would be better not to attempt to make a
    • the surrounding world. The anthroposophist, however, should not feel
    • The astral body is the carrier of feelings, instincts, etc.,
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • God, the primeval source of his being. Within himself he could feel
    • earth grew cold, when its plant covering began to fade, he had to feel
    • consciousness, he could feel how God descended upon his soul, how his
    • through feeling, then this experience of Christ that we have gained
    • I, but Christ in me.” We then have the mystical experience of feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • spontaneous warmth of this elementary feeling. Let me repeat that it is
    • images of such a play proceed from a knowledge based on feeling.
    • feelings, which could also give rise to something as simple as this play.
    • some people preserved a childlike innocence in their feelings and
    • All our knowledge has always lived deeply in the feelings of men. We see
    • possess the holy order of the sun's course. In spring and summer we feel
    • He who observes his inner life of thinking, feeling and willing, and the
    • disorderly way in which these impulses of thought, feeling and will arise,
    • can feel that the changing capriciousness of his thinking, feeling and
    • atmospheric changes of the weather. Indeed, our thinking, feeling and
    • deeply you are related to my own inner being," is the feeling that lived in
    • earth. Then he was filled with strength and courage and could feel that
    • Child on Christmas Eve. Although we must acquire other feelings than those
    • necessary that we connect such knowledge with our most sacred feelings and
    • simple Christmas play. Indeed, we, too, feel just as happy when we see such
    • a play because we feel our relationship with those men of the past who
    • Mystery of Golgotha, even when the body grows old. The soul will then feel
    • experience as Christmas feeling arising from our anthroposophical world
    • Awake the feelings to His presence
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • glimmerings of a feeling for Christ. Nor during the first few years
    • feelings. Such a feeling as can live in our souls when we see a little
    • acquired a feeling for our environment which we could not possess
    • interjections and words to express the feelings of his inner being; in
    • epoch. Through Spiritual Science we can enrich anew our inner feelings
    • chaotic and confused, but filled, permeated with inner feeling, if
    • us will feel it to be so if we learn to unite ourselves with the
    • feelings and perceptions. Our life of feeling and perception can be
    • perceive and feel within ourselves not only the fruits that come to us
    • to have the right understanding, the right feeling and perception for
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge of it with all our feeling, we may acquire again, with our
    • they are selfless and we do not feel them. We see things through them,
    • themselves instead of letting it pass through, we should feel a sort of
    • of red in themselves, we should feel a sharp stab. If our eyes were self-
    • and religious feeling when he is confronted with the beauty of nature,
    • not feel that we have stomach, lungs, etc., but have them without feeling
    • confronting something that gave a burnt out feeling to one of his organs.
    • understanding of the spiritual world, a feeling of gratitude toward the
    • Thinking, feeling and willing were threatened with disorder through the
    • a different direction, and his feeling in still another. It was necessary for
    • human evolution that thinking, feeling and willing should become
    • Ahriman they could not have done this. Thought, feeling and will,
    • thinking, feeling and willing. Truly, as the rays of the physical sun must
    • brought thinking, feeling and willing into disorder. All who turn their
    • of man's thinking, feeling and willing. “Thou Sun Spirit,” so
    • archangels today; “Thou has brought thinking, feeling and willing,
    • then thought, feeling and will would rage madly within him. The Greeks
    • Atlantean era the soul organs, the organs that underlie thinking, feeling
    • feel Him vitally in every word that is uttered in discussions of spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • Just before we fall asleep, we feel how the will forces in our limbs
    • vague talk of “spirit” in general. Many people today feel the
    • Another exercise we need to do is to intensify our feeling of devotion
    • feeling and will, just as in sleep he shuts out all awareness of
    • prophets and founding religions is over. And in future people who feel
    • deepening and enhancing our religious feeling to an unusual degree.
    • spiritual science feels to encompass what is most holy to it is simply
    • due to a feeling that is religious and deeply scientific at the same
    • and enkindling our human souls. Only a person whose religious feeling
    • discovery. But a person strong in his genuine feeling for the Christ
    • thinking and feeling cannot be endangered by research of any kind, but
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • When this being comes into proximity with the Christ being, he feels
    • This feeling dominates so essentially as to break this upper beings
    • perceives first as the soul world — and then as something that feels
    • feeling for the fact that the external preception must take into
    • hatred from Christ, but because he feels he cannot stand the forces
    • accompanied by a feeling of sensual pleasure, which is also present as
    • also perverts man's logic and dulls his feelings. We in Central Europe
    • overcome: we must feel the dead among us as if they were alive. We
    • to say a few words to you that are merely an expression of my feeling
    • With such feelings in our hearts we forever want to imbue ourselves
    • proper way as the motto for our doing, weaving and feeling. Not the
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • delicately organized for his soul to feel pain when he sees other
    • is true that more delicately organized natures feel pain at the
    • the most highly cultured will not only feel pain such as is caused
    • as their own suffering. If they see a hungry man they will feel the
    • feels the health of the whole body, the individual will feel the
    • will feel that complete freedom of thought in the domain of religion
    • Eastern Europe feels instinctively, but often with perverted instinct,
    • feels that spirit self is to descend, but that it can only descend
    • the personal element, through which every single man feels himself an
    • are, accuse Western and Central Europe of having lost all feeling for
    • genuine community of life among men, a life where everyone feels
    • the instinctive feeling that the spirit self can only manifest in a
    • With power to feel and to enjoy it. Thou
    • science, feeling the good spirit of brotherhood hovering over and
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • the sixth post-Atlantean epoch. Her poems easily enable us to feel:
    • Here is a soul that feels that the knowledge which can be gained at
    • are poets or artists, and they may say: “I feel my genius within
    • of spiritual science, our meditative life will enable us to feel eternal,
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • paralyzing effect on us. And the continual spread of this feeling of partial
    • Deubler as an individual we can well feel admiration. He became a
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • human feeling which urgently demands a solution of the great problems of
    • winter because of seeing the snow and feeling the cold does not know that
    • and contains answers desired by the individuals who feel, in the manner
    • faintest degree human religious feelings or religious life. On the
    • of spiritual research will feel some degree of consolation in face of the
    • considering such cases the right kind of feeling and attitude is aroused in
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • immaturity of human facilities: the right powers of feeling for such
    • decades reveals very clearly, to anyone who has true feeling, that Art
    • approach him with the underlying feeling that everything outer
    • This underlying feeling must be gradually developed; this must be
    • feel in the other man the image of his eternal and spiritual being.
    • stranger feelings in the man of to-day, who has indeed no inclination
    • arise a faculty to feel and apprehend in man, even as we meet him, his
    • the important thing today. I always feel it with intense pain when
    • Anyone who discovers word-for-word agreements without feeling how the
    • speech, there will come over man a wonderful feeling of colour, and
    • through this feeling of colour in speech men will learn to understand
    • will call forth the same feeling as the sight of a blue colour, and
    • another sound the same feeling as the sight of a red colour. Thus,
    • themselves the expressions of and configurations of feeling in other
    • the state of feeling of the other in himself, in his own breathing. As
    • now refer, our breathing will attune itself to the life of feeling of
    • slowly we shall feel what kind of a man we are meeting. Think how the
    • of feeling, they will have to breathe one another. In the sphere of
    • understanding through speech, they will have to feel one another in
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • apply to the conditions and activities of these times those feelings
    • indifference, not even in mere thoughts and feelings, even though we
    • ideas or feelings), certain words have certain values. The word
    • But when we approach the very nerve of Spiritual Science, we feel that
    • should be permeated with this feeling. If we do not get rid of the
    • so that he can then feel nice and warm with the thought, “You are
    • nearest to hand, thereby enhancing our self-love, but to feel it our
    • way of feeling. It is exactly this which we must try to combat. We
    • merely to feel sympathy or antipathy towards the people we meet, not
    • Perhaps you will not feel that what I am saying now is extremely
    • thoughts and feelings of many working men. Karl Marx was able to
    • these things, the necessities of the case alone do so. One may feel
    • religious orientation toward initiation, a feeling of one's own
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • monograph on Goethe — what is our experience then? We feel: this is
    • or feeling for it? Men such as Troxler, and
    • which may well up as a feeling of tragedy from contemplation of this
    • feels all the time as though so many worms were crawling through the
    • influence of human thinking and feeling, to take the form that is
    • hewing wood. Do modern men feel that thinking tires them? They do not,
    • that they were capable of feeling and experiencing in regard to the
    • very few of them would — to use a trivial expression — feel
    • deep feeling and perception when in my Mystery Play,
    • your feeling, from your hearing, the earth shines out into the cosmos.
    • from the earth. You cannot perceive, hear, see, smell or feel without
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • The astral body of man contains within it the forces of feeling. The
    • astral body brings these forces of feeling into physical operation in
    • he acts in the world as a being of will. The feelings experienced in
    • The astral body which comes to expression in feeling operates through
    • of feeling, is especially active in the air organism, and is in
    • asleep. It is different in the case of the astral body and feeling.
    • body is outside the human organism; the astral body and feeling do not
    • body and feeling, goes out of the body and passes into a world with
    • Astral body — Feeling — Air organism — Light Ether.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • perceptions with our intellect; we also have feelings in connection
    • this experience of the void is necessary in order that man shall feel
    • himself connected with his bodily nature. As an Ego he would feel no
    • between falling asleep and waking that he is able to feel himself
    • or whatever it may be. He may also feel enthusiasm for examples of the
    • life of ideas, and in so far as we feel a certain satisfaction in
    • what Spiritual Science feels it a duty to bring to mankind at the
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • feelings he lives within both these spheres. With his feeling he
    • the other side, feeling enters into his actions, his deeds. We need
    • accompanied by impulses of feeling, and we shall see that feeling
    • with the heart. This means of union is the life of feeling, which is
    • circulating blood), he is the bearer of the life of feeling; as
    • the feeling of love — devotion to something to which we are not
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling that his solar and planetary system was repeating, of course in a
    • If in this our community, we could acquire the right feelings for
    • feelings could enable us to find the impulses needed for the renewals that
    • souls feeling and sensing the true significance of the event. Are we really
    • worthiest feelings to pass through our souls. Such a festival celebration
    • Ask yourselves whether the feelings in your hearts and souls when you stand
    • whether feelings are living in you that can raise humankind to an
    • new content must [be]come content which can give us entirely new feelings that
    • Oh, the soul will attain to altogether new feelings if it feels committed
    • united in love because they feel the need, common to them all, to search.
    • this evening. Then each one of you would feel that my words contain a
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • our feeling.
    • appeals more to the feeling and in a certain sense is the most popular
    • feeling-life, and because it is the most readily approachable for the
    • consciousness in profane feeling.
    • content of feeling and the human fullness of which Novalis still
    • to such grasping of the world, permeated as it was with feeling, but
    • between falling asleep and awaking, we look back, we feel our way
    • back, as it were, into our bodies. We feel what is of the earth in our
    • In the shepherds' wisdom we learn to know the earth by feeling our way
    • The forces of knowledge, faith and feeling that live in man to-day can
    • with idle talk about the Christmas festival and our own feelings, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • contemplate without on the one hand feeling an intense longing awaken
    • In his knowledge man feels himself outside Nature. What would induce
    • knowledge, that man feels separated from the inner being of Nature.
    • his search. We have at the same time the feeling that whatever in the
    • a demand which the conscientious seeker after knowledge will feel is
    • of his own being. They described how man feels the ground sink away
    • feeling of standing on firm ground; he sees himself being hurled
    • the feeling of freedom, that sense of freedom which is in reality a
    • with our word “freedom,” the feeling we associate with the word
    • feeling of life and vitality within him. Although in our age we have
    • immediately has a feeling of uncertainty. If he has been sufficiently
    • inner being, should feel himself united there with the inner being of
    • thought and the feeling of freedom and a stronger selfconsciousness,
    • Out of an instinctive feeling that was conscious and yet at the same
    • receive a certain colouring from the life of feeling; and there is
    • darkness; our feelings vanish and our will is inactive. The ordinary
    • prejudice, we try to observe inwardly what we experience when we feel,
    • We discover that our feeling life is by no means so illumined with the
    • the life of feeling is undoubtedly every bit as real as — even
    • always something undefined about the life of feeling. Indeed, if we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • to expression in the form of feeling, surge upwards. We know that
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • being. Feeling brings a certain light into, intensifies,
    • Thus we distinguish two kinds of feeling, as we did in the case of the
    • state. One kind of feeling surges upwards from the will that is
    • connected with man's sleeping condition. This kind of feeling lives
    • — unfolded by the human being. This is feeling which tends towards
    • experiences of feeling which have in them the quality of sympathy. The
    • dreamlike experience of feeling which comes to expression in
    • activity, feeling in activity of the soul.
    • He wants to isolate himself, to feel enclosed within his own being.
    • unfolds the element of antipathy in his life of feeling so strongly
    • like an abnormal aura. It may then happen that he begins to feel
    • give rise to persecution mania in all its forms. When feelings of
    • life, the mental life. The sleeping will lights up in feeling, and
    • the same time denuded qualitatively — it becomes abstract. In feeling
    • this element of antipathetic feeling surges into the conceptual life,
    • antipathetic feeling, or of the inner will, into the conceptual life.
    • And when sympathetic feeling — which has its origin in the will of
    • you see, lives in us as abstraction only. In feeling, inasmuch as we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • him by becoming the experiencer, the feeler of his own breathing, by
    • the inner experience, the inner feeling, the inner formation of
    • constellations of the Zodiac. You can follow them by feeling the
    • feeling and willing, and in the perception of the echo of the Zodiac.
    • the feeling that the geometrical, thought concretely, was the music of
    • development of his consciousness for then we can gain a feeling that
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • even in the forming of our thoughts and feelings, which the child
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling and willing.
    • is to exercise the students' faculties of thinking, feeling
    • that a feeling for truth is connected with our consciousness of the
    • truth, he is in harmony with the feeling he has of his physical body,
    • the nervous system. The feeling he has of his physical body gives him
    • it to be this copy of reality. It behooves us, however, to feel the
    • feeling for truth and truthfulness. To feel himself in duty bound
    • instead of feeling the reality of the etheric body, he is nowadays apt
    • An intense feeling for beauty — as it was then conceived — existed
    • “Never do I feel the peripheral structure of my hands and fingers so
    • warmed and irradiated — god-inspired — thus did the Greek feel in
    • In the presence of ugliness the Greek's feeling was quite different
    • abstract feelings in regard to ugliness by his features-he makes a
    • unconscious depths of his soul at any rate — a feeling for
    • pre-earthly existence. An epoch of civilization in which this feeling
    • A genuine feeling for beauty forges a link that binds us here, in
    • own astral body feels pain at the sight of suffering in others. For
    • a man can quicken his etheric body into life through his feeling for beauty.
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • to a particular grade of knowledge, of feeling, and willing. Then, when they
    • have advanced in knowledge, in higher feeling, and higher willing, they
    • not even feel that he was man in the fullest sense. He felt that he was more a
    • should realize how, in his passions, emotions, feelings and sensibilities, he
    • at a particular point in his life he feels something flowering and coming
    • and feels there the flowing, living presence of the Christ, he will receive
    • age. This we must learn in these days to join our feeling to our
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • an understanding to arise in wider circles, a common feeling for how
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • animal or yonder plant, so should we feel a longing to get to know the
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • Michael Thoughts, of which today men have no more than a dim feeling, has
    • souls who in full sincerity feel themselves drawn to the Michael stream.
    • Michael may feel when, clothed in the light rays of the Sun, Michael appears
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • entangled in death, and out of man's feelings arose the question:
    • feeling. Men on earth had to come to this feeling, for it was
    • face the feeling that through death, i.e. through the intellect, we
    • a particular feeling in connection with esoteric Christianity:
    • is active, we do not really live. We must feel that when we are
    • feels how difficult it is to clothe these experiences in the words of
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • unfolds its thoughts and feelings.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • and feelings in the presentation of an individual
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness; then we shall feel something of the abounding power
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • inclined to feel it all rather remote from everyday life. But this is
    • namely, as realms devoid of feeling. The first kingdom of those we
    • finger, head or ear — we feel ourselves within the other soul.
    • with them consists in feeling at one with them, being within them. To
    • and so on. The higher the kingdom, the more intensely does a man feel
    • bound to them after death; he feels as though they were bearing him,
    • the element in which the dead live. For consider: what we here feel as
    • being in the physical world is quite unfamiliar. He feels that what he
    • delicate, sensitive feelings for these moments of waking and going to
    • that we unite the life of feeling with our thoughts and ideas.
    • feeling and with will. Your relationship with the dead must be one of
    • something to him — if you develop the feeling in purity and let
    • to a feeling of reverence and piety towards the spiritual world in
    • die, we mourn and feel pain. When good friends in the Society have
    • their pain to our souls; we feel their pain — that they would
    • child feels in us. It is good when a child can share his feeling with
    • On the other hand, the pain we feel at the death of older people
    • and the feeling he has is therefore different from the feeling present
    • We here in life feel that we have lost him — the pain is
    • share his feeling as we do in the case of children, we feel the pain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • feelings.
    • activities of the blood and the air, our feelings come about. Now we
    • imitating out of their feelings the way other people move their lips.
    • not feel warm or cold. These sensations have to do with the nerves.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • become so personal and really want to let personal feelings cloud
    • feeling, an activity, a deed which would have been appropriate on the
    • sees the colour red; it feels sympathy or antipathy for the colour.
    • feeling and willing; again three. But they are different; not
    • thinking, feeling and willing as they normally are on earth, but
    • occurrences in human life by which feelings of fear and compassion
    • are aroused; but through the arousing of these feelings, and the
    • you read more of his Poetics you will feel in it something
    • before the feelings that lead us to love or not to love something; so
    • needs to be cultivated. If there is no feeling of responsibility
    • present world, with its stamp of materialism, what feeling is there
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • one cannot help feeling oppressed if one remembers a saying by Herman
    • feeling for the culture of middle Europe. Herman Grimm once said that
    • he feels unsupported and alone among the nations of the world.
    • feeling of oppression. For one must admit: Luther does not live on
    • already in which a German would have to feel unsupported and alone
    • among the nations of the world. People do not feel deeply enough to
    • will always feel that Schiller might just as well have written, if he
    • “Tale” with inner understanding, we can feel the presence in
    • reading the “Aesthetic Letters” should feel: in the very way
    • In a short time the whole way of feeling about this has turned round.
    • able to feel in man himself the universally human qualities that
    • in this age of consciousness, and people feel that everything proceeds
    • when such things were founded, from an atavistic feeling originating
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • sphere of feeling; and finally the sphere of the will, which
    • Similarly, the life of ideas, the life of feeling and the life of will
    • thinking and ideas. Everything connected with the life of feeling
    • is a dream-life. Even in daytime the life of feeling pervades our
    • feeling we know indirectly through ideas, but we can never know it
    • directly through the feelings themselves. The life of will is in still
    • lie beneath the life of feeling; and still more deeply unconscious
    • contains within it thinking, feeling and willing. In the head system
    • or the system of thought, a life of feeling and a life of will are
    • ideas. Similarly, thoughts are present in the sphere of feeling, more
    • feeling, are by no means our own individual property. They take place
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • behind our life of feeling.
    • life of feeling. Suppose the event happens between the change of teeth
    • made upon your feeling is there, and then gradually the vibrations of
    • in upon our feeling life and are the reaction of the world to an
    • experience we had in the sphere of feeling during the previous
    • seven-year period. An event that stirs and moves our feelings resounds
    • himself in life, if you can feel what is in between the words he says
    • stimulation of the feelings. When we understand these things rightly,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • Mysteries, began to feel that their power to perceive the spiritual
    • deeper feeling for Nature. The experience is not nearly as vivid as it
    • springtime. There are people here and there who feel that the Ego is
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • upon the drum. Just as you touch and feel the ground with your feet,
    • so do you touch and feel the drum of the ear with the foot of this
    • formed. Coarsely you feel the ground with the sole of your foot, while
    • touch and feel the delicate vibration of the drum.
    • ‘foot’ touches and feels upon the drum has to be transmitted
    • himself unless he were able, in turn, to extinguish this feeling of
    • at it in the right way — we can still feel that we possess in our
    • presents to us. Anyone who has a feeling for it will feel the one
    • feeling of wonder or astonishment. Likewise in the O there is
    • whose life of feeling would not be stirred by this, who would not feel
    • the wonder of it, who would not really feel with such a
    • at such a description one did not feel wonder and reverence for the
    • of the Heavenly spheres. And yet the heart, the life of feeling is
    • will certainly not be kindled in you — the feeling of
    • discover this, your science is accompanied by a feeling of
    • Will. Not only our life of Feeling but our life of Will is called into
    • of Feeling and into the man of Will. Anthroposophical science speaks
    • to the head, it leaves the Feeling cold and does not in any way call
    • is to the whole man. Then too we feel there is infinitely more in the
    • world than is perceptible to the outer senses. And above all, we feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • concern for the world but busy themselves with how they feel and what
    • feelings are concerned, pain only becomes greater the more we think
    • The feeling for the teacher's authority will flag perhaps for a while,
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • be avoided if the feeling is not aroused in the students: “Now
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • And when they feel the most intensive interest in particular world
    • if, just at this age, young people feel cleverer than the teacher
    • detrimental feelings out into the country and are really permeated by
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • real experience, to have the feeling that one belongs in very truth to the
    • feeling of survival but to impart a clear, fully conscious knowledge of
    • comforting feeling. Charity very often springs from selfish motives. If a
    • poor man living among us has no meat at Christmas and we feel bound to give
    • him some in order that we may feel justified in eating our own Christmas
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of anxiety, of joy, of compulsion. The meaning of the
    • or the like. He may then wake up in this feeling of terror, for
    • place of an impulse — how this passed over into feelings
    • consciousness they can distinguish between thinking, feeling
    • consciousness. A person is awake when thinking or feeling or
    • life the human being not only thinks, but feels and wills.
    • something over into consciousness; we can feel that we have had
    • feeling that they have died down. Then they rise up again, and
    • feeling is the second element of waking consciousness. Thus
    • familiar with this feeling in the morning, where one knows that
    • feeling and willing, so during sleep we either flow with the
    • while feeling is darker and really a kind of dreaming, and
    • but we must feel fully within it, in the way I have described
    • this feeling was there, and it was very definitely there with
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • previous evening, one may wake up with the feeling that the soul has
    • after death. Then he feels himself in his astral body. But again it is
    • feeling: Yes, there are such realities, everything else is not real
    • take hold of Thinking, Feeling, and Willing in the astral body, as
    • In our human speech, which springs from Feeling, there lives for man
    • human being in Willing, Feeling, and Thinking — these must be
    • speech — the Cherubim bring the human life of Feeling into
    • into accord with Thinking and Feeling by the Cherubim.
    • its inner activity, when man in waking life moves, speaks, feels, and
    • Vulcan. The Anthroposophical Society must unite human beings who feel
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • the like, in the light of those habits of thought, feeling and
    • point of time when the soul of a chosen human being was able to feel
    • moments when such men feel themselves at a turning-point of their
    • feelings that have arisen among men towards this loving Saviour,
    • senses as a kind of ‘Natural Law.’ Science did not feel
    • the feeling of the Jew: ‘When I, as an individual member of the
    • rings forth the word of Christianity: All such feeling of the Divine,
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • blindly among the secrets of Nature with vague feelings, and Mysticism
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • within him and he expresses in action what he feels and experiences in
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • direction, and out of this feeling was born his idea of a
    • he feels it necessary to express much more than the physical part of
    • one of Wagner's earliest works. Do we not feel that something is
    • evolution we feel how the new Gods who rule over mankind have come
    • the long E flat on the organ? Do we not feel here that individual
    • intervening period but the feeling remained in him and out of it he
    • sublimated to feeling, the figure who having suffered for others,
    • feeling and let the ideas in their totality stand before our souls.
    • full of mystical feeling was his realisation of his mission that he
    • feeling which though mystical in essence is yet clear as daylight and
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • themselves; the forces of thought, feeling and of the will become
    • activity of thought, feeling and will within man, will in future take
    • spheres of thought, feeling and will become separated. This imposes
    • upon which feeling can develop independently, and also a
    • anthroposophical feelings and from a knowledge of the events which
    • Anthroposophy, should feel that they are a KERNEL from which the
    • this feeling, will he be able to make the right decisions and
    • curiosity. Man should instead be pervaded with the feeling that
    • beings been pervaded by the feeling: “Whatever you do, is in
    • throughout his life the human being should be able to feel the
    • feeling: “Whatever you do, from morning, to night, has been
    • should turn to these kinds of feelings, which are far more real in
    • the face of the spiritual world than the more abstract feelings of
    • to-day pertaining to religious beliefs; they should turn to feelings
    • Feelings of this kind can give rise to the connection which we need
    • beings. Man's attitude and feelings towards the spiritual world
    • hierarchy, for to-day they feel averse to seek a connection with the
    • that the human beings may rise in their feelings from their
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • marvellous conception, so that he could feel the single parts of the
    • man’s feelings in regard to his relationship with the
    • certain feelings, that may, indeed, endanger souls filled with pride
    • Capesius, conversing with Benedictus, feels the approach of truths
    • foster the feeling showing us how little of all that wisdom which
    • feeling that such beliefs are not based upon truth. For this
    • strive to build up feelings in the way in which we endeavour to do
    • it, will have an uncomfortable feeling when they read the frequently
    • may feel throughout: there is something behind all that! In fact,
    • Towards all these things we feel that in the case of Dostojevski we
    • the right kind of feeling, the right kind of idea in regard to what
    • different feelings than those of a soul that has never passed through
    • and if we are able to feel it. In that case, we shall understand
    • feelings with what has arisen spiritually through the
    • significance and you will be able to feel the words with which I once
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • arch arose, of course, from a deep feeling for the dynamic
    • symbolic expression of what we may feel at the sight of a human being
    • sight of a Greek Temple “makes us feel the very marrow of our
    • feel a kind of fear, a kind of dread of spiritual knowledge,
    • feels: ‘When I try to formulate in concepts or ideas something
    • that I feel to be a living work of art, or at least a fertile
    • repulsion that an artist must feel when he finds one of his own works
    • feeling that we have wronged it, fundamentally wronged it. There is
    • nevertheless in a certain respect we must feel it to be a skeleton in
    • We must feel that Theosophy is for us a Cross and a Sacrifice,
    • feel that we have in us one of the divine impulses of its mission —
    • feel and know the creative power inherent in the mysteries of the
    • who suffers a kind of death in Theosophy, will feel in his own life a
    • Anthroposophists one of those things which the heart feels to be a
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • intellectual abstraction. We can no longer feel our way into the
    • Now in this feeling two experiences were joined together
    • Thus did man feel the Spirit from whom he had departed,
    • we must find our way to it again, for only when we can feel His
    • Such was the deep-seated feeling in human souls before
    • learned to feel the estrangement of their being from the world of
    • that time, who had a certain feeling for what was taking place,
    • you will feel the Son as Him with whom you can die and yet remain
    • the Mystery of Golgotha drew near, did men begin to feel the real
    • consciousness, feel the greatest satisfaction) he finds himself
    • feels it as a slow process of Death. A sphere of existence higher
    • Science, the more he feels his soul to die within him. For the modern
    • he feels himself bound up, even in life, with Death. Again and again
    • he feels this Death deeply and intensely. Then he may well seek the
    • dies. Why is it, he asks himself, that he has a feeling comparable
    • not uttered out of any sentimental feeling: on the contrary, it
    • Truly we should feel that we are sick and ill as we go
    • dead thoughts into the world. We should feel that we are sick, and
    • that we have hitherto experienced as Death we feel ourselves called
    • to Life again. We feel the living and healing Spirit speaking to us
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • feeling is present in him that he belongs to a spiritual world and
    • object. In our day however there is hardly any feeling left for this;
    • indicated. Who is there who still feels, when the word Blitz
    • parts of Europe. The feeling a man had when he was ploughing was
    • similar to the feeling he had when he heard the word which in those
    • experience as his feeling.
    • was not yet so interested in the feelings aroused in him at the
    • weather. These feelings interested him, it is true, in another
    • and antipathy, of every shade of human feeling. Instead of a language
    • of will, as in former times, we have now a language of feeling. We
    • have come to a stage where this feeling, which is called forth in man
    • gives rise to the language of feeling.
    • the Roman we can still feel ourselves near; then comes a great gulf.
    • speech or language, then we find that the language of feeling
    • region, men still feel how the word pulsates in them as the blood
    • pulsates in the body; they feel it in the power of the breath. In the
    • feel the presence of the Archangel, who is himself subject to
    • the language of will to the language of feeling and thence to the
    • of thought, through the language of feeling, to the
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • emancipate ourselves from what is solid in us, the moment we feel
    • ourselves. Not only does our feeling, our condition, depend on the
    • borrowed from the surrounding world, into our feelings and
    • meets us just in ordinary life. His feeling and condition as a whole
    • threshold of consciousness. There comes a man, feeling in a depressed
    • psychoanalysts — if feelings of love were there, while the
    • I have tried to call forth in you a feeling for the way in which the
    • the gate of death 60, 70 or 80 years ago, or even earlier. He feels
    • distinctly a certain inner experience. When you feel hunger in the
    • you’. Or again, take the case when you feel pain in this or
    • surrounding sphere; you feel that at a certain place there is
    • but world perception, or even world feeling. Then will Spiritual
    • period between death and a new birth man must have the inner Feeling
    • the most appalling arrogance, which would live as a dim feeling in
    • which words are endowed with real spiritual feeling when we say ‘Out
    • If we learn this in all its depths, through the feeling which can
    • feeling: ‘Into Christ we die’, and gazing in from the
    • have this feeling after we have passed through the gate of death is
    • of infinite importance. Only if we can have this feeling towards our
    • incarnation. And there is no other way of having this feeling; we can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • spirit-dog and the spirit-bull; he describes what he feels about
    • puberty that which in the case of boys merely emerged in the feeling
    • different when they had the feeling: it is the sexual essences which
    • puberty. Afterwards he had the feeling that they had entered into
    • feeling to nationality, the clinging to the national, the
    • longing? When man develops to excess this national feeling, this
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of the old Egyptians she was not only a mysterious deity,
    • with the sensations and feelings which were in the soul, in the
    • But, a feeling should
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • we wish to give the right colouring, the right nuance of feeling to
    • feeling of relationship between the word and the object,
    • through this present time and feels itself very, very well in so
    • interests, who, while they feel themselves too weak or too lazy,
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • blooming of soul qualities, which man can feel no longer. Yes,
    • with them, as they do not feel strong enough really to permeate
    • observed, the religious life to the feelings. Both are to be nicely
    • feelings. On the one hand, one says: From what lofty standpoints,
    • with mixed feelings that one leaves off reading. For in the first
    • with sorrowful feelings can one now behold such a motto: ‘For
    • Europe? One can admit that he had a feeling for the greatness, the
    • significance of the Christ-Impulse. And hence he also had the feeling
    • grasped it. That he knows; a feeling of that is present in him. But,
    • nevertheless, with this feeling he finds support in the already
    • friends, the customary thought and feeling of today are not aiming at
    • things. One only needs to transpose oneself in feeling into those
    • one's whole feeling, and to grow up under this impression. It is of
    • now, do I feel really fitted to say something to people ... As for
    • soul. We must absorb in another way, we must really have the feeling
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • thinking and feeling flow into such currents as are necessary
    • of soul. One must only develop a feeling that this human form is a
    • reach everyone, is not fitted to call forth a feeling of what a
    • man can produce by way of human thoughts, human feelings. The head,
    • feelings, that the head as apparatus can supply, we should never be
    • feel the rejuvenation of their etheric body so that the
    • has but a slight feeling for what is taking place at the present
    • linked with feeling, what we can pour into the hearts of the youngest
    • children. Then these hearts of young children will feel: here upon
    • in me. It will be possible to train the human being to feel himself a
    • being of man. The human being will feel as regards his education: To
    • and by this I mean all that any European could feel in the course of
    • is concerned, it comes to expression in feelings of sympathy and
    • powerful feelings of hatred. It will no longer be possible to
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • can show a likeness to the ancestors. If one has a feeling for such
    • spiritual science so fruitful that the human being comes to feel how
    • for that is not of much use — to feel-through, thoroughly to
    • feel-through something. Here too, you see, is a point where modern
    • feeling and experience — with the conception: ‘I stand here on
    • really fruitful with feeling and warmth, instead of all the stupid
    • brought to youth! Then think what a feeling towards the universe
    • frame of mind of modern men. The feelings of modern men lie along
    • fact that there is no feeling for this relation of head-life and
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • acquires a strong feeling of responsibility, because he is compelled
    • means of his intellectual life, his feeling life, his will, that is,
    • feel ourselves as participants in the creation of the world.
    • makes the ego feel attracted to just this particular returning astral
    • through the ego's feeling itself linked with the earth, feeling
    • birth feels attracted to a particular spot on earth. So we can say
    • will from the earth. Between the two lies feeling, which is given to
    • system, stands our feeling life, which can develop on the foundation
    • what is ours from the earth. Between the two stands our feeling life
    • anticipated in his thoughts, he might not feel so strong a
    • American Indians had, for instance, remarkable pantheistic feelings.
    • feeling-life of these people, these souls were predestined to go
    • feeling, once experienced for the Great Spirit, reacted with that
    • lineal descent, and which we take up with the first feelings of love
    • inherited as feelings, they had not in their former lives in America,
    • But at the same time the European feels something in Tagore that
    • born in America in bodies in which, if I may say so, they do not feel
    • denied, they do not wish to look at matter. One feels that these
    • concept of the ego. Because the soul was once accustomed to feel
    • materialistic feeling, out of materialistic impulses. Humanity will
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • the nuances of feeling in the spoken word — these it is above
    • The Archangel Beings feel an affinity with what is carried out into
    • oxygen, and consequently feel oxygen to be something beneficial, so
    • This means that in a previous life feelings of strong antipathy or
    • woven out of feelings of hatred for our fellowmen. Love and hatred —
    • The whole feeling and attitude of soul that must emerge from a true
    • physical world we can make our thought free. Feeling
    • more than “feeling,” for it includes also the perception
    • freedom — the power that leads to freedom in feeling and in
    • of free or unfree thoughts; karma weaves at feeling and will. Karma
    • feeling and the ‘sleeping’ will. Into this we can pour,
    • mere comprehension of theories is the feeling, the attitude of soul
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • They feel that one thing at least remains constant, namely, man's
    • the affairs of human beings. But he really did not feel at home in
    • feels at home. And, if we study all that he produced after that time,
    • Goethe did not feel at home either with the principles of measure,
    • And now, by way of contrast, look at the Greek cosmogonies. One feels
    • Even to-day there are still a few who feel that speech has proceeded
    • feeling of other sentient beings. There is every justification for
    • among the Greeks. He shares in the life of feeling of other beings
    • that from which feeling itself arises. When we thus begin to realise
    • of feeling in other beings, through the age of sharing in the
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • reach into a void. The intellect feels that it is dependent upon what
    • Men of deep feeling, who try to justify their needs of soul and
    • feel that the powers of our soul are being strengthened and enhanced.
    • within us is being worked upon, elaborated. But we feel, too, that
    • in the child — we feel that this is something super-sensible,
    • which transcends the physical body. After a time we feel that the
    • one also feels that little by little these boundaries of knowledge
    • When a man has reached this stage, when he actually feels: now I no
    • subjective. The object is outside. A man feels that his thoughts are
    • into the very tissue of which the tableau is woven; he feels himself
    • to be in and part of it. He feels: now for the first time I am
    • To begin with, this tableau of life causes us to feel our innermost
    • in other circumstances, thoughts, ideas, feelings, impulses of will,
    • wishes and the like, arise, seems to have departed and we feel our
    • fashion but the oppression makes us feel the reality — because
    • speculation or nebulous, mystical feeling, but through a strictly
    • within the life of thought, of feeling, of will. In laying hold of
    • super-sensible assumes the form of indefinite, inchoate feelings and
    • involved, including his feeling and willing, this pain is an
    • manhood to quickening in the soul all his faculties of good feeling,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • gives us, as such, a feeling of well-being, in comparison with what
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • life of thoughts, the rhythmical part, with the life of feeling, and
    • may feel the anxiety for the future of human civilisation which lies
    • beliefs in regard to the feelings connected with a world-conception.
    • impulses of feeling throughout the civilised international world.
    • might say: These impulses of feeling appear in the most
    • life of feeling. The life of feeling is inwardly equivalent to the
    • life of feelings, in feelings. But the inner substantial side is that
    • which experiences feelings within the human life of feeling. Thus we
    • feelings. What we experience in the form of feelings, is permeated by
    • of feelings for a world-conception. Human life is constantly
    • within man's entire soul-life, so the world of feelings, and
    • into human life. We dream through the fact that we feel; we sleep
    • occurs within the dreaming, feeling part of the human being, within
    • dreaming life of feeling, nor our sleeping life of the will. These
    • also have within them the feeling part of man; it reckons with
    • demands; he is not led to social instincts, to social feelings, and
    • standpoint of the earth-being. Try to feel how this standpoint is,
    • unsocial feelings in the human beings. Just as those who speak a
    • feel something which has really always existed where people have
    • see, an older and more instinctive form of wisdom could feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • the midst of events that arouse every feeling of the human soul in
    • connected with feelings that come to the surface in these stormy and
    • feel in the manifold events of the present time, is the fact that
    • know the feelings voiced in the first dialogue of my second Mystery
    • culture, knowledge and forces of the will and of feeling, is all
    • a portion of what everyone can feel, if he is filled with
    • near future, and who genuinely feel this, will be filled by the
    • everything in spiritual science that tends towards human feeling
    • not WHAT we think, but HOW we think, feel and will. The smallest or
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • Boehme. We feel how they wrestled within themselves to understand
    • spectre the faculties of thinking, feeling and willing also come into
    • Giordano Bruno there was a feeling that man must learn to understand
    • feeling and willing they would have felt rather like frogs in a
    • made the wise men of old feel like frogs exhausted by lack of air.
    • of people when they speak of thinking, feeling and willing, consider
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • himself a real feeling of freedom. This feeling of freedom is
    • Anthroposophy must enable us to take in fully the feeling of freedom,
    • now existing mature ego-feeling, mature ego-consciousness —
    • time a feeling that he was drawing in something etheric, that the
    • whole way of identifying ourselves feelingly with the whole of Nature
    • human being, the less they feel induced to pursue Christological
    • Father. Harnack's theology was intended to do away with our feelings
    • mankind seeks after a new knowledge of the spirit! Let us feel this
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • acquire any real self-knowledge or feeling of his own being without
    • personal feeling. It must at all times be realised that the
    • feels himself to be a part of the earth, as the finger feels itself
    • They must learn not only to think differently but to feel differently
    • respect our whole life of perception and feeling must change if
    • in materialism? Our orientation is such that we feel ourselves as
    • feelings and impulses of will, is mirrored by the body. Behind this
    • We ray forth this ego from the spiritual world. We must learn to feel
    • this ego, to feel that we have within us the ego behind which stand
    • sense. We must learn to feel that our real ego is brought into being
    • out of the spiritual world. And then we also learn to feel that the
    • This is a reversal of the usual feeling, and to this reversal we must
    • reversal of feeling has been experienced. Then, when thinking is
    • feeling and with the earnestness that is their due. Especially to the
    • Men should feel that here, through these forms, something different
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • of the world, not merely in thought, nor merely in feeling as happens
    • through art, but in such a way that thoughts, feelings and also the
    • fulfill its real nature when it feels itself as the kernel of the
    • to him at the universities, he feels at last as if he had no firm
    • that in the souls of those who came to me there was the feeling that
    • thinking, feeling, and will. I remarked first of all to those who
    • isolated striving; rather was it the case that they were feeling in
    • countless human beings of the present day are also feeling; and I
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • remains empty to such an extent that a fundamental feeling rises up
    • contemplate this emptiness, a feeling rises up in us, a feeling that
    • beyond. It is the feeling, that there is something in the world
    • the feeling: “I exist in the world for a definite purpose,
    • within the world. We feel that we are building stones, without which
    • overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand within the world as
    • We feel, above all,
    • feelings, that are connected with our vascular system, experience: we
    • and feelings rise up in our experiences, the whole world of the
    • that they can weave into the world. We form ideas, we have feeling
    • and have feelings, whom does this belong to, after our death? Whom
    • the feelings that prompted us to say those evil words: This is the
    • the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the impression
    • and no longer have our astral body, we feel, as it were, inwardly
    • with Spirit; then we really feel that we are in the spiritual world
    • concerning the interior of his head. He alone would feel what the
    • inside of his head is like; all the others would not feel it.
    • We can feel our
    • extent aware of their existence through our feelings. As a rule, we
    • only have a more general feeling of our physical body, and this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • outwardly; that is to say, a stage in which the soul really feels its
    • feeling and temperament. This nation is a Slav nation, influenced by
    • such a kind that it could still feel in a natural way the streaming
    • connected with the divine forces, (for, if the soul feels itself
    • *) we have a being stretching out, as it were, its feelers into
    • out its feelers in such a way that we have one of them here, together
    • with the sentient soul, a second feeler there, and a third one there,
    • penetrate, as if with soul-feelers, into these places, in order to
    • arise, that enable the soul to feel itself split into three.
    • used to say: We live here, yet we feel something resembling three
    • yonder, but that stretches out its feelers in this direction.
    • spreads from west to east; it stretches out its feelers and endows
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • to feel what millions and millions of others will be feeling keenly
    • springs from the innermost core of his humanity, something he feels
    • Those who have come honestly to anthroposophy therefore feel the need
    • (clarity of feeling, not of thought) with which people seek belonging
    • would not feel so urgently impelled to seek anthroposophy if the
    • soul's feeling of alienation from conditions existing in the world
    • thus, in its will and feeling aspects at least, an ethical-moral
    • will and — to some extent at least — his life of feeling
    • few centuries. An anthroposophist feels that he would have to be
    • be a quite unthinking person to say, “I feel my humanity alien
    • but I feel quite at home with the knowledge they produced.” The
    • fully human cannot feel suited by a science based on an exclusive
    • where it becomes one's personal destiny. One feels oneself sharing
    • real feeling for the fact of our humanness. The term
    • feeling life. Many a difficulty stems from the fact that the
    • wrinkled and bald-headed, losing all feeling for recalling one's
    • Otherwise, the right heart and feeling are missing in one's relation
    • Anthroposophical Society with its thought and feeling. So the man of
    • will ends up in one place, the man of thought and feeling in another.
    • consisted exclusively of thoughts and feelings. Each individual split
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • in the outer ether, he feels the movements which stir the outer ether, and
    • modesty as regards the things contained in it, so that we feel constrained to
    • a man's developing within him the feeling that it is not possible for a
    • everywhere; that we should feel truly within us that attention of mind which
    • materialistic tone of the day. But at least we must learn to feel it a
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • present day people have such different thoughts and feelings? It is
    • bearer of all the instincts, desires, passions, feelings, sensations
    • future being gives the feeling of bliss which he has throughout
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • that is connected with the particular kind of passions and feelings
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • aware of it. Then man felt his own innate astral feelings that he had
    • feelings at another time. At one time he felt more alive in the world
    • feelings. You could perceive quite different shades of feeling in the
    • feelings. This is hardly noticed today, though in earlier times it
    • feelings when phenacetin was tested. This kind of testing, without
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • himself was a clock. His life's course, which he could clearly feel,
    • of order in his life of thought and feeling. Regularity still holds
    • chaos in their inner life of thought, feeling and will those
    • the cosmos. He will go further and feel himself filled with certain
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • immediately after death have also been mentioned; man's feeling of
    • through life he feels it in his own astral body in exactly the same
    • us suppose that in his twentieth year B hurt A. He now has to feel
    • that in our twentieth year we feel an inner urge to carry out a
    • sake of simplicity, let us keep to the example of feeling the urge to
    • let us suppose we are reborn, and when we are twenty our soul feels
    • happen: There is a person who, at the age of twenty, feels the urge
    • direction, and it takes this feeling along with it. When this is
    • feeling of release that the blockage has really gone and the organ
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • weeps? Weeping can only come about when the ego feels weak in
    • the organism, that is, if it is not individual, the feeling of
    • possession of ego-hood, man feels a certain disharmony in his
    • relationship to the environment. And this feeling of disharmony is
    • say that the ego feels itself to be in a certain disharmony with the
    • ego feels forsaken. So the ego contracts the forces of its astral
    • case of a certain display of feeling the ego makes the astral body
    • could squeeze an individual ego into a horse, it would feel highly
    • kind of wallowing in sensual pleasure. The person who feels forsaken
    • inwardly strong because he feels outwardly weak. And he feels this
    • tears. A certain feeling of satisfaction — whether it is
    • attributed to the fact that the person feels superior to the people
    • at yourself or at someone else your ego is always feeling superior to
    • something. And out of this feeling of superiority it expands the
    • be very healthy when it strengthens man's feeling of selfhood,
    • absurd, a feeling of being above such absurdity is sparked off and
    • makes you laugh. It is bound to happen that man feels superior to
    • feeling forsaken, a withdrawal into itself. Sadness in life is so
    • must pay good attention to these feelings that can come over us when
    • feelings of weakness and of being forsaken. It is the God in man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • myths, we feel it to be absolutely correct, from the spiritual
    • an extent, nor had they developed their ego-feeling solely on a lower
    • level. With them, devotion to the outer world and ego-feeling
    • tremendously strong ego-feeling, much too soon, of course; for human
    • bodies an instrument for a strongly developed ego-feeling. This made
    • who had not reached anything like a normal ego-feeling because they
    • people whose ego-feeling was too little developed migrated to the
    • brown. And an overpowering feeling of ego arising from offended
    • developed their ego-feeling in a normal way. The human beings who had
    • Europe who had developed their ego-feeling to a marked degree, but
    • the sun, just because they had so little ego-feeling. But other
    • had a strong ego-feeling. These were peoples who had preferred as it
    • people who had a strong ego-feeling which nevertheless kept a balance
    • lecture that their strong feeling of personality was from the
    • ego-feeling. So fundamentally we have two groups of people
    • feeling of personality, but who did not migrate to where the feeling
    • of personality permeated the whole body, but to where the ego-feeling
    • people with a strong inner ego-feeling, but who on the whole were not
    • physical bodies. They turned their feeling of personality inward. And
    • how this feeling of personality has been preserved right into later
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • Another person might not feel this satisfaction. The satisfaction the
    • man feels in seeing the two standing side by side has nothing
    • develops a feeling of joy over the two men in front of him standing
    • together. This feeling is not caused by anything to do with
    • karmically connected. Our concern is the joy the man feels because he
    • see something else. This looking at the sky creates in him a feeling
    • him into contact with the outer world. Because he feels this joy,
    • the feeling of tragedy you have about it is something new.
    • second, and the third is the way you feel the urge to act under the
    • influences of relationships. Even the way you feel compelled to act
    • payment. The one will develop kindness of heart, the other's feelings
    • thought, without pleasure or displeasure, nor any feeling for duty
    • experiences in the surrounding world, and feeling more than what is
    • the thoughts, wealth of feeling and virtues he develops through the
    • thoughts; and what I feel is not prompted by egoism, I feel it
    • of wisdom and the masters of harmony and feeling. For thus do they
    • inner warmth of feeling. If man had to admit his incapacity to do
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • divert men from the natural feeling for truth that is present in
    • abstract speculations. And if, in spite of it all, a feeling of a
    • only be this to our feelings and perceptions when we have within our
    • we shall learn to silence our preconceptions and to feel and
    • throws upon the human soul. Thereby sound social feelings, also those
    • feelings of love which ought to prevail between human beings, will
    • the clouds of their visions. To feel thus isolated as a spiritual
    • religious feelings are condemned in this sphere to complete spiritual
    • penetrate into our souls and become perception and feelings, and as
    • feelings they form the basis for a new conception of life. A monistic
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and other experiences rise up into consciousness from its
    • and when memory recalls them we may feel that we have as little
    • world. Man feels the truth of this, but it is in his power to reduce
    • man becomes a hermit, feels excluded from the community of the other
    • all related in some way to immortality; thus they had a feeling that
    • human souls. In the Sun sphere we feel isolated, like hermits, if the
    • into the biblical record. From an instance such as this let us feel
    • knowledge, feeling and perceptiveness of the life between death and
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • connection been lost. The Christ Impulse imparts feeling of kinship
    • follow that an individual feels exactly what he expresses in his
    • feeling of depression, dissatisfaction with oneself. After death, the
    • raised. During the period of Kamaloka a feeling for language is
    • could feel what a tiny part of what we might have experienced is
    • in his thoughts but only in his feelings. He may realise that he
    • When Anthroposophy wakens in men a feeling for
    • do so, and when the soul abides firmly by this feeling, experiences
    • people are for the most part disinclined to give rein to feelings of
    • waking life during which he will feel that he is living in a world of
    • feelings. If he develops such feelings he is preparing himself to
    • recognise in Christ the power that imparts feeling of kinship with
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • during the life after death. There man feels as if his whole being
    • is to say from different viewpoints, upon his own being, and he feels
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Try to feel the inner justification of this conception
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • he begins to feel and know himself as an ‘I’, when
    • trends of judgement and feeling force themselves into our life! These
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • but without sadness. For the feelings we might have in our waking
    • of soul and feel the whole development to be beneficial. Looked at
    • feelings and ideas are different; consciousness during sleep has
    • the new birth when we feel as if the whole universe were within us
    • and outside us only the human body. We feel that the stars and other
    • heavenly worlds are within our being, just as here on Earth we feel
    • sleep. During sleep we feel that our inner organs are part of the
    • Through the body we feel ourselves to be in the Universe
    • and through what in physical life is called Universe we feel that we
    • militating against the withering of the souls of men. The feeling can
    • Science should feel Spiritual Science to be a dire necessity in life,
    • is the right feeling to have in regard to Spiritual Science.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • feel or will the truths of spiritual life. He remains dull and
    • the only urge such people feel towards their work is that of duty.
    • in everyday life but for which they feel enthusiasm and devotion.
    • is hovering around them. But this is an experience, a feeling, of
    • these souls to experience in depth the feelings that arise in a human
    • wish is that your souls will feel more deeply that life is enriched,
    • Anthroposophy. Only those who feel this have the right attitude to
    • the Earth's future. This feeling can never be experienced too deeply,
    • feelings we bear with us from these meetings and then move through
    • acquired here — these feelings are the really important element
    • is not enough; knowledge and feeling must be combined. We must
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • during which the soul feels bound to disengage itself gradually from
    • among spirits, a member of the Primordial Spirits, and he will feel
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • similar feeling — to enter into the psychic disposition of man at that
    • feeling: Yes, that was the time when thought underwent an
    • experience, then suddenly something surprising emerges. One feels
    • a clairvoyant faculty in the background, then one feels truly
    • feeling of the isolation of thought comes over one; a feeling that
    • and feel rising over the Devachanic world a star that belongs to a
    • Then one feels oneself here on Earth, but carried away from the world
    • comes a feeling which at first knows nothing of the historical
    • with what they have imparted to the souls of men — you feel
    • Above all we can say that the Gnostics had a feeling for
    • people, even the most spiritual, feel very happy when they are spared
    • separated through being filled with Achamod. This feeling of being
    • this feeling is actually experienced, according to the Gnostic, as
    • divine-spiritual world, do they feel a longing for it? The Gnostics
    • you feel that what I have told you is not an explanation; the more
    • you feel that I have put before you contradiction after contradiction
    • far, far from being understood; I would like you to feel that the
    • feel that in human evolution there happened something which seemed at
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • doubter, a sceptic, because he no longer feels any connection between
    • one has a feeling about Paul that I would like to sum up in a few
    • and between his words, and why one feels through his words something
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • intense feeling. At the sight of one colour it would have positively
    • thinking, feeling and willing. If nothing further had happened, these
    • have been continually disturbed by thinking, feeling would have
    • feeling, or there would have been people plagued with fleeting ideas
    • Now these three soul-powers, thinking, feeling and
    • working together of thinking, feeling and willing has to be kept in
    • thinking, feeling and willing were on the way to becoming; and he
    • angelic Being. And the effect was that human thinking, feeling and
    • if thinking, feeling and willing were to be harmonised. And so there
    • drive out from thinking, feeling and willing the element which would
    • of song and string-music he brings thinking, feeling and willing into
    • thinking, feeling and willing into harmony. They did not say so
    • thereby brought harmony into thinking, feeling and willing. The art
    • expression of harmony in thinking, feeling and willing. The Healer,
    • feeling and willing, and the harmonisation in the Ego, this last
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • had formerly been done for the harmonising of thinking, feeling and
    • expression of Geology. If one really feels how the oil penetrates the
    • grafted on to it and to flourish there — then one can feel how
    • feel the earthly element pulsing through the oil.
    • also feel how the elemental forces stream from the olive tree into
    • We can feel it in his words. He immerses himself, as it were, in
    • Geology in order to feel the elemental forces in the aura of the
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • lecture-courses, and if you feel about it as I do, you will find,
    • That is how I feel and I hope that others have felt it too. It is not
    • Remorseful feelings give no rest.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • those who had a heart and feeling for it. He was a man in the
    • Anyone reading it will feel how we have here a description of a
    • who, one might say, was justified in feeling himself permeated with
    • in such a way that he could feel something like the following
    • man whose soul feels imbued with the Earth's aura, and with the
    • upon her knees and let us then express it thus: He who can feel the
    • holiness of this picture will feel the same for the Holy Grail. Above
    • words into feeling, by becoming able to feel in the Grail the sum of
    • all that is holy, by feeling the confluence of that which came over
    • feeling the confluence of that which works down from the stars, and
    • If one takes all this into account and feels it as the consonance of
    • And then let us be filled with a feeling of how it was
    • further towards a feeling, a perception, of the celestial aspect of
    • your feeling, the aim of this cycle of lectures will have been
    • East. Let us look up and feel that the Christ passed through our
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with external world existence. Man feels isolated, abandoned
    • inwardly but in connection with what one can feel and believe; the
    • Archangel Feeling (Venus)
    • Morgenstern. And by feeling this, feeling it in the deepest part of
    • Morgenstern we have a wonderful example of this. The feeling of this
    • poem lives entirely in the inspiration of which ones feels a breath
    • the feeling in this poem leads you to reflect how alive something can
    • abyss of existence, if you take this poem, stimulated by feelings I
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • the progressive stream of evolution, so the feelings arising from our
    • day by day. All the impressions and feelings which we experience in
    • beginning we feel that there must be a great difference between a man
    • Sometimes we may feel an aversion to do a certain thing; we may leave
    • clairvoyant character. The human beings were able to feel, as it
    • feelings die out. Seeing that during the course of evolution man has
    • world through his feelings, through an atavistic clairvoyance and
    • With our feelings and with the impulses of our will it
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • vague undefined feelings, slight inclinations or disinclinations.
    • and feeling and outlook — our outlook on the world itself, or
    • Sometimes we feel ourselves immediately ‘caught’ and
    • clear on this. Every thought, every idea, every feeling we develop
    • through the Gate of Death, all our thoughts and feelings pass with
    • thoughts we make our own, into the feelings we experience, so are the
    • so only if you feel yourself, by virtue of this knowledge, within the
    • dead person. Interests of heart and feeling must always be the
    • shall speak presently.) Some interest of heart and feeling must be
    • into the feelings of the physical survivors, partaking in their grief
    • entering with sympathy into these real and living feelings, which
    • another district your general feeling of health may be changed by the
    • feel as he could, and will as he could, also.’ It is the
    • estimate of our fellow human beings by these subjective feelings
    • toning-down, so to speak, of the sharply differentiated feelings
    • dead unless he truly frees himself from feelings of personal sympathy
    • dependent, in his soul, on personal feelings of sympathy or
    • feel and develop inclinations — those who are living at any
    • ideas of life. To modern feeling, full of prejudice as it is, this
    • tendency of feeling, should not begin to work until thirty or forty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • vitality. One gets the feeling that the activity of the intellect has
    • consciousness of the ‘I’ the feeling of selfhood. This
    • of feeling and sensitivity. In this respect we humans are really
    • rose or feel enchanted when trees unfold their foliage. But these
    • share feelingly in the world processes. We remain outside of things
    • being's inner thoughts and feelings simply through normal
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • that a fundamental feeling rises up in connection with it. Namely,
    • feeling rises up in us, a feeling that accompanies us throughout our
    • what we generally designate as our life beyond. It is the feeling
    • filled out by us. And then we acquire the feeling: ‘I exist in
    • Thus we learn to know our place within the world. We feel that we
    • we gaze at it, we are overcome by a feeling telling us that we stand
    • We feel, above all, that we are now surrounded by
    • sense-experiences, what our feelings, that are connected with
    • experience things, while we form concepts and feelings rise up in
    • form ideas, we have feeling experiences; the Gods take them up and
    • through the fact that we can think and have feelings, whom does this
    • part which concerns us personally; we only experience the feelings
    • half of the impression and feels hurt. The second half of the
    • we feel, as it were, inwardly filled and permeated with — we
    • feel that we are in the spiritual world and the spiritual world
    • would feel what the inside of his head is like; all the others would
    • not feel it.
    • We can feel our organs only when they are not quite in
    • our feelings. As a rule, we only have a more general feeling of our
    • physical body, and this feeling increases when anything is out of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • here to-day resound out of the many feelings which have passed
    • It is an experience, if you have some new sensation, or feeling which
    • “I see growing within me, out of this event, the feeling —
    • soul. For it signifies that man can always have the feeling of the
    • the contrary, we feel — if we are able to accompany
    • colour-impressions with a fine feeling — that we can penetrate
    • indicated the corresponding feeling to be experienced through each
    • When we thus feel colours, we may have a soul-experience
    • reality, there is no vault above us) but he would feel it above him
    • something, and will at times be able to feel that something
    • of facing a being or an object, and then feeling, as it were, as if,
    • feel these forces in us, in the same way that we feel the Building
    • we must acquire the feeling that it is our duty to enrich our world,
    • outside. What reveals itself here through feeling and will, remains
    • experiences we have had in common, about the feelings we have shared
    • always be found. But when these scientists approach feeling and the
    • the brain. But they do not speak of shades of feeling or will. At the
    • most, they speak of shades of feeling — in other words, a
    • feeling and will.
    • not extend as far as feeling and will. You can read for yourselves
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • human thought, feeling and perception.
    • feelings belonging to this or the other home-land playing any part.
    • himself. In one place he would feel, ‘Here am I,’ and
    • the following stage of evolution of man. We shall then feel that we
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • is not clairvoyant can merely feel in a country, but which a man who
    • us as national feeling, national temperament, and its language, as
    • normal Archangels also, who govern the national feeling and
    • They have indeed to differ, because one writer feels more what comes
    • several personalities of the people. Each one feels something
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • through in his feelings, that too, does not concern the Archangels.
    • we were only able to have feelings, to feel joy and sorrow and to
    • only be aglow and feel in the sentient-soul, we must also give
    • thought to the matter. The man who only feels and does not think, may
    • by the intellectual-soul or mind-soul feelings. Then, however, you
    • takes hold of a thing with his hand, he feels it to be either warm or
    • as centers within him, the Archangel has the feeling that what comes
    • old age. Man experiences his youth in feeling the members of his body
    • to be fresh, he feels that they are improving and developing. In old
    • something which a man feels as happening from within him. Now the
    • Archangel feels, it is true, that everything is happening within him,
    • something foreign to him, as something about which he has the feeling
    • does the Archangel feel his death, the necessity of withdrawing from
    • a human being it is, however, something very real. A man feels keenly
    • that in the feelings of the people should arise that which
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • peninsulas, then we shall realize what feelings must fill us, if we
    • reasoning, feeling and willing. The folk or nation lies between the
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • necessary for one to rise above all the feelings that may easily come
    • about the character of this or that people, and however our feelings
    • being, his soul, you have there, willing, feeling, thinking; and
    • feeling and thinking.
    • to it you connect feeling. You have already been told that the
    • feeling. Finally if we glance at the Moon condition we see that the
    • physical body, etheric body and astral body, willing, feeling and
    • feeling; and finally the mission of the Moon had to be fulfilled,
    • viz., Feeling.
    • so that the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the element of
    • Feeling, and the Moon-mission chiefly with the imprinting of the
    • order that he may bring about this balance between thought, feeling,
    • fabric of thought, feeling, and will. Everyone who possesses a little
    • self-knowledge can feel that the inner balance of present-day man is
    • thought, feeling and will within himself, by means of which he can
    • equilibrium between thought, feeling and will signifies.
    • This co-operation of the elements of thought, feeling
    • then in the first place characterized will, feeling and thought, and
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • also acquire a feeling of the infinite wisdom contained in the whole
    • You will also to a certain extent have the feeling that knowledge
    • bone system, and brought him into decline. One feels something of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • when the subordinate soul-powers are being developed, feels itself to
    • Scandinavian countries. What one feels so directly in Thor as being
    • must feel the ruling of Odin within ourselves in the transforming of
    • into the soul of Thor and so on. I wanted to call forth a feeling of
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • first post-Atlantean age of civilization there came the feeling, that
    • feels and wills; whereas as regards his own concerns he was guided by
    • you can feel that which is so thrillingly grand in this myth, the
    • was not possible in Northern lands to feel, as did the men in Asia
    • become visible, — brought about the feeling that the time spent
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • not feel the ‘ I ’ as something foreign to him,
    • of the Higher Feelings, and worked in that. He himself was only able
    • to work upon this Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings and from the
    • Higher Feelings, and the Spiritual Soul on the physical plane. That
    • of the Higher Feelings, with the ‘ I ’.
    • or Soul of the Higher Feelings. But it had not merely to give the
    • feeling steals over one, if one compares the Wall of China with
    • Intellectual Soul or Soul of the Higher Feelings in the Græco-Latin,
    • all-embracing feeling, the concept of the Heavenly Father. In
    • That is not an individual being, not a feeling in the soul, but
    • in a differently developed form of conception and feeling, —
    • spiritual. The Eastern European element feels the spiritual world as
    • must think of in quite a different shade of feeling, connected more
    • which dawns more or less in the feelings of the peoples of the East.
    • does signify is that the feelings are colored and shaded, that the
    • to be found in the world of the East. By means of these feelings this
    • the sixth age of civilization feel himself to be a duality in whom
    • within His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thought and will.
    • There you have a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • has been implanted, inoculated into the thoughts and feelings of this
    • man will do something in the external world and will then feel
    • which was a spiritual feeling — he could recognize what was the
    • as to whether a spiritual, vital feeling really fills the spiritual
    • Anyone who recognizes the importance of Vidar and feels
    • Norse mythology. When we feel ourselves to be related to this figure
    • contribute to this who feel that they have within them fresh
    • again in these last few days how free they feel with the people of
    • the Scandinavian North. Many have expressed that feeling. It is a
    • important for the whole of humanity that we should feel that the
    • anthroposophical thought and feeling and of anthroposophical ideals.
    • For finally the knowledge we gather must really work in our feelings
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Behind it all there may be an instinctive feeling — true in itself though often
    • region where the creative fantasy and feeling of the artist who understands the
    • can be understood only through artistic feeling, no healing will come into our
    • feeling and consciousness of freedom, the self-completeness of individuality
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • intention to propagandise or arouse feeling either for Spiritual
    • of course, there is no feeling left of the surprising effect produced
    • only be aware of what we are thinking and feeling for him in our souls
    • not wish to proselytise or arouse feeling for our cause, but only to
    • reverence when, out of the feelings which his knowledge arouses in him,
    • Far from it. And finally, if from certain deeply-seated feelings which
    • certain conception or feeling about Christ, about Jesus, and we say to
    • him, “Certainly, we recognise these feelings as wholly justified;
    • feelings when we have received into our souls the living essence of
    • would not be able to understand the subject out of his own feelings.
    • be abused, which arises out of a new way of feeling.
    • feeling of space being shut off by the form, but one has the feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • to a very definite feeling and attitude towards the wisdom-filled
    • Beings, as it were through his feelings. And this was done in the
    • the Summer he feels himself united with the Upper Gods. And in those
    • of his deepest feelings to make a sacrificial offering to the Gods
    • Upper Gods were now offered up to them in upward-streaming feelings.
    • The words of the prayer inscribed into the rising smoke the feelings
    • universe, descending into his inner life, he now began to feel the
    • again, so did he feel his thoughts as something which he did not draw
    • began to feel that they were like the blood within him.
    • — This feeling that the thoughts of men are earthly in origin
    • himself in thought and feeling with the Mystery of Golgotha.
    • Mystery should feel strengthened when at Christmas he steeps himself
    • in truths such as have now once more been expressed. He should feel
    • The man of old did not feel that
    • can feel the importance of the fact that man has now to look within
    • Midsummer, when conditions were the most favorable for feeling their
    • feeling, with new life.
    • her raiment of snow, we try to feel that our world of thought is
    • with the strength that will come to your souls when you feel with all
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • not in abstract theory but appealing to the feelings — is to
    • especially Greek sculpture work on us, we shall certainly feel that
    • themselves an inner feeling-knowledge of the way in which the human
    • with the arm; or they could feel the particular muscle extended by
    • their hand or foot. The Greeks could feel this sort of thing —
    • they could feel and experience how the organic and the soul were
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • the present day we should have no feeling for the very different mode
    • ourselves feel withdrawn when we experience in the organic process of
    • their purpose is to make us feel something of a world of soul. Around
    • shall feel compelled to say that no sculptor has ever given
    • not feel at all surprised if we saw David actually using his sling.
    • receive from the form of the hard stone the feeling that what lies
    • still have some immediate feeling of what Goethe called the spirit of
    • weaving of imagination, we shall feel when we see a block of marble
    • was merely the first expression of his ideas, his feelings; as he
    • means. In the end we feel that the block was presented us with what
    • it. We shall feel, for instance, that the foreshortening of the legs,
    • done a good deal of painting, he did not feel himself really to be a
    • really do feel as if God the Father were surging through the still
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • The important thing now is that the impulses we feel
    • modern life. We must come to feel that Spiritual Science is a
    • tumult more with our life of thought and feeling; in day-sleep, more
    • with our life of will and feeling.
    • feeling of pleasure experienced by the elemental spirits within
    • lived through amid the hubbub and clatter, he feels it as a
    • men slip from the materialistic frame of mind into a feeling of the
    • through his inner feeling, men can depart from the role played by
    • must be prompted by some kind of feeling. But what does he exactly
    • spirituality, of this belief in spirituality. And a feeling —
    • If this is not perceived, there can be no true feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • the deepest and most fundamental feelings of the people. And
    • certain warmth of feeling which pours out in all his utterances and
    • deeds. This warmth of feeling is always there, but on the other hand
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • falsehood. This feeling may be found in great men and in
    • feeling of envy. Consequently the souls of the simplest people and
    • against the feeling of compassion. Compassion does not only imply
    • good qualities without any feeling of bitterness.
    • course, if anyone is conscious of this feeling, he tries to get rid
    • know that feelings, passions, etc. should be looked for in the astral
    • People also feel a strong dislike for falsehood and they try to fight
    • between a feeling of shyness in later life and hypocrisy at some
    • Another example: A person may be filled with the feeling of envy.
    • feel this forms part of a deep understanding of Karma and its laws.
    • certain result: a certain feeling of isolation will take hold of
    • them; they will feel themselves cut off from the others.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • feel their relationship with the universe. In the present time, we
    • feeling of the successive impulses in the evolution of humanity,
    • modern life. We should be aware of this. We should feel the
    • very remote times. And if we acquire a feeling for such things, we
    • things to come, live in our soul, we are filled by a new feeling,
    • which can transcend egoism in human destiny; it is a feeling which
    • In order to acquire a feeling for the requirements in this sphere, we
    • These truths enable us to gain a feeling for the requirements of
    • friends, I wished to speak of these things, for now we must feel that
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • earth — we feel as if we lived within a great organism. We
    • for example, feel that it belongs to our organism — if the
    • poetical natures, by people with a deeper capacity of feeling.
    • born out of the feeling that man stands within the life of
    • and Ego. There is activity in man's inner being and we feel that
    • before the Mystery of Golgotha, and within it we feel in the
    • away religious feeling; on the contrary, it deepens it.
    • unity is then split up, so that we feel as if we belonged to many
    • we come to feeling, and still further to the will. When we look
    • memory, thinking, feeling and will.
    • them; feeling is older, thinking still older, and the activity
    • with feeling; he was endowed with thinking during the Sun
    • man's feeling life, we only have to go back as far as the Moon
    • chiefly with the etheric body, and man's feeling life with the
    • Through feeling, we may learn to know the things which lie
    • realize these things, we gradually begin to feel that within us
    • what the physical body can make you feel; but this cannot inspire
    • life, and those in which we feel that an inner activity asserts
    • reveals itself to us. This will push our feeling in the right
    • to deepen our soul and immerse it in spiritual feelings, in
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • is no general feeling for it. Properly conducted elementary
    • education will bring such a feeling to life. If education up to
    • will already have the feeling: “We have a science which is born
    • existence worthy of a human being, that he should be able to feel
    • lively feeling for it is worth a great deal; it is something
    • of the greatest value to feel that what is in one as an adult has
    • feeling has actually given way to another. More and more man is
    • weighed down, half unconsciously, by the feeling of his inherited
    • feel that they are what they are through their parents, their
    • grandparents and so on. Unlike men of old, they no longer feel that
    • their life before birth, On the contrary, they feel in themselves
    • more this emerges, not merely as a theory but as a feeling, a feeling
    • this feeling will increase very fast. In the decades ahead, it will
    • become unbearable, for it is associated with another feeling, a
    • certain feeling of the worthlessness of human existence. We shall see
    • more and more that if man is unable to feel his existence as anything
    • characteristics, he will feel his existence to be worthless. To-day
    • poverty man no longer feels himself to be a child of the spiritual
    • I have so far described simply as a feeling that is surging up.
    • man. As earthly man I cannot but feel myself a dwarf, compared with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • and new birth, we begin to feel deeply connected with these worlds
    • and with all that they contain; we feel impelled to unite our very
    • means of nourishment man has a feeling of well-being. Conditions,
    • the spiritual world, we come to feel how, through such knowledge, we
    • one we may feel kindly disposed — to another perhaps not, but
    • approach the world, feeling our way towards it by means of our
    • As a matter of fact, many of the feelings and impulses
    • in the way that we feel abstract knowledge to be remote, bin
    • initiation-knowledge, may feel how this knowledge, when he receives
    • produced it, it separates itself from him; he feels as if he had
    • unable to feel any particular pleasure or satisfaction in it —
    • Man's own natural feeling for reality will enable him to take hold of
    • On this path of knowledge we learn to feel, as it were,
    • at home in the spiritual world in the way we feel at home in the
    • makes us feel at home in the physical nature of the world around. And
    • feel at home in a divine spiritual world — even as with our
    • body we feel at home in the world of the senses. And it is this
    • feeling at home in the spiritual world that is so important, for
    • realise this, we begin to feel as though a voice were calling to us:
    • human and personal path in life. We feel inwardly seized and
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • epochs of culture, and so on? Those who feel that a realistic
    • mankind had reached, the faculties of intellect and of feeling were
    • And so it was with heart-and-feeling. Appropriately to
    • the fourth post-Atlantean period heart-and-feeling developed. And
    • need to exchange feelings and thoughts. Acquaintance was quickly
    • Heart-and-feeling in the one could still reach out more spiritually
    • and make immediate contact with heart-and-feeling in the other. Up to
    • feeling-and-heart connection was well adapted to that age, but a very
    • different network of feelings and sensations spans the world of
    • possessed of a ready-made heart-and-feeling with its spontaneous
    • in a feeling, instinctive way, of what they formerly lived through
    • opposing forces set snares in our way. And accordingly feelings of
    • consciously combating these superficial feelings that we shall bring
    • nationalistic feelings and emotions, which only assumed their present
    • And in the age which prompted by modern life feels the
    • advance towards clear consciousness, yet feeling this at first to be
    • people see what this means and feel how necessary it is that we
    • then; and from this point of view we can feel it as good fortune for
    • feel strongly that some change is necessary, particularly in the
    • only in vague talk, however warm the feelings which underlie it;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • felt as my hand would feel were it conscious: that it is not independent,
    • downstream he, as modern, clever man, feels his legs stepping out in that
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • direction. Just as a swimmer today feels himself carried along by the
    • this feeling of being at one with nature is lost. In its place man has
    • acquired a strong feeling of his independence, of his individual
    • Thus, the yogi did not feel
    • feeling of his own ‘I’, an intensified feeling of self. He felt
    • there arose in him an enhanced feeling of selfhood. But in this experience
    • he did not feel himself living between birth and death in the physical
    • feel himself drawn back into the wood and atmosphere, into the whole
    • through them. The soul, with enhanced feeling of selfhood, is transported
    • part of a weaving cosmic life and this feeling expressed itself in certain
    • developed a strong feeling of his ‘I’ (red). This enabled him to
    • and fall in all directions. Someone who is intoxicated or feels faint
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • qualities of pre-Christian life, we can feel how different was the whole
    • feel these things deeply in their hearts. We shall never find a way out
    • one can in very truth feel something of the Christ Impulse, or whether
    • longer feels that he is himself united with those worlds, and that the
    • in these days for man to unite a right feeling with Easter is for him to
    • moon and feel how the full moon is connected with man in its phenomena,
    • experiences in thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter
    • feel the purely external, mechanistic knowledge like a tombstone rolled
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of thanks is not only justified on the part of those who
    • are able to receive from Anthroposophical Science. One can also feel
    • with our feelings — in the necessary atmosphere. And for our
    • which I feel it will be done here. Therefore I think I can also give
    • poor fellow still feels hungry, if, after all, he has not had enough
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • district of the Earth. If so, it has a sympathetic feeling. If there
    • is too little water, it has a feeling of antipathy. It has a
    • sympathetic feeling if the right plants are there for the given soil.
    • nitrogen everywhere, moving about like flowing, fluctuating feelings.
    • no longer feels comfortable there. It wants to dissolve again. And
    • feeling or receptivity for these things, we can observe the process
    • calcium. Then indeed it gives no rest at all. It wants to feel and
    • will feel this difference, as against a certain other substance.
    • Limestone sucks us out. We have the distinct feeling: wherever the
    • sensitive cognition. Once more we ought to feel the chalk or
    • we should feel as the very superior gentleman who wrests away all
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • which they feel able to draw from the investigation of narrow and restricted
    • our inner feeling, to a Large extent. This inner feeling will develop
    • very pleasant feeling to discover how there arises after all, from what
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • underlying feeling: the experimenters themselves are not quite happy
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • from the woods and forests! Then you will feel the difference between
    • The insects said, one day: We do not feel quite strong enough to work
    • true feeling in the old time of instinctive clairvoyance. (I should
    • though they were not so clever, they were far wiser; out of their feeling
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feels happiest if it receives manure as far as possible in the original
    • a really good result, he will not feel a very easy conscience in rejecting
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • following feeling: “Thou must again become like the
    • feels himself a servant of the Church. He may then have no
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • now touch yourself in the same way in which you feel about
    • through feeling into your form, insofar as it is enclosed
    • And where he feels the poisonous sting, where he feels that
    • touching himself, feeling himself. The right and left side
    • being by touching or feeling himself.
    • does not only touch or feel himself, but who closes himself
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • worked on in broad streams which flow even into the feelings and perceptions
    • in their I, but also in all their feeling and thinking, in their very being
    • feelings and impulses of will connected with that Mystery. What had thus
    • materialistic thoughts and feelings of men and in all the materialistic
    • have brought it about that Man's thoughts and feelings run their course
    • means a deep experience for the soul, to feel that mystery of the
    • “enduring thoughts.” For then we feel how in the world here and
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • scientific conscientiousness, from inner scientific feeling. It is
    • whole way of thinking, its whole life of representation and feeling,
    • memory, more sharply outlined feelings, and they will know that these
    • courage is generally connected with the life of feeling and resembles
    • human being in the direction of thinking, feeling and will, which
    • The whole human being, with his feeling and his will, flows into the
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • feels himself so connected, so bound, to what he himself brings forth
    • spiritual investigator when he feels as if the ground is gone from
    • offered there, one comes step by step to a point at which one feels
    • what has just been described; one feels oneself as if over an abyss.
    • in ordinary life has disappeared, and the soul feels itself as if
    • ease of thinking, the love of ease of feeling. Fear is closely akin
    • of himself. He has become free of himself, however, only by feeling
    • order to warm one's own self with what feels good. One thereby
    • feelings and sensations. Many presentations of such mystics appear
    • genuine feeling for truthfulness. All fanaticism, all inaccuracy,
    • feel himself obliged to hold firmly to the truth, to mix nothing with
    • he feels little obligation to test what he says, speaking rather of
    • feeling, he has no choice but to acknowledge repeated lives on earth.
    • what today's lecture was to offer on the level of feeling, I
    • results of spiritual scientific. investigation feel and sense that
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • individual has the feeling that part of his being is super-sensible,
    • something it wants to say about this feeling becoming an inner
    • speaking out of subjective feelings but out of the very kind of
    • thinking, sense perception, feeling and willing comprise the
    • feeling and willing we have in ordinary consciousness, on the other,
    • and progresses from ordinary thinking to active thinking. He feels as
    • body, we feel as though we were no longer master of our ego. We
    • feels as though it were being sucked into the body.
    • nurtured feeling (Gemüt) and intelligence.
    • the power of feeling and
    • feeling was still a part of nature. Not until the eighth century did
    • feeling independently within himself. By and large the whole of
    • of the qualities of feeling and intelligence from out of man's inner
    • development of the forces of feeling and intelligence, however, still
    • intelligence and feeling still working in an instinctive way.
    • feeling took on a fully conscious quality. Men felt more strongly
    • instinctive feelings of sympathy and antipathy consciously, they had
    • instinctive life of thought and feeling was being developed, from the
    • and feeling, something was still present that had existed in
    • that made man feel a part of the natural world around him; but in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • now passing, and which fills us with a deep feeling of holy awe in
    • stirred our souls here, this time last year. When we feel such a mood
    • of initiation, we evoke the proper feelings and the perceptions for
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • every other means, something in which they can feel confidence? Nothing
    • for New Year's Eve must ever be associated with our feelings; whereas
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • last few years have shown what intense feelings of hatred and antipathy
    • his life of feeling, at any rate, no one can blind himself to the
    • Knowledge and feeling, of course, are two very
    • ideas, feelings and impulses of will in human beings. Inner strength
    • feelings of sympathy and mutual love.
    • understand his whole being. It is true that if one has a feeling for
    • (feeling) is bound up with the rhythmic processes in the human
    • organism. The feeling-life of man is connected directly with the
    • a threefold being. The spiritual will, the feeling-life of the
    • life of the oriental. Into the feeling and thinking life of the
    • devote ourselves to oriental poetry, oriental wisdom, we never feel
    • feel that no Western or Central European people could ever interpret
    • accordance with their whole being, they have less feeling for the
    • more in order that their feelings may be warmed by the way in which
    • peoples is not his and he must find it in them. In his heart he feels
    • Speaking in the sense of spiritual reality, one feels that the
    • where they can become feelings and pass over into
    • fact. That is why many men of the West who feel the necessity for
    • feel the need at least to become complete man — are aware of a
    • between the peoples. They will take this knowledge into their feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • realised through Feeling by thousands upon thousands of souls
    • This Christ-Festival and all the feelings and experiences it
    • the most advanced and able to feel its significance. To them
    • the heart of the blossom enables you to feel that a new plant
    • force of the Sun's light, Feeling that in it you are
    • pupil of the Egyptian Initiates must feel himself united came
    • picture and feel the very presence of divinity in the
    • physical structure itself. The same feeling can arise when
    • souls could not share the Feeling which made a man of
    • awaken; no wonder that these feelings streamed to the being
    • in the supremely gifted Novalis, feelings free of all denominational
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • entering through birth to-day feel a kind of hindrance, a difficulty,
    • feelings, views and deeds, is experiencing on the earth
    • thinking and, indeed, of feeling and willing too. Men have persuaded
    • — gradually develops a thinking, a feeling and a willing that
    • their deeply unconscious feelings. Men are dominated by an
    • spiritually. One should feel deeply that the spiritual revelation
    • feeling, through those inner impulses of will which can be trained by
    • earnestness. One should realise all this to-day; one should feel that
    • permeated with all kinds of spiritual forces; the spiritual feelings
    • sacred for the modern man. He should feel: I come from the spiritual
    • fundamental feeling will then make it possible for me throughout the
    • thinking and our whole feeling must become different, so that we
    • thinking, feeling and willing; he will not come out of it —
    • give the single individual an inner feeling of comfort but can bear
    • feeling and willing, and for a new sense of responsibility, the
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • man's feeling life to some extent. Yet its answer can only be found
    • that which seems to be an ethical, moral impulse. We feel that it is
    • separation gives a certain comfort, a feeling of security in life.
    • also through experience. And a man who has a feeling for such
    • discrepant feelings, disorder, producing a framework for what
    • so powerful in Spirit, with the human feeling and rhythmic system. In
    • the feeling life is psychically connected, as is the thinking life
    • process of breathing and feeling. When the soul-feeling events unite
    • recognise the whole connection between the feeling and the rhythmic
    • feeling life of man and see what can only be there through the fact
    • value of man in the cosmos, through which we also can feel the
    • feeling for human dignity, willing in love for humanity: These are the
    • recognise as a law because it feels itself unfree against every law
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • characteristic of the sixth epoch will be that very definite feelings
    • souls of men. Delicate feelings of sympathy will be aroused by
    • compassionate, kindly deeds and feelings of antipathy by malicious
    • conception of the intensity of these feelings.
    • predispositions leading to feelings of sympathy or antipathy aroused
    • that at the beginning of his life in Kamaloka man feels a very great
    • aesthetic feeling and insight, to morality. And the greatest Teacher
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • thing that they are doing; they feel remote from it. Now there is
    • nothing worse than to feel remote, in your heart, from the things
    • attempt the choice when you feel limp and weary, but when you are
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • impulses also, it encounters many persons who feel drawn towards such
    • scientific criteria that one feels entitled to impose to-day.
    • formed geometrically within space; we feel thereby that we are on
    • this feeling of himself. (As I have said, the history of language can
    • Why did man in this former disposition of soul feel the human being as a
    • breathing being? Because he did actually feel life in the respiratory
    • felt breathing as one feels hunger and thirst to-day. But this was a
    • continuous feeling in the waking state. When he looked with his eyes,
    • came to feel this in the constitution of their souls, that we can
    • feel this to-day — that is the result of the training in
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • not visible. And so on. And precisely as one can “feel
    • In addition, one must, of course, feel how the cosmos finds
    • limb-system, that we feel: This is not related to the external
    • We feel this
    • then that feelings (Empfindungen), developed by the
    • art. One must re-acquire cosmic feelings; one must be again able to
    • feel the universe and see in man a microcosm — a world in
    • mode of feeling, in cognition and artistic expression, must be able
    • from fundamentally artistic feelings. If, as sculptors, we were striving
    • to form human, human legs, we should feel persistent inhibition. One
    • straight. And if one can only feel how a man breathes through his
    • forces and inner forces. One must have such a feeling towards all
    • needs a feeling for one's material and should know for what this or that
    • the head that one must feel the form pressing from without inwards.
    • forehead, I am constrained to feel that I am pressing it in from
    • build from without inwards. I cannot but feel that I am inside. Already
    • feels: here I must only give indications; here we pass over
    • of the “body of formative forces”. Then one will feel the
    • artistic feeling only if, in this way, one can place oneself with all
    • the inner feeling of one's soul — with one's inner “total
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • all that you feel, is saturated with fear and its reverberations in
    • transformed by impulses of feeling and of will, together with
    • transformed by feeling and will. One finds only the
    • impressions are transformed by feeling and will, man is still unable
    • to tell how feeling and will are actually working. For this reason he
    • They became thoroughly acquainted with the feeling that a penetration
    • sense, but for humanity at large they live in feelings and moods,
    • permeating human existence. And through such feelings they bring
    • another. Their fear was masked under all sorts of other feelings. But
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • will feel that the moment you want to make a distinction between the
    • subdued philosophical feeling of Solovieff. He does not bring it to
    • setting and the rising world. We must feel how there is in nature a
    • inside man, and is thrown back into chaos. We need to feel quite
    • Christianity. Real Christianity must have a perceptive feeling for
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling arose in these men that they were only being
    • for the first time, to feel that there is a significance in
    • it was more like a feeling, a perceptive experience — an
    • us to feel our way into the substance of this esoteric
    • intellect we are not alive in the real sense. Try to feel what
    • why I have tried rather to awaken a feeling for these things, by
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • he would surely feel very unreal after death! This was not so for the
    • intellect, you are not a full human being, you cannot feel yourself
    • in our quality of modern human beings, we cannot feel ourselves as
    • that the Son might fulfill his works on earth. Can you not feel how
    • significance for mankind in the age when spiritual feelings were
    • civilization, for narrow-minded people have no real feeling for
    • thinking and of feeling in respect to most things. In Anthroposophy,
    • change our ways of thinking and of feeling — otherwise we
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • increase the soul's life of feeling, so that we become emancipated
    • increase, as it were, the tension of our feelings, then the forces
    • easily have a feeling for such things because we are living in the
    • deepest and most intense feeling of responsibility, and we should
    • forces based merely upon feeling, but with all the forces of the
    • reason or to an understanding based on feeling, but it is a real
    • science as an abstract theory and will instead feel it livingly,
    • that the Central-European civilisation must uphold, when we feel that
    • kind of government for us.” This, tale, born out of feeling and
    • transform into feeling what I have indicated in words fraught with
    • heavy feelings. I have shown you what spiritual science may become if
    • we intensify feeling and penetrate with it into spiritual science, in
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • live, as it were, between two poles of our knowledge. Everyone feels
    • But everyone can feel that
    • We feel that they are the motives of our actions, and that we allow
    • world. And every man will undoubtedly feel that this knowledge of the
    • is that people no longer feel that its contents can only be a
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • scope for free action on the part of man. And when men feel
    • anything that can give fresh fire to religious feeling and
    • much further developed before people really feel themselves
    • the inner sentiment, the inner feeling for freedom. In
    • thought and feeling requisite for knowing what freedom is,
    • temperament which, properly realised, leads to social feeling
    • fundamental ideas which must inspire the thought and feeling
    • there was no question of any national feeling of hostility
    • about a pig grunting but one would begin to feel rather
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • like this feeling, any more than the worthy professor did
    • this stage that you feel really within them — within
    • through all this, Brunetto Latini feels himself once more in
    • to permeate ourselves with the living feeling, that in all
    • intellect but with their faculty of feeling — wrangling
    • forces that worked into the feeling of man at a time when
    • 6 January 1412, the villagers ran hither and thither, feeling
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and perceiving. Out of this wisdom there arises a
    • feeling for the divine. It is only a knowledge that keeps to
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • takes effect, how it manifests in what man can feel, love and
    • we can feel that the emblems of Christmas around us are
    • are utterly at variance with each other. We feel this still
    • remains of the warmth and profound depth of feeling which in
    • warmth of feeling that pervaded the human soul at the times
    • feelings connected with the Christmas Festival has existed
    • but only to the feelings and experiences which men living in
    • agricultural workers, while their feelings and inclinations
    • somewhat as the clairvoyant feels his astral body, before
    • the feeling of sinking down into the outer physical darkness,
    • the deep, persistent feeling that in sinking down into the
    • any fully developed feeling that if a human being is to find
    • — if you have prepared your souls to perceive and feel
    • in Europe the warmest, most intimate feelings for the Christ
    • divine-spiritual heights of existence and feels entangled
    • inasmuch as we feel this to be an ideal, it shines before us
    • truly a step forward when feelings connected with the
    • describing — all these feelings were awakened by the
    • feeling for such things in our day but something of the kind
    • icicles forming on the trees — such feelings were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • age many people feel an inherent desire to understand what really
    • lives. “Is not all Eternity mine?” he exclaims, feeling
    • of primeval wisdom, but also to primeval feelings and perceptions in
    • the world of the senses. This feeling gradually extended into a
    • image of destruction, of corruption, and within his soul the feeling
    • the whole of human existence. Man feels that there are forces within
    • therefore he must overcome the world, but the Christian feels
    • And so the Christian feels
    • not feel it unjust that he should suffer from the faults of youthful
    • not feel it an injustice that he should atone in his present state
    • original sin of man, and he feels: If the influx of the spiritual
    • humanity. No longer feeling himself united with a Buddha who urges
    • the only driving forces in life, though many may feel more drawn to
    • impulses, perceptions and feelings as give meaning to human
    • souls, drawing them towards Buddhism. Goethe could not feel this
    • great and mighty results that the human mind did not feel able to
    • Buddhism, their longing for ease makes them feel more readily drawn
    • knowledge,” but rather feel that something within him can
    • feeling that we exist, and we know as we look towards the future that
    • is able to look back upon his earthly existence and feel: This bodily
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • has become abstract, so seldom grasping the social feelings and
    • the point is not whether we conceive any thought, feeling or activity
    • dreamy people feel ill or showsigns of the reverse of health in their
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • differentiated according as one feels oneself drawn more towards one
    • lies between, soul meets with soul through speech. We feel that we
    • speech, there must always be something in our feeling reminiscent of
    • feeling that in every vowel there is something of the soul, immediate
    • longer feels the sound proceeding from his own larynx, but he feels
    • my dear friends, unless we feel in it the longing to experience the
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • will, feeling and by his earthly education, each of these three
    • of modern man. To-day man feels that he is deeply linked with his
    • Nascimur the riddle of Nature was solved and he could feel
    • came to feel death in earthly existence with any intensity. Whereas
    • exists subconsciously in the feeling life of man and he yearns for
    • fourteenth or fifteenth centuries, feel the third great riddle of
    • they feel it subconsciously and with a certain emphasis in their
    • cosmos, this feeling of oneness with the Christ Who descended to
    • to a deepening of religious feeling, a divine consciousness —
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • knuckle at any point with a closed current, you will immediately feel
    • have been wrong, their feelings were not altogether wrong. For, when
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • personal experience, come to feel they had found the Christ. This was
    • still feel something of the Christ in one of them, the second. And we
    • could feel Jesus in his purity of form in the first play, which is so
    • of what the ether body had become as a result of thinking, feeling,
    • feeling, we see in the child a being free of Lucifer. And if we are
    • able to do this — to look at a child with the right feeling,
    • would be the feeling experienced by those seeing Jesus thus portrayed
    • in the Christmas plays: They were expected to feel what I have
    • that can keep alive the inner feeling for celebrating Christmas in
    • our hearts through this new spiritual direction; this feeling will
    • seeking, we must truly have the feeling that we cannot reach our goal
    • both outer and within the human life of feeling. There, a spiritual
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • of thought, feeling and will. All that we know is
    • Let us pass from the Will to the world of Feeling. To begin with, we
    • right-hand side of my head, I feel it; if I am pricked on the
    • left-hand side I feel it also.’ In the everyday
    • consciousness he can, therefore, be of opinion that his Feeling
    • is spread out over his whole body. He will then speak of Feeling as
    • feel the prick. But we cannot really say so simply
    • ‘where’ we feel the prick-meaning
    • feeling or sensation to be brought about, the left half of the
    • the left the mutual feeling
    • sensation would never come about. In all the surging waves of feeling
    • does Feeling come about. Feeling never comes about in space, but only
    • in the plane. Thus the world of Feeling is in reality spread out,
    • of Feeling is really like a painting on a canvas — but we are
    • with our world of Feeling. It is two-dimensional, not
    • sides. He does not simply feel his way into space. Through his
    • of feeling which meet him in the world of space. In his life of
    • feeling, man lives in a picture drawn two-dimensionally through his
    • we would seek the transition from Will to Feeling in ourselves —
    • soul-quality which is expressed in feeling, than if you merely
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • life today from morning till night, through thinking, feeling and
    • feel us “fatigue.” A world-conception based on natural
    • able to form thoughts and produce feelings which, as it were, repeat
    • being feels so firmly united.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • between these two the element of feeling, that which in
    • ordinary life we call feeling, qualities of the heart, and so on.
    • that which is to come, by what lies in the future. Feeling stands mid-way
    • between the two. Our thoughts are accompanied by feelings. Thoughts
    • delight us, repel us. Feeling imbues our will impulses with life, and
    • feeling for the relation of spirit to matter. You may remember that
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • and the thought, the deepening of feeling and the expansion of
    • not interested in Christ, and never have been. They do not feel any
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • you must form a conception of what is necessary, to be able to feel
    • feel dread and fear of the infinite emptiness yawning around him. He
    • must be able to feel, as it were, his environment tinged and
    • our own world. Neither of these feelings is much cultivated by people
    • feelings, and this was in the Day-Book of Karl Rosenkrantz, the
    • writer on Hegel, in which he sometimes describes intimate feelings
    • necessary to call up an impression of the feeling aroused by
    • the infinite emptiness of the ancient Saturn existence. A feeling of
    • by-acquiring a feeling that may be compared to the giddiness
    • and feels that he has no sure footing under him, that he cannot
    • these apprehensive feelings. Next he loses not only the ground
    • is a feeling of courage, of protection through being united with that
    • immersed as a spiritual being, feeling one with the Christ-being,
    • all the possibilities and diversities of what we call a feeling of
    • after another. This again can only be described by a feeling that
    • time ceases. This feeling is certainly not pleasant. Imagine that
    • so that you feel yourself held in your conceptions and are no longer
    • he is!’ and as he talks on further, this feeling increases and
    • experience, to say such wise things’ ... Besides this feeling,
    • vanished again; everything is simultaneous. Now, however, the feeling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • gain something by so doing, but because he feels within him the
    • impulse to sacrifice, it is then unthinkable that he should feel
    • anything but inner warmth of bliss. If we feel ourselves glowing with
    • sacrifice feels himself warmed through and through, glowing with
    • bliss. In this way it is possible for us to feel the glow of
    • warmth through the special bliss. He who can feel all this about the
    • heat on ancient Sun. Now we can only obtain a feeling of this
    • life in the soul. What would our souls feel through either the vision
    • living in our souls? If the feelings of this man are vivid, if the
    • beatific sacrifice does not leave him unaffected, he will feel a
    • profound feeling of bliss at the vision of the sacrifice; he will
    • feel in his soul that it is the most beautiful deed, the most
    • feel this spirit of self-surrender can never attain to higher
    • sensations and feelings. We can deceive ourselves greatly as to this.
    • feeling of being endowed with grace through the gifts that come to
    • the feeling of one enraptured by what we call
    • feeling we may ourselves have if through the above-described mode of
    • self-creative. Anyone who has an idea and feels that he can give it
    • is written, what stands there arises before us. And we then feel
    • of the science of Initiation, so that we feel as though this ancient
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • Leonardo da Vinci, we may feel this in our hearts. Do not object that
    • necessary to understand with the intellect what the soul feels.
    • soul with intellect to feel the whole immeasurable greatness of the
    • resignation — is able to feel in every word what it is that is
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • their sacrifice there arose a feeling, though very faint, which was
    • feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not find
    • that feeling which was developed in the Individualities whose
    • depths of Soul-life. This feeling with which we are all acquainted
    • often go about with these feelings without being aware of them in our
    • not know that he is longing for home, he only feels an undefined
    • certain conditions in our own Soul, if we wish to feel, to sense the
    • the other. We can feel this even in our human life, we live and move
    • in one for whom we sacrifice ourselves, we feel glad and satisfied
    • compare with the present feelings of longing. We can in a certain
    • should continually arise to assuage the feeling of desolation, we
    • feels moods such as these, and they are the very best he is capable
    • of feeling. The citizens of earth of our time who feel this longing
    • scene where Katchen stands before her admirers, do we not feel what
    • longed for what cannot be given until our age. We feel a kind of
    • long desired — we cannot but feel a veneration for them. So, on
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • wonder to the bliss we feel when our riddles are solved, which first
    • actually to feel the dryness and withering of any knowledge not
    • feelings, does not spring from the soul of man in real earnest. All
    • astonishment. But we do not feel this for everything that is strange
    • to us; but only for that to which we feel ourselves in a sense
    • So that we can feel related to a thing yet strange, which at first we
    • caused by their feeling within them what they had wished to send up
    • now feel: ‘Had I been able to accomplish my sacrifice, the best
    • all his feelings in motion. This was gone into more minutely in the
    • last lecture. We saw that as the Beings were unable to feel an inner
    • concerning which they both feel and perceive that it could only
    • feelings of such Beings, you will have an idea of what may be called:
    • thoughts with your feeling — not with your reason, for that
    • feeling, we are reminded of something in which an alien character is
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • with, for we are all aware of it and feel it deeply. The
    • impression, they will feel more or the less the way one does
    • may feel in your hearts that it will be a long time before
    • realities in this sphere, we must acquire a feeling for what
    • real feeling for what it means when a miserable individual of
    • is to get an idea, a feeling, an inner impulse for the need
    • feeling for all the terrible, hopelessly commonplace and
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • to change in the way people think, feel and use their will.
    • feeling develop. This is what our time demands. I think it
    • that, knowing this truth, we shall be compelled to feel
    • then speak about social life out of their feeling, out of
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • immediate future, people will feel more strongly than ever
    • evil-minded. One can understand people feeling this way. Yet
    • but hot air. In their innermost hearts, in their feelings and
    • feeling of responsibility, and above all they must relate not
    • interested in the content, but more in the feeling of
    • no longer feel inclined to take up the points that our
    • have more important things to do and never feel the
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • more or less normal feelings, even today, will be shaken to
    • virtues. It is much more important to them to be able to feel
    • all kinds of authorities. To feel really good in the
    • that virtue. They want to feel they have the virtue rather
    • them. They are secrets which people instinctively feel they
    • who like to feel good in the way I have described. All kinds
    • an instinctive feeling that it is so. Hence her remarkable
    • Ricarda Huch does feel that people must get to know the devil
    • achieve it. People do not feel they need to develop, for they
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • to the world. It also created an intense feeling of being
    • The Greeks still had an inner feeling for the etheric in the
    • one does have the feeling that one is in a way writing
    • instinctive feeling for this in the twilight of the fourth,
    • the lines we feel the authors of these books are saying: Pity
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • And we also feel, for instance, that when we walk, stand or
    • reluctance they feel about concerning themselves with the
    • of course, is such nowadays that people often feel everything
    • you will sometimes feel that the
    • the destinies of the world would feel their stomachs turn.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • are not very many people who feel like this, though I have
    • feelings, and this meant that he did not really understand
    • of no concern to him, because his feelings were those of the
    • were to feel the burden of their weight as I looked around
    • these things, irrespective of what individual people may feel
    • profundity of feeling which would come if, in the field of
    • mood, such a feeling, is brought to the task, rather than
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • see the living reality in anything and lose all feeling for
    • how horrific this is, for they do not feel it on their own.
    • very superior way. Others simply feel embarrassed about
    • — effort of thought, effort of feeling, effort of will
    • feel that something is missing in what I have been saying. If
    • abstractionists today, and one feels like saying that if you
    • can feel perfectly comfortable on a chair which one has
    • where people say: Wasn't that nice! I feel really
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • continue?’ One has to feel the extent to which
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • occupy your thoughts and feelings with them — you will
    • kinds of feelings and inner responses of which you are
    • the ahrimanic powers would feel
    • into these things. But if you get a feeling of what lies behind
    • which people are so proud today; they will feel just as
    • into another person; you come to feel differently, to have
    • consuming fire. It feels good to the ahrimanic angels to
    • seriousness we can feel: filled with spiritual wisdom we go
    • those ideas and feelings enter into you! You will then be
    • rooted in falsehood, and their inner feelings would come from
    • feelings of which we have spoken today and let them see what
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • we think and inwardly feel. They are angelic Spirits, I said,
    • feel they must behave towards growing children and young
    • and help the children to develop a feeling for what human
    • still more than a mere upsurge of feeling. Divine and human
    • may become part of our inner feelings and will, and can set
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • but also into our inner feelings, our will impulses and even
    • on direct observation of reality. One always has the feeling
    • beings to develop independent ideas, feelings and impulses
    • rebellious feeling of independence in human beings at the
    • feeling for life on the upward and life on the downward
    • feeling of belonging to the spiritual world must develop in
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • been active in the feeling, will and mind impulses of human
    • With their feeling for those blood bonds people then also had
    • a feeling for missions which went a very long way back in the
    • of course, liable to make us feel ill at ease, for nowhere
    • yet before people will feel embarrassed at taking seriously
    • twentieth century without feeling embarrassed. A moment of
    • waking will only come when people begin to feel embarrassed
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • such a way that one could always feel the spiritual at work
    • way that the individual concerned gets a feeling for events
    • we can speak in a way for people to see, and feel, that a
    • ordinary life, too, a feeling must awaken for the real
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • have seen from these lectures that I feel duty bound to speak at this
    • feeling, and that ultimately expresses itself in the will. I
    • penetrate into a feeling of responsibility for every single
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • those who still possessed some feeling for the true nature of man were
    • feeling. But modern man has not the slightest notion of what, for
    • Plato's definitions we can feel what the Greek meant when he wished
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and through thinking; fatigue is evidence that we have worn
    • he is capable of feeling it: spring — and summer — forces
    • which we live. In winter the Earth feels as though enwrapped in
    • may then feel reverence which takes the form of a prayer to these
    • to betoken man's feeling of union with what is intimately related to
    • realise what intimate messages the festivals have for us, we feel united
    • expression of the feeling man has of the inter-working of
    • again in a certain way in our own thinking, feeling and impulses of
    • plants with the movements of the planets and then they will feel the
    • definite influence upon the Earth at that time. When we feel how this
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • such a contemplation a person may feel himself in a rather difficult
    • century have been absorbed. Yes, a person feels himself in a rather
    • discovery had a powerful influence on all thinking and feeling in
    • power is experienced by most people who feel fascinated by the
    • plant he feels just as he does regarding a finger, which he can
    • diminishing, we find that all thoughts and feelings that enter our
    • resistance, he again feels his ego, his self-consciousness.
    • approaches, the earth organ ism begins to think and to feel, because
    • the sun with its being lures out the thoughts and feelings. The
    • thinking and feeling can be in the realm of the sun activity. Just as
    • order to look at itself, to feel, to sense, to think by means of this
    • its thoughts and feelings. Just as we can see our nerves emanating
    • from the brain, developing our feeling and conceptual life through
    • thoughts, feelings, and sensations. The spiritual investigator finds
    • thoughts and feelings. For spiritual research the earth is a
    • spiritual being whose thoughts and feelings awaken every spring, and
    • organs through which our earth can think and feel. Woven into the
    • realm where it wants to begin to feel and think. Just as everything
    • not think of how all feelings, sensations, and mental images are
    • feelings of the earth, which recede when winter approaches so that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • is able to think and feel. In his important work, Des
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • this: if you have a sound feeling of such matters, you cannot
    • had healthy human feeling of this fact was Goethe. Goethe
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • — a knowledge whereby Man could feel himself within the
    • Man was indeed able to feel himself within the macrocosm,
    • just as our little finger now feels itself to be part and
    • feel himself a member of the whole.
    • at least for human feeling — that something real will
    • clarity has grown befogged by all manner of feelings which
    • healthy feeling of the truth can only be sought and found
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life, man's true inner being, woven out of feeling and
    • instance, how different are the inner feelings with which we
    • our feeling and our will must be drawn in through special
    • circumstances; we must include the feeling and the will which
    • world, the fact that we feel induced to do certain things for
    • feelings and of everything which constitutes our inner being,
    • that in life itself feeling and will must first be drawn into the
    • warmth, through the awakening of feeling and of a subjective
    • worlds with inner feelings, far stronger than those which usually
    • always experience it unconsciously) is therefore the feeling of
    • consciousness we never have the feeling that by dwelling only
    • The feeling of
    • as a reflection of the real feeling, though it is painful enough
    • We grow aware, on the one hand, of a complete feeling of
    • if loneliness would not give us this Ego-feeling in the spiritual
    • gives us our Ego feeling here on earth. To this loneliness we owe
    • know as our physical world, through our feeling and will, the
    • accustomed to a certain feeling of certainty through the gradual
    • sciences of earlier times, based more on feeling. This
    • spiritual-scientific investigator must therefore feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • wakeful mind and heart feels that we are now living in a time
    • to feel himself within the everlasting, spiritual kernel of his
    • it. Although we may feel deep pleasure, profound satisfaction and
    • indeed, in a certain respect, an aesthetic feeling of reverence
    • in connection with Nature, we cannot feel any religious reverence
    • feelings towards powers that cannot speak to us out of the laws
    • moral feelings, his religious feelings of reverence. The human
    • ideals and religious feelings gradually seem to be hanging, as it
    • brain. Just as someone listening to our words can feel our soul's
    • vibration, our soul's feelings through the words, so the Oriental
    • sage could feel in the words vibrating through his body —
    • could feel through this super-sensible experience of the mantric
    • certain religious feelings. Consequently, our moral life and our
    • religious feelings can, in a certain way, be deduced from a
    • men still face these questions unconsciously and more feelingly.
    • handed down to them; nevertheless, they feel instinctively: All
    • which he acquired a feeling of Ego consciousness and the
    • living beings, and we feel particularly satisfied in these
    • kind that we feel ourselves living passively within it — in
    • feelings of well being! This is the result of meditation. But in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • so he inquired the next day how the patient was feeling and he
    • it is possible to observe the soul, living in thoughts, feelings,
    • book, we immediately feel that it is written by a man who does
    • in you a feeling for the conscientiousness and for the critical
    • appear in the forces of cognition, of the will and of feeling.
    • feelers of the soul. We then live completely within our own
    • reverence, for I have a deep feeling for all the beauty
    • then notice that we abandoned our body only with our feeling and
    • these bodies with our will and with our feeling. In ordinary life
    • the body as mere feeling and will, we ordinarily become
    • and that he can really experience the organism of feeling and of
    • feeling, which left the body when we fell asleep. Even as the
    • soul now perceives through feeling something which is outside;
    • the moment of waking up is a perception through feeling; we take
    • the body every night with its feeling and with its will, and the
    • but that we can at will draw out of the body our feeling and our
    • with the feeling is above all the physical body. Tomorrow we
    • ceases to exist for us. We feel as if this world had vanished and
    • abandon the body with the feeling and willing part of our soul.
    • But in abandoning our body we feel at the same time that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • deeper share in the events of the past years feel as if they had
    • feeling of sorrow upon that part of mankind which is still led by
    • world with a certain feeling of longing and of sorrow, as if the
    • gods had withdrawn from them. This feeling was voiced by many
    • life. This is nothing but the echo of that Oriental feeling,
    • a reality. When submitting to the life of thought we feel as if
    • significant task of the present times. We should feel that first
    • that in the present time we already have Christ. We should feel
    • The festive feeling which we have at Christmas will then ray out
    • cosmic feeling, and this is needed today, if we are to experience
    • the true value and dignity of man. The feelings which we have in
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • eye or organ of touch able to feel into the earth, without our
    • weakened down to feelings.
    • cannot perceive it, for it is dulled down to a life feeling, an
    • inner vital feeling, which cannot even be interpreted, less still
    • general feelings that live in the human being. You may therefore
    • — above all, of metals — and they are met by feeling,
    • impressions they only derive a general life-feeling.
    • and that he has a life of feeling corresponding to these
    • perceptions. Our feelings exist in contrast to everything coming
    • sensory perceptions and thoughts. Our feeling life, on the other
    • whereas our feeling life is the general soul constitution
    • determined by life; that is to say, feeling. But at the
    • foundation of feeling lie the metal influences coming from the
    • feelings and we sleep in our will. But the will which sleeps in
    • dream in our feelings is the counter-activity which meets the
    • used as metal feelers — they feel the presence of metals.
    • But the capacity to feel the presence of special metal substances
    • that of feeling, then one cannot use the expressions which
    • woman who is able to feel the presence of metals. And at the side
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • as it were. Here on earth, he feels that he is free in regard to
    • so as to feel the freedom of action in the sphere of thought; but
    • between death and a new birth he feels a complete lack of freedom
    • feeling, continued to exist even in more recent epochs; the
    • He should really feel that mankind's historical development is
    • experienced in feeling. The Christianity which Anthroposophy will
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • feeling soul into the characteristic of the ancient Greeks,
    • Man's feeling attitude towards the universe was quite different
    • centuries, this feeling towards the universe underwent an
    • the feeling that when single phenomena had to be drawn out of the
    • describe to you this change of human feeling in connection with
    • I wish to describe how this change of feeling in human souls
    • truly feeling manner, the state of consciousness of the ancient
    • will also be able to feel what really constituted the true
    • Gods. He did not feel this in connection with his body of flesh
    • something divine. But this Greek feeling was of such a kind that
    • this truth. This explains the fundamental feeling of that epoch
    • was not a clearly outlined idea, but a fundamental feeling of the
    • this fundamental soul feeling in Greek art, which sets forth the
    • feeling. The Greek therefore took back, as it were into the
    • chastity of feeling, his relationship to the Divine.
    • human being feel that he enfolded a divine essence or set forth
    • into life natural science based upon this fundamental feeling,
    • feel quite at home upon the earth. And he does not yet strive
    • life undergoes a change. Man no longer feels so closely connected
    • human being, he feels himself intimately connected with the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves: ‘What are the feelings that unite us with this
    • in which countless men feel the word ‘peace’ resounding,
    • in enmity. Much blood has saturated our earth. We see and feel
    • and feeling around us is interwoven with infinite sorrow. Hate and
    • enmity, aversion and hatred, one and the same feeling may everywhere
    • thought of immeasurable depth of feeling, a thought of infinite
    • We shall feel how much there is that can become strong and powerful
    • he who really feels himself united with Christ Jesus solemnly vows
    • through deeper feeling, or through a deeper knowledge, were to grasp
    • feelings at Christmas: the knowledge of how man, through what remains
    • called a holy life. And thus a feeling prevailed that a certain moral
    • living feeling of the significance of the occurrence.
    • of this quite profane feeling there gradually evolved that holy awe
    • it that thus overcame the feelings, the soul of man? It was the sight
    • Eve, if we feel this Mystery of the sacred Festival aright —
    • development between birth and death, and can feel the child-nature in
    • prophetic feeling, with the prophetic premonition, that such a birth
    • give themselves over to feelings of happiness, or when they must feel
    • sorrow and pain such as we feel to-day, when we think of the great
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • year as Christmas approaches, we must think of the kind of feelings
    • witnessed and must feel countless deaths around us in this
    • feeling. Hate and antipathy race through spiritual space and can
    • feeling can impress itself into all human souls everywhere in these
    • greatness, a thought of infinite depth of feeling, this thought of
    • teaches us all over the earth really to feel in the truest sense of
    • us: those who truly feel themselves connected with the Christ Jesus
    • deeper feelings, a deeper knowledge received from their teachers who
    • lived in the feeling. No indeed! In many areas it began by simply
    • spoken in those regions. And finally the people awoke to a feeling
    • conquered human feelings, the human soul? It was the tow of the
    • backward, feeling ourselves back at the child's standpoint?
    • bypass everything super-sensible, if we feel ourselves
    • ourselves with the prophetic feeling, the prophetic intimation,
    • surrender themselves to feelings of joy but also in times in which
    • people have to surrender themselves to the feelings of pain that
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • man's thought, feeling and will, have undergone great changes in the
    • so deepen our feelings, ideas, and impulses that the powers of soul
    • world with understanding and to feel, behind the outer realm of
    • universe from mere doctrine into real feeling, real vision. And so he
    • in the feeling it called forth in
    • man — a feeling which taught him of his
    • time have a certain feeling for the Spiritual behind the physical
    • a tendency to the mystical way. Many feel drawn towards Indian
    • our thoughts and feelings and so unpleasantly accentuate the chief
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • another is that man of the present day feels, whether he likes it or
    • did one of the greatest minds of modern times feel himself related to
    • Egyptian thought and feeling.
    • materialistic consciousness of to-day, but with a true feeling for
    • thought and feeling. And again — what a curious impression is
    • ask ourselves: of what nature was the life of feeling and ideas among
    • be used as a means whereby we are led into the whole world of feeling
    • must we go back to the feelings living in the ancient Egyptians and
    • male, active — filling the soul with thoughts and feelings. The
    • super-sensible forces I feel within my soul.
    • Such were the feelings in regard to this
    • higher world, feelings which had been handed down to the Egyptians by
    • one dominating feeling in the soul of the old Egyptian; it filled his
    • nature without feeling any need to concern himself at the same time
    • with problems of destiny. Now the feeling of kinship with Osiris and
    • dead man feels that in the spiritual world he may himself be called
    • instrument for the soul-activities of Feeling, Willing and Thinking
    • Only when the pupil reached this stage did he feel that he had really
    • Being to whom the old Egyptians looked up with feelings of deepest
    • Egyptians, but their souls were filled with a deep moral feeling, a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • has been lit that all sorts of insects flutter around in the room, feel
    • know that he had not spoken with true inner feeling. But when he
    • pronounced the word with right inner feeling he saw actual butterflies.
    • the down any further. I cannot reach the desk but can feel pressure when
    • Instead, you feel the resistance just as I do when I press forward. This
    • impulse works upon us when with the right inner feeling we say
    • scientist has little feeling for the butterfly fluttering in the light.
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • rebirth we feel ourselves actually to be the whole world — when I
    • — at times we each of us feel ourselves to be the whole world. And
    • and a new birth we feel within us and experience the world of spiritual
    • world. For we do then feel lonely when we, as it were, breathe out.
    • like an experience of our self. But feeling lonely — well, this
    • feeling lonely has its echo here on earth as our capacity for
    • were it not an echo of what we have described as a feeling of
    • world fades out, and we feel how through the forces of the moon we
    • approach ever nearer to the earth. We feel ourselves as a self, but
    • have a growing feeling that faintness may overcome us in the spiritual
    • us, the feeling of self, to be supported by something outside, namely
    • body. The feeling of loneliness finds a refuge in the body and becomes
    • the faculty of remembering, and we have to win through to a new feeling
    • be quite outside himself. If a man is a loveless being, a feeling arises
    • feeling — particularly if he is artistically inclined — that
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • manner of manifestations — thoughts, feelings, impulses of will,
    • of the soul any further than that during waking life, ideas, feelings,
    • knowledge, that all thinking, feeling and willing, as they are present
    • or feelings or acts of will to flow forth from it. When such a statement
    • experience a strong sense of time is present, but all feeling of space
    • the soul goes through at this stage. One might say, the soul feels as if
    • itself and yet feels itself surrounded on every hand by the sea and
    • you feel yourself as a human being enclosed within your skin, and having
    • sleep, you feel — I say you ‘feel,’ I describe it all
    • consciousness of the fact that is lacking — you feel like a wave
    • in a universal sea; you feel yourself now here, now there; as I said,
    • and live merely in a general, universal feeling of time, to feel himself
    • in which one is swimming, one has, as it were, lost that feeling of
    • the world of our waking hours. Hence one feels — one would
    • feel, that is, if the condition were conscious — a deep yearning
    • is a simple fact. Let us say, for example, you feel joy. When you feel
    • we feel a need to relate the world of the senses to a divine existence
    • described; nor would he ever in the waking state come to a feeling of
    • experience other feelings in addition to those aroused by contact with
    • feelings in the souls of men by giving them ideas and conceptions of God
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • feeling lives in those words. And all those who feel like
    • and if he feels so, then he denies the whole basis on which he
    • knowledge were to be a light on his path. The feeling of
    • feeling of responsibility in himself then he denies, in the
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • natural science, and who, might feel himself moved to follow
    • which compose the human body. He might feel himself justified
    • called forth at that time a storm of anger. Those who feel
    • to a certain age, but only showed itself later as a feeling
    • of power, as a feeling of life, as a content of life which
    • in progress consists in feeling on awaking, enriched through
    • sleep; he feels that what he had taken up before going to
    • will often come near to developing certain feelings. The
    • nature or these feelings will also show the nature of the
    • conception, but must make it part of our innermost feeling.
    • into the Ego this absolute balance as regards feeling and
    • knowledge of the inner kernel of man's being, on the feelings
    • experience the future in our feelings and sensations and are
    • regards feelings and sensations towards the future life, but
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • feels pain when we hammer it and break it into pieces. When
    • a feeling of pleasure upon the Devachanic plane — it is
    • merely by the etheric body; for this reason they feel no
    • flower, the earth will have a feeling of well-being, as a cow
    • has a feeling of well-being when her calf sucks her milk. It
    • gives us pictures which we should unite with our feelings.
    • feelings for the profundity of the world around us. All the
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • facts shall have been named and described, a feeling, quite
    • pious feelings to the great God of nature Who speaks through
    • he feels himself in the world as in a great, beautiful,
    • could it perceive itself, feel itself at its goal and admire,
    • that filled his longing and feeling soul; and as aged man, in
    • towards which we gaze with uncertain feelings and which shuts
    • feels that they represent something. They do not express
    • something highly peculiar — we feel, that the soul
    • or feeling; something within me becomes active, compelling me to
    • of spirit. But simultaneously he feels his powerlessness to
    • feels himself encompassed by a spiritual world, but lacks the
    • that he is not yet ripe to really feel this spiritual
    • And also power to feel her and enjoy;
    • personal, egotistical feelings; he is repelled like Faust. He
    • grasp vitally with one's whole heart, and one feels how
    • hour of really feeling her relationship to the spiritual
    • shall become alienated from this world — feel any
    • and not from the anxiety itself; from the feeling awakened and
    • come to know this — trouble — not merely feel, but learn
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that we may have on this Christmas night?
    • fundamental human feeling of love — the fundamental
    • feeling that says: compared with all other forces and powers
    • the feeling that wisdom is a great thing — that love is
    • yet greater. And this feeling of the power and force and
    • feelings during the rest of the year, so that we may
    • we need not be ashamed of them in the light of the feeling that
    • such can be our feeling, then we are feeling together with all
    • which human wickedness feels itself challenged to battle. Thus
    • which must be enmity against the Spirit-King feels itself
    • prevents men from feeling the full greatness and power of this
    • short-sightedness which does not feel the whole significance of
    • penetrated into the whole earthly evolution. Let us feel this
    • more and more have a feeling for such a figure as Faust. We
    • feel this figure, which a more modern poet — Goethe
    • — has, so to speak, reawakened. We feel how this figure
    • of a modern poet, we can feel deep and significant things of
    • the Christian world. In Cyprian we see a man who feels himself
    • showing how Cyprian feels towards the magic forces of
    • we can feel ourselves united with all that is human. This is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • survey of the lines of thought and feeling of the men of that
    • himself a child of his age. The feelings which possessed
    • existence man now learned to feel in Nature herself. In
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • theories have been relinquished in their turn; a feeling of
    • feel into” (an object) (Einfühlen). There
    • As if it were of any importance that we should feel something
    • within ourselves, and we shall feel something of that which
    • it lives itself out in our feelings and sensations, in our
    • and of the Harmony of Feelings. And we have grasped the true
    • only in your thoughts, but also in your feelings, your
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • soul, feeling herself capable of letting Imaginations arise
    • that the usual life of thought and feeling ceases. A
    • former feels spiritual beings as he is accustomed to imagine
    • definite symptoms. One feels changes in the soul, has the
    • uncomfortable feeling of weariness and disgust with himself.
    • feelings are so gradually intensified, and experienced in
    • spiritual investigation, such feelings must appear very
    • of feeling THAT outside of one, which formerly was
    • feel very soon experiences appear in imaginative cognition,
    • alongside, who now perceive and feel all that man is, who lie
    • in wait for him. One then feels his own being as divided up
    • the qualities and prejudices of his feeling. He will not
    • feeling, by which one can recognise the conscientious
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • from the belief that what a soul feels and wills, wherewith it
    • daily thoughts and feelings it is long forgotten. But the
    • that he daily feels and thinks and wills, he has apparently
    • been reconciled to the change. But what a man consciously feels
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • feel this latent cruelty in the whole manner of exposition. In
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for the things which are emerging, but are unable
    • feel such things in different ways, however, according as they
    • Herzen only confirms it with a more tragic feeling:
    • says, out of deep tragical feeling: The time will come in
    • These things are very serious. I want to let you feel, as I
    • to ‘have on toast’ people who feel a certain need to satisfy
    • feel obliged (from the standpoint which must always be
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • inclinations of the feeling life. In the nineteenth century
    • their sentiment and feeling, inasmuch as they declare their
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • the Christian cosmic feeling within the course of the year,
    • judgments, through the content of feeling and will. But this
    • feeling undertakes to symbolize it in the festival of
    • the earliest Christian centuries to feel in the Crucified One
    • since the modern age began, Christian feeling — adapting
    • can certainly say that a sensitive feeling will find in the way
    • to reveal to one's feeling the after effects of
    • Christian cosmic feeling. This thought, as a Christmas thought,
    • men, nothing that so organizes men that they feel themselves
    • by the new Christian feeling. Most particularly will it be
    • can feel in connection with the Christ impulse, not
    • to feel these thoughts so intensely that they shall become to
    • guided by Anthroposophy, or to lack all feeling for mere
    • will feel in the thoughts of the new revelation of the Christ.
    • the third place, when you feel that something streams from
    • thoughts of spiritual science, you then come to feel the
    • desired to bring in brief outline before our minds. We can feel
    • that it gives strength and support to our lives. We can feel
    • no matter what may befall, so that we can feel ourselves in
    • feeling should be such that the power and the light of this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • imbue his feeling, thinking and his will-impulses in gazing
    • penetrated and convinced by the feelings and ideas that I have
    • these ideas live, transformed into feeling. It is not easy to
    • thoughts and conceptions are transformed into feelings and
    • feeling are in accord with our earlier incarnations.
    • transformed this knowledge into feeling and experience and is
    • which has transformed into direct feeling and experience much
    • He feels anew the faith of all on earth,
    • But as he looks, he feels his very soul
    • They feel by a mysterious power stirred,
    • And if thou feelst the call, O friend, prevail!
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • which are really somewhat remote from the thinking, feeling and
    • of human evolution without allowing the particular shades of feeling
    • man's impression of himself! At one moment he would feel: “Here
    • in the evolution of man. We shall then feel that we can direct
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • certain respects man should feel deep affection for his native
    • destined to appear; we feel certain that their activities were
    • understand a people when we feel intuitively the activity of these
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • to reflect. The person who only feels and does not think may well be
    • feels an object to be warm or cold when he takes hold of it. The
    • and psychically empty. He feels them as warm or cold respectively,
    • centres within him, he feels that this, experience does, in effect,
    • youth and age upon man. In youth man feels his limbs to be young and
    • and atrophy That is something which man feels to be an expression of
    • his organic life. Now the Archangel, it is true, feels everything to
    • feels to be independent of him and for which he is not directly
    • senses his impending death, feels the need to withdraw from the
    • For man, however, it is something very real, something that he feels
    • feel more drawn to the astral body. Hence they have the fullest
    • locality ordained for him, so that the feelings of the people should
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • specific human attributes of thinking, feeling and willing. The
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • life consists of thinking, feeling and willing; his outer vehicles
    • outer envelope — thinking, feeling and willing.
    • inner life of feeling. Finally, we find that the Old Moon condition
    • body, etheric body and astral body; thinking, feeling and willing —
    • Feeling, the inner element of Wisdom. The mission of Old Moon is
    • endow us with the etheric body and the element of Feeling, the inner
    • with the endowment of the element of Feeling, and the Moon mission
    • between thinking, feeling and willing, first of all in his own inner
    • patchwork of thought, feeling and will. Everyone who possesses a
    • little self-knowledge can feel that the man of today has not yet
    • thought, feeling and will within himself by means of which he himself
    • correspondence between the elements of thinking, feeling and willing
    • feeling and willing and the working of Love outside our Earth planet
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • extent you will also feel that the field of knowledge must be
    • decline. One feels something of this truly occult activity if one
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • retained this feeling, this understanding of how the forces of the
    • human soul, feels itself to be intimately related to an abnormal
    • immediate feeling that Thor is related to the individual human ego is
    • as we feel within ourselves the power of Odin in the transformation
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • that the whole of this post-Atlantean age was pervaded by the feeling
    • for what he thinks, feels and wills, whereas in relation to his own
    • even in the broad outline I have presented to you, you can feel the
    • received as a gift from Odin, whilst feeling that he himself has
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • subjectively such a high degree of perfection that he did not feel
    • occult, poetic feeling steals over one if one compares the Wall of
    • all-embracing feeling. Just as we think of the Devachanic world as
    • two worlds as a third world is that which we feel to be the Blessed
    • being, not an emotional feeling, but something that is the creation
    • different, of course, in conception and feeling — which we have
    • European feels the spiritual world underlying all the forces of
    • gradations of feelings of the Slavonic peoples and that the concepts
    • that in the sixth epoch of civilization man will feel himself to be a
    • in His three bodies the capacities of feeling, thinking and willing.
    • It is a human feeling, thinking and willing into which the Divine
    • feeling, thinking and willing descends. The European man will only
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • A man performs some act and at the same time feels himself impelled
    • recognize intuitively — which was a kind of spiritual feeling —
    • feeling or whether they are only a disguised form of materialism. It
    • recognizes the significance of Vidar and feels him in his soul, will
    • future hope. We feel ourselves to be inwardly related to the figure
    • members of the Nordic peoples who feel within them the elemental and
    • feel in their relations with the people of the Scandinavian North. It
    • North, South, East, West and Centre of Europe feel that this theme is
    • united under the banner of Anthroposophical thought and feeling and
    • feelings and our thinking and in the Anthroposophical goal we set
    • the words, “how much at home we feel here in the North!”
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in feeling to the very first beginnings of European cultural
    • kinship with her mother. No religious feeling in our own day has the
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • the soul, fired by feeling, strengthened by the best in our will,
    • feeling, which simply must enliven us if the truths of Spiritual
    • according as their sentiments and feelings incline them this way or
    • form their opinions out of feelings and personal motives, but
    • personal feeling as the standard of measurement. As persons we are
    • personal feelings about the ideal, and no longer ask what we
    • think and to feel during recent centuries, and what it is that they
    • may be allowed to say something which is as much a matter of feeling
    • for making armaments. But men no longer feel that this kind of mental
    • culture requires a sacrifice — they no longer feel that in
    • away. It is only because mankind retained the feeling that it should
    • indeed feel that his soul was enlightened by the spiritual inspirers
    • climax in the description of the Mystery of Eleusis, one again feels
    • is only partly a matter of feeling. From another aspect it is a
    • human feeling, the whole marvel of human nature is immediately
    • human nature. When Demeter is on the stage we feel it streaming
    • before you the feelings which prompted us to give pride of place, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • you feel that this civilisation calls for a continual sacrifice. Thus
    • the finest feelings and sentiments of which the human soul is
    • organisation.’ Thus Atlantean man feels that he too has his
    • place among the wonders of Nature. He feels this clairvoyant capacity
    • born in him as the birth of Persephone, he feels that he owes this
    • densification of the human body. And when the ancient Greek feels the
    • in the astral body. We cannot help feeling that the way in which this
    • can become for us living feeling if we permeate ourselves with the
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • the immediate future. To evoke a feeling that we must change our very
    • unity. We still feel the unity when we make a gesture which our mind
    • learn to feel again that the spiritual is active in everyday events
    • lightning. And out of this feeling, which, as I said before, had not
    • become intellectual knowledge, but was elemental feeling, there arose
    • as Zeus, if one does not approach this experience and this feeling by
    • the feeling that the forces which cause thought to light up in us are
    • idea, as feeling, we have our enduring life of soul, with its
    • emotions and passions, with its fluctuating life of feeling,
    • self-knowledge works in such a way that man feels himself completely
    • into a wood, where you feel, ‘Ah, how delicious it is here, I
    • inwardness, when you can feel yourself so united with your
    • this, when as a practising occultist he feels himself in this etheric
    • feeling of breathlessness. When the etheric and physical bodies are
    • there comes a feeling of oppression rather like breathlessness. Hence
    • himself, feels a mixture, a harmonious or inharmonious working
    • occult sign and acquire a certain feeling for the proportional
    • the weakest impression. If you can acquire a feeling of the relative
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • feeling associated with the name Zeus. Similarly, if we think of the
    • to feel that the forces of our ego must be very different from the
    • environment! How different our ego feels if we raise our eyes and
    • really feel this yearning for a star outside in the cosmos which they
    • lived in their sensations and feelings. When a Greek turned to the
    • stars. All these sensations and feelings which the Greeks derived
    • feelings, the impulses of soul which awoke in the informed Greek when
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • without, towards which he is focused, and he feels himself, together
    • death has taken place, he at once feels himself to be poured out into
    • the macrocosm, he feels himself to be one with the macrocosm, because
    • of the stuff of his own soul! Capesius does actually feel as if what
    • stuff of his own soul. It is very strange to feel oneself to be part
    • of other things, to feel expanded to a cosmos, to feel completely
    • to their feeling that an old clairvoyant consciousness had preceded
    • was entirely a matter of feeling. This old clairvoyant consciousness
    • had a peculiar feeling towards what the elder Dionysos could give
    • feel himself enclosed in the space bounded by his skin.’
    • as their property, to feel themselves shut up within their bodies as
    • in a house; possibly they would have been able to feel the
    • environment in their closest proximity as their own, as a snail feels
    • when our hearts are afire for things of the mind, when we feel as
    • much warmth for the spiritual world as a man feels in his lower
    • the lower instincts, that they can feel the super-sensible world to be
    • feeling is to be in accordance with the truth, it will have to think
    • Dionysos ... you will feel of him that — although the son of
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • the thought and feeling of ancient Greece was really like, we find
    • progress in Spiritual Science we must acquire a feeling that it is
    • possible to think and feel in an entirely different manner from the
    • What then did Adam and Eve feel when their relation to each other was
    • another example of the unerring wisdom of Greek feeling for the true
    • moved by unutterable depth of feeling — even put to himself the
    • We must come to feel
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • soul.’ When the ancient Greek was directing his feeling upon
    • if the man of today is to feel them.
    • attainment of knowledge as a matter of life itself, that one feels
    • If an undefined feeling challenges us to know ourselves, we have to
    • developed into feeling, and then the soul is faced with a hard task
    • Masters of Wisdom and of the Harmony of Feelings’ people would
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, a man is only allowing Spiritual or Occult Science to work
    • itself. Something like that is what Capesius is depicted as feeling
    • reading, but he feels the spiritual world break in upon him in a way
    • him out of their own body, their own substance. We come to feel:
    • springs from this. In the first scene of the second Play he feels it
    • his duty not to stick fast in doubt, not to persist in the feeling
    • that one can know nothing; he feels that it would be a violation of
    • to waste. Only he feels to begin with incapable of using the
    • not surrender to the feeling which overtakes you when you think how
    • which it feels as yet to be inadequate is bound to become ever
    • feel afraid, not knowing what to do; when it seems: ‘You must,
    • are like this. From this fear, this feeling of impotence, we at first
    • incurred towards them, we feel that we have a heavy burden of debt to
    • him, is absolutely shattering. Contrast this crushing feeling in the
    • shock us that we probably shrink back in terror, feeling completely
    • when we examine closely our own life of ideation we feel that the
    • youngest daughter, so to say, of a line of gods; we feel the
    • of feeling and activity, steeped in occult forces.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • the heart to the brain, only ideas, concepts, feelings connected with
    • and more feel the truth of St. Paul's words ‘Not I, but
    • ask why the human being no longer sees or feels anything at all of
    • of modern clairvoyance, modern occult science? We may perhaps feel
    • into you and is reflected, is your thought, your conscious feeling,
    • superficial expression of your true being.’ When a man feels
    • all the ideas and feelings which our soul has acquired about them,
    • can begin to feel that we have pressed on too fast — as
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • concepts, by acquiring definite sentiments and feelings about what
    • was expressed by dwelling upon the feeling which men have in face of
    • that the human being starts out from a feeling of wonder about things
    • and Beings and that from this feeling of wonder all philosophy, all
    • its way out of this feeling of wonder to something which reduces it.
    • Beings of Greek mythology, his feeling of wonder transformed itself
    • fashion. Today when we deem it necessary to reduce the feeling of
    • something which the soul can feel if it is not preocccupied with the
    • abstractions will not succeed in feeling this great impoverishment as
    • regards true reality. But anyone who feels within him a thirst to
    • there comes over him the feeling: ‘How hopelessly cut off from
    • true reality one feels by all the ideas of today, and what phantom
    • philosophy it may sound incomprehensible; whereas the feeling I have
    • reason can provide. If the soul feels that with the normal
    • feels itself empty in face of the real world. It certainly feels able
    • involve a feeling of being spread out, with a set of weak ideas,
    • not sufficiently advanced to feel the truth about present-day
    • experience and any other feeling is but a variation of this
    • expand to the limits of the universe, it were not to feel its
    • passions. Just as we feel the matter of our consciousness scatter and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • figures stand there, making us feel that they emerge suddenly out of the
    • pictures we feel that something would be lacking if the creative, formative
    • We feel the desire to
    • in a work by Raphael, we feel the scene as described by the historian
    • Himself. Feelings arise which, when we permeate them with the soul,
    • but in order to characterize as fully as may be the feelings that arise
    • feel how something wafts towards the Earthly when, for instance, we
    • Above all in Perugia we may feel that the eye is beholding the very
    • only proceed from the Earthly. Our perception may feel itself raised
    • natural feeling may arise before the world-famous picture in Dresden.
    • of man. And then we feel the uniqueness of the soul of Raphael, realizing
    • into the kind of feelings and perceptions which Raphael himself must
    • the feelings of a soul able to create like this? We cannot compare them
    • to the feelings of a Savonarola, who when he uttered his words of scorn
    • different Christian feeling must have flowed into the soul. And yet
    • already feels the existence of something that in an earlier life might
    • again to feel in the Greek sense of the material is the manifestation
    • of the Spiritual. They began to feel all that Plato and Aristotle had
    • urge of the human soul may signify, cannot but feel security and hope that
    • of the feeling living in the soul of a man of our own time, — I mean
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • at work with his horse. I feel sure that later on this hypothesis will
    • of mathematics that we really feel impelled to develop it as it were
    • to the delight it feels in munching constantly at the sugar, it has
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • quite accurately in all their details. We at once feel that there is
    • read any modern work of art, a modern novel, or such-like. We feel even
    • Iliad continues, we very soon feel that in Achilles we have before us
    • a personality who feels himself unable to discuss his inner life with
    • how strange it is, that when we focus all our human feelings in the
    • reasoning sense-perception, the ordinary feelings; something which was
    • stands before our eyes, so that in nowise have we any feeling that the
    • monstrosity is grotesque, or a paradox; everywhere we have the feeling
    • ending is perhaps, a later addition. I feel that this ending of Mariata
    • soul-forces, the forces of intellect feeling and will, which we have
    • — has the same forces, the forces of feeling, intellect and will,
    • the present-day feelings and thoughts does not actually reach back further
    • and feeling. Those soul-forces which we have to describe as clairvoyant
    • which thinks in me, feels in me. Man felt as if entirely subjected physically
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • the year feels that his whole human life is wonderfully enriched.
    • we can enrich our experience so that we feel ourselves living in the
    • generally speaking, people feel they
    • and they will bring mind and feeling and will to meet the autumn in
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • nothing else than a reflection of what human beings feel in relation
    • art only when it expresses human feeling in such a way that through
    • the feeling that all our thoughts wished to take a rounded shape. In
    • old Germanic belief. For these people had an instinctive feeling that
    • the same way, everything we feel at Christmas-time flows together
    • blended with it, so out of all that we can feel at Christmas time,
    • form, so that here one has a feeling of inward enclosure. Here the
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • important problem and feels happy to have the thoughts which point to
    • feeling — an inner contentment in the whole neighbourhood of
    • Earth would feel pain at every footfall on its surface.
    • think and feel depend entirely on the food he digests. This Ahrimanic
    • feeling only what material substance thinks and feels in
    • could be born at any season, this brought a feeling of freedom into
    • in a sense renewed for human beings every year. We can learn to feel
    • etheric. You will find that because these wings are actually feeling
    • that rays out from the Christ. But a living feeling for all this will
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • feeling for it, he becomes one with all that is growing and
    • with Nature, but, if he has the right feeling and perception for it,
    • such a way that one really feels oneself dissolved into the plastic
    • design, and feels every silver-gleaming line down there to be within
    • oneself, part of oneself. One feels that as a human form one has
    • grown out of the blue depths of the earth's crust, and one feels
    • lines. All this one feels as part of one's own being. And if one
    • the feeling of standing upon cosmic Will.
    • one the feeling that cosmic Intelligence is alive everywhere —
    • Will. And while down below we feel — in that blue
    • feel — everything is such that in perceiving it we are
    • illumined, permeated, with a feeling of intelligence.
    • feeling comes: You clouds of summer, radiant with Intelligence, in
    • immediate feeling that the gleaming silver, streaming up from
    • human measure. Then you will come to feel that all this is a kind of
    • feel a deep longing to
    • concentrated in the flowing form above we feel and experience the
    • plays through our souls when we feel our way into great Uriel, active
    • heavenly motif through which a man can feel himself united, on one
    • below, he feels himself united with the tendency to fixed form; with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • feelings. For what Goethe has evidently drawn from his reading
    • of old traditions and his feeling for them — all this stands in
    • feeling a spirit such as Goethe's takes hold of something handed down
    • within his skin, with his organs embedded in his body, feels
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Christ with feelings of immeasurably greater fervour than is to
    • West. In earlier times these feelings of devotion were
    • the impression that enthusiasm and warmth of feeling for the
    • Christ. On the other scale let us lay all the deep feelings,
    • the scale upon which have been laid all the deep feelings and
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • awakened, feeling at the moment of waking that they had been
    • Frankly, it is with a feeling altogether unparalleled
    • modern science. Nevertheless I feel compelled to put into
    • earth. And one feels, as it were in aftermath, that deeply
    • an ordinary night. During an eclipse of the sun one feels the
    • reading the script ... one feels when this event is there
    • one feels the higher, truly spiritual regions of the world
    • eclipse. In that eclipse of the sun one feels the darkening of
    • additional and necessary words. In an occult sense I feel
    • as it has now become — we must feel ourselves as those in
    • I was young, I feel all the freer from bias in regard to it; I
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • — as very life, as vivid experience, as feeling, as power
    • within them as power of soul and of feeling — all this
    • then associate with it the feeling of what came to pass through
    • feeling of what Christ's sacrifice really signified. It was the
    • also contained in this book. All healthy feeling must —
    • feel how the Divine power steadily waned in this process of
    • feel anguish like a man. This is also described in the other
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • twenty-second, twenty-fourth years. It was always with feelings
    • none had been capable of such infinite depth of feeling when
    • also very soon feels that human thoughts cannot fathom their
    • very life. One feels bound up as it were with the part of the
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, tenderness, an angelic quality of being. Then, in his
    • these feelings led to a memorable conversation between Jesus of
    • feelings in her heart the mother listened to what Jesus was
    • us try to feel it deeply and also to realise that an absolutely
    • — followed Him because of the feeling and conviction I
    • also in our feeling, what the communication of this Fifth
    • nevertheless we will remain together and feel together what we
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • way there comes the moment after death when the soul feels: that
    • And this soul then feels how this will is really received through the
    • wonderfully clear feeling about the need for our spiritual movement.
    • feel more and more, when they have lost people dear to them. For them
    • thought, in feeling and perception to live in accordance with wisdom,
    • connected with a healthy life of feeling, which develops bravery at
    • feeling has had a wonderful inkling of such things. It is because of
    • this that it is so much concerned with the feeling of the heart-beat,
    • condition, in a condition in which the life of her feeling was not
    • of the stream, where they are active, feeling ourselves united with
    • with whom we feel ourselves connected, those with whom we become united.
    • those who feel themselves as members of this movement, and reckon
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • pointing to what is noblest in our human nature, we feel
    • true; but they flow down into the feelings. Anyone who is able
    • Whether the doubt is driven down into our feelings or not
    • feel themselves linked, as the men of earlier epochs did, to
    • thinking to a vital thinking which we clearly feel is capable
    • the feeling of self.
    • faculty. Science today seeks exactness and feels particularly
    • with what we see outside. In this way we feel satisfied.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • feel it informing our senses, feel too that our psychic
    • physiological. We feel the spiritual element descending further
    • mental life and by the darkness into which we feel our spirit
    • characteristics of thinking and feeling (volition is
    • will as of thinking and feeling) — anyone who looks at
    • thinking and feeling with the tools of psychology finds them
    • feeling. But the disputes of philosophers and the changing
    • from the soul those powers of thinking, feeling and volition
    • life does he feel his thinking, in contrast to abstract
    • do we have the right attitude to this experience and feel
    • ourselves as spiritual beings outside the body, and yet feel
    • here on this earth as thinking, feeling, willing beings, but in
    • such a way that thinking, feeling and willing now densify and
    • where we feel our spiritual element flowing into our body. In
    • willing and in what lies between, feeling. In an imaginally
    • true psychology culminates in this religious feeling and
    • to be a painter to feel the beauty of a picture, so too one
    • feel the beauty of a picture without being a painter oneself,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, together with his feelings and impulses of will; and
    • thinking, too, you feel equipped to comprehend, in what I will
    • things. With vital thinking you feel yourself equipped to
    • feel entirely at home in it, indeed that the artistic tradition
    • together. And the feeling when we do look at them
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • down to the present), we feel a spiritual need to go beyond
    • outside world. Europeans may feel that such things cannot be
    • “It is,” because he feels its existence as if it
    • temper to the life of the soul in the East: the soul feels a
    • that expresses many unconscious feelings, unconscious
    • we do not just take it at its face value, but can feel what
    • When man feels closely linked to the spiritual world, he feels
    • civilization. It was necessary that man should first feel
    • prevails here; Burckhardt describes how men feel, what their
    • and feels.
    • feels; in the East, as he preaches and sacrifices. In this
    • Centre, where man is presented as he thinks and feels, the two
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • subconscious depths, is permeated by feeling and will and
    • consciousness, we feel, in a super-sensible act of cognition of
    • the ego is repulsed. We feel surrounded on all sides by
    • with this feeling of something like confinement, there is
    • us when we visualize our thinking, feeling and volition, and we
    • our memory is well ordered, we shall not, in feeling some
    • with our thinking, feeling and volition, are moral
    • soul. And in their unconscious minds, serious people today feel
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • really mean something different; they mean man's feeling that
    • life, but are instincts, unconscious feelings. And if we were
    • of feeling. To perceive something as clearly as is possible
    • feel, if only instinctively, as if our life still had to
    • sense; but we came to feel at home in what we thus
    • take up a position in social life in line with our feelings,
    • certain dryness of feeling and yet call forth, for all its
    • gifted; we can say this without hurting anyone's feelings. But
    • Sometimes, today, people feel that the immediate distress of
    • feeling and experience, simply by continuing the old
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • impulse: men therefore feel that what they do on earth is
    • feelings.
    • man with his whole thinking and feeling is bound up in the
    • religious feelings appropriate to this relationship were more
    • linked at the same time, however, to a particular feeling that
    • permeates religious feeling with a legal element —
    • he later absorbed from juridical thinking and feeling. Even so,
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • conflicts, then we feel ready to set a date for mass suicide,
    • civilization was dominated by a feeling of universal
    • human guilt. This feeling introduces something pathological
    • feeling that takes him out of himself; that he is
    • conclusion: We have certainly managed to develop the feeling of
    • everywhere we feel a need to find a way out of the self into
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • particularly in circles where they feel the social
    • feel you are saying something to them that reaches into their
    • today a feeling that enlightenment — not in any party
    • that makes men feel: This touches my humanity.
    • atavistically, many of the feelings that developed under
    • the feelings that spring from this current in human
    • too, he feels in his own being, which has not advanced to a
    • indefinite in man's feelings and expressions of will. People
    • the spiritual sphere — instinctively feels: Don't talk to
    • you have a feeling for society, you will rejoice over
    • drily, in abstract concepts, they may feel: There's nothing
    • their eyes light up, because they feel that here is something
    • instincts and the like become spiritualized, and you feel
    • feel and will together, so as to establish, in the present,
    • is still the feeling: Your machines do not impress us! With
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and a social will, I gave as an example the way the
    • democratic feeling that something is really valuable in the
    • alongside the prejudices, feelings and impulses of class
    • derive from certain dogmatic teachings and feelings about life.
    • powerlessness to reach a concept or feeling of law from within
    • into men's habits of thought and feeling a kind of abstraction.
    • You must have a feeling for these personalities. You will need
    • contemporary abstraction; for that is how men do feel. Men
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • as regards our powers of desire, for instance and the feeling-impulses
    • the feelings attached to it, for example, you would see inwardly the
    • feel the greatest reverence.
    • ones nerves and blood — to feel satisfaction in oneself —
    • it has extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the
    • feelings which are held to be an accompaniment of the phenomenon of
    • such imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are no conquest of egoism,
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is evoked
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • regards our powers of desire and the feeling impulses connected
    • activity of the blood and the feelings attached to it, for example,
    • which we should always feel the greatest reverence.
    • learning to live inwardly in ones nerves and blood — to feel
    • extinguished what was formerly a general feeling — the passing of
    • or perhaps they do not attain to it, but merely to the feelings
    • Imaginative clairvoyance. These feelings are not a conquest of
    • within such societies. Nevertheless a certain bitter feeling is
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • experiences those ideas and feelings in his inner being. He
    • experiences in one's inner being, as one's ideas and feelings,
    • was a time in which all that they had as ideas, as feelings
    • feel to-day in our present life on Earth, has not as yet any
    • scientifically-thinking men. What we think and feel in our
    • everything which human beings can Think and Feel and Will is
    • been impossible in an earlier age. Auguste Comte feels it
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • if in our emotions and perceptions we are able to feel a
    • feels committed to physical existence. Through this he
    • perceptions and feelings that we put out
    • feeling for the surrounding world, then the actual social is
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • life. Three years ago we held this celebration, feeling that we
    • all that the human heart can feel as the progress of mankind.
    • cannot think of Greek architecture without feeling that its
    • with his way of seeing the world in its substance, we feel how
    • feelings. We see introduced into the pillars, into the element
    • perpetuate its whims and fancies, its everyday feelings and
    • completely foreign to their feeling and perception. Thus we
    • can feel: these were built by people who are really far removed
    • feelings, common in the times when the Host was elevated for
    • or of the tremor of emotion in the human soul. One often feels
    • soul towards the feelings for a Madonna. People to-day cannot
    • feel this impulse in their soul to the extent that they can
    • beginning in our building shall we develop the right feeling,
    • He feels so much. “In and with man” (he goes on)
    • feels himself incapable of thinking out guiding principles,
    • spiritual scientific ideals. Let us feel this particularly in
    • feel how one thing is connected with another: we shall see that
    • we can feel this if we will. Much, indeed, has not yet been
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • the spirituality of feeling. To your feeling therefore, philosophy
    • rightly turns. The spirituality of your feeling is the normal
    • and if in plunging deep into Goethe we get the feeling that he
    • consider how far Goethe coincides with the deepest feelings of
    • shall choose a feeling many of you know, which can be described by
    • overboard old traditions, and create feelings, thoughts and ideas
    • its creator, but also in those who would enjoy it; they feel the
    • indicate the feeling which many have towards this picture.
    • to get Goethe's world-conception, will get the feeling that Goethe
    • feel pillars and also shapes like human beings, but till then she
    • also feels a longing: she feels herself cut off from all living
    • Youth is filled with the feeling of the soul, which expresses
    • go deeper into him will feel this. You will feel that there is
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • idea-conception and as if he who, as it were, feels himself called
    • capacities of the soul are our feeling and our will. Thus, even with
    • ideating, but also a feeling and willing being. Now those who
    • never human feeling, never what we know as will-impulses, for
    • It is correct enough that when a man introduces his feeling,
    • influences of the world of feeling and will.’ Perhaps some of
    • of thought, and because you have not the habit of thought and feeling
    • when the objection is raised that feeling and will are qualities
    • the microscope shows, but also what feeling and will dictate
    • given the average feeling and will in man to-day, they cannot be
    • this, the other that, according to the subjective needs of feeling
    • representation, feeling, will — the capacity to construct
    • most in what they say. Feeling and will have not had the chance
    • It is not only with regard to feeling and the will that people are
    • eliminate all the personal factor from feeling, so that the appeal of
    • things to the feelings has no longer any say, to the Personal, or to
    • our feelings, and which therefore lead to inner knowledge, and
    • personal element as well as thought, so that feeling can transmit the
    • feelings is called in all esoteric doctrine
    • feeling, and indeed only to purified feeling or to feeling which has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    •  Thou feelest
    • which he had poured the feelings, the degrees of knowledge and also
    • knowledge, striving to feel himself into life, experiencing every
    • Frankfort he had the feeling, ‘Away from the mere striving
    • other, for feeling in the deepest way the sorrow attached to an
    • feeling of guilt! He felt guilty in respect of the simple country
    • these feelings there grew within him a poetic figure, which had its
    • own sorrow and his own feelings with this figure of Faust?
    • and then added to these words a description of feeling, a kind of
    • place the fact before our souls so that any feeling for such things
    • deeply into Goethe's life. We see the echo of his feeling in
    • these words, but a shade of that feeling already lived in his soul,
    • depth of feeling on perceiving other signs closely connected
    • with man's life. This feeling is expressed by Faust: — The
    • feel himself and cannot feel himself as developed to what thus
    • grasp.’ If only people could once feel this sentence! That it
    •  With strength to feel it and to enjoy it. Not
    •  Their applause e'en makes my heart feel heavy,
    •  Feels an interest in him,
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • at the sun, and feeling the world full of spirit, spoke the great
    • Faust now feels also that he has awakened in that world, into
    • beginning of the journey. He feels that he is at the gate of
    • facts — as well as with the perceptions and feeling which
    • — all that exists of this world of feeling when the seed for
    • he feels his soul to be the mother of what was born from the
    • already a feeling and an experience of the spiritual world, they
    • give him false feelings and sensations concerning what he
    • darker all round. Now his soul feels the last remnant of egoism
    • that is its original home; when it feels itself possessed, not of
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • Science, but according to a general feeling, — which is,
    • to this general feeling man localises such a memory-concept
    • have undergone, in external life.’ He had no such inner feeling
    • it, as it were, into our vision of things, we feel this air
    • would feel some portion of the surface of the Earth as his own;
    • it was of special importance for the man of olden time to feel
    • And as he had to feel the
    • my head I feel the whole Earth. But this Earth opens to my
    • attain what corresponds to our life of feeling.
    • have the abstract life of feeling still. But who of us knows
    • feeling-experience of the world, that the man of olden times
    • heart. Just as we relate our feeling to the world in which we
    • live, just as we feel whether we love a man or meet him with
    • incline towards this or that, just as we relate our feelings to
    • thinking, feeling and willing were present among the ancient
    • heart experience. Then they had a further experience, a feeling
    • Grasping hold of something, feeling and touching with the
    • which people are again beginning to feel the need to-day. For a
    • children still feel the need of these repetitions. We have here
    • unhappy in their soul-life, they would have felt as we feel
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, such as we have to-day was unknown. A thinking that
    • does not feel itself to be connected with the inner processes
    • of the human head, was unknown. So too was the abstract feeling
    • a “happening” in the head, a feeling that was
    • thought and feeling. Thus these Eastern peoples had first their
    • There were however moments when the sleeper would feel: An
    • not feel this while immersed in the Beings of the Third
    • And the experience remained in man's feeling when he awoke. He
    • feel how God works in his hand, in his very fingers, works in
    • someone had been able to write in the feeling and attitude of
    • over-strong life forces, and continually had the feeling: I
    • feel my blood beating perpetually against the walls of my body.
    • how did man feel towards such knowledge? He did not by any
    • feeling: consider the man with his ordinary consciousness. He
    • opposite condition. Over there are men who do not feel death in
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • of thought and feeling that has come about in the course of
    • with them that he could observe and feel. And in this spirit
    • he feels the entry of natural substances into his physical
    • vehicle, in which he feels himself borne forward in the
    • still retained also that inward feeling that one must learn to
    • feeling was not then so single and united as it is to-day.
    • constituted, he could certainly not think and feel what
    • we think and feel to-day. His whole thinking and feeling was
    • times. One could not think or feel — using the words in
    • in the world of the stars. He did not feel himself as earthly
    • intense capacity for feeling and experiencing all that belongs
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • man feel himself for reasons which we will discuss in the
    • and, be it noted, in all subsequent epochs man will again feel
    • it. And in the life of these pupils we find always the feeling:
    • overwhelming feelings that trouble the clear light of
    • human feeling. For unless one has learned what it means to live
    • he had the feeling: Forces are streaming forth from the
    • the pupil was exhorted to press. He had the feeling that the
    • received into him a feeling of inward numbness, of hard and
    • against his skin. Whereas before the one statue he had to feel
    • that he was becoming a frozen skeleton, he had now to feel
    • to himself: You have now a feeling and experience of what you
    • Ether. With the whole of his inner feeling and experience he
    • his own inner deed, man leads over into life, — to feel
    • speech is accompanied by feelings. If the watery element in the
    • would not be able to permeate what he says with feeling. And
    • element. And as with us feelings arise in our body through the
    • that was permeated with the feeling and experience man could
    • Ephesus one could still have a feeling of the whole Reality in
    • were an after-feeling in Ephesus, in the place, that is, where
    • quite a different goal. We feel as though what I have just
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • that quarter — as we to-day feel how the wind blows from
    • feel that we ourselves have breathed out the carbonic acid, we
    • soul feelings and experiences that once lived in it. Those who
    • With the higher animals the human being did not feel a
    • who had this great experience acquired a feeling that may be
    • the feeling: We have ourselves brought the plants on to the
    • feeling. He knew that he could not bring them with him to
    • Gilgamesh time and later — feel himself placed between
    • The deep fellow-feeling, too, with animals that we find in Asia
    • that man had, feeling his relationship on the one hand with the
    • relation to the animal he had a feeling of emancipation. In
    • not tend to make man feel himself on the Earth, but that
    • through them man feels himself a part of the Cosmos, a part of
    • to feel himself united with the Earth. In the East the
    • ancient Oriental culture. The Greek had the feeling: There are
    • That was the fundamental feeling that took rise in the Greek
    • become Man. To feel oneself one with the Macrocosm: this was an
    • may see placed before us in an artistic picture the feeling
    • men. For everywhere he let the people feel it was something
    • accomplishing things by means of our will, we with our feelings
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, before we can comprehend the Land of the Spirits. And
    • our inner life of thought and feeling in just the same way when
    • direction. Nevertheless in Greece we always feel a last breath,
    • begins the period to which man to-day may still feel himself
    • and feeling, different even from what we have observed in
    • personality such as Julian the Apostate who feels something
    • When a modern man reads Plato with true spiritual feeling and
    • in an attitude of meditation, after a time he begins to feel as
    • the feeling that you are coming out of your body. When you read
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • understanding and feeling for them, they spoke of them somewhat
    • learned increasingly to feel how closely related warmth of soul
    • looked upon this Goetheanum with feeling and understanding
    • Goetheanum, — if in this solemn hour we not only feel a
    • time feel how to-day, as we dedicate ourselves with solemn vow
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • bitter feelings regarding the future destiny of humanity on
    • they would feel on awakening: I am incapable of thinking,
    • imagined, one feels: Oh! if only it were possible to protect
    • instinctive human race would people the Earth. Evil feelings
    • Quite certainly it will never occur to us to feel anything
    • Into the feeling of thine own Soul-being.
    • Thou wilt truly feel.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • because the anthroposophical world-view feels the deepest
    • of dissatisfactions with life. People feel a certain
    • inner unrest and perplexity. With the concepts and feelings
    • no judgment whatever about the reality, except the feeling of
    • being in the sense-world, the feeling of union with this
    • feels as his own being, in his thinking and feeling, his
    • numberless others that spring up. For one will soon feel how
    • we can, of course, have a feeling about it, but exact
    • dreaming we feel that our whole soul-life is laid hold of by
    • vague powers. At the moment of waking, we feel that we now have
    • control of our physical body. We feel that the extravagant
    • the reason we feel that these dream-concepts are
    • life we feel that we are filled with the breath, with the
    • space-body; but he feels himself within all that he has
    • experienced, and he feels at the same time that it is all a
    • feels that he is enclosed within his skin. He feels other things
    • as outer things. He feels a strong contrast between subject and
    • simultaneously of his whole previous life, and he feels this
    • is only because one feels himself to be a spirit-soul being in
    • feeling and willing, otherwise in the soul, is silenced —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • man's soul, or perhaps of half-dreamy feelings and willings. This
    • have external nature around him, but would immediately feel in
    • would never feel ourselves to be individuals. Therefore, just
    • psychic nature, we can feel ourselves to be free persons.
    • into us, we can feel ourselves as members of the whole of humanity.
    • we really feel ourselves as men.
    • Intuition, therefore we feel ourselves as earthly human beings
    • evolution to the very end of Earth-life. In that way we can feel
    • only feel it dimly, because we can only dimly sense the influence
    • through the free life of thought we feel ourselves as individual
    • beings. Let us once more make quite clear how it is that we feel
    • ourselves as individuals. We feel ourselves as personalities
    • You would at once cease to feel yourselves as personal beings if
    • thought, gives us the certainty of feeling ourselves as personalities.
    • This feeling of inner freedom is what comes clearest of all to man's
    • In the feeling oneself as a human being as a
    • apathetic, we feel ourselves far less strongly and intensely as
    • feeling, of belonging to the entire earthly humanity, for it
    • can alone give man the possibility of feeling himself an historical
    • Being, of feeling conscious: “I am now living as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • grasped, and every conscious feeling that asserts itself, are
    • must accustom ourselves to have not merely a positive feeling
    • a process of growth, but we must rise to a feeling for the
    • that we come to feel man's renewed connection with the cosmos
    • express in a few words the feeling of this working and
    • world of coming to birth, of arising, And when we feel
    • life is the expression of the thinking, feeling and
    • together with nature that they are able to feel the decaying
    • that he actually feels himself as microcosm in the macrocosm,
    • into a living mutual experience and mutual feeling with the
    • take hold of one and carry the soul in feeling if not with
    • in knowledge, in art, in religious feeling, and in ethical
    • and feeling have to be thoroughly transformed in face of the
    • no longer the feeling Goethe expressed when he said:
    • of feeling and perceiving the inner truth of things gradually
    • creates out of true art, who feels inner truth, inner ruling
    • nature is witness to this We live with the Christ, and feel
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • thought, feeling, and will-impulses, or in any other manner,
    • feel, as soon as the threshold of the spiritual world is
    • an imaginative character, tinged with feeling.
    • gained the feeling more and more of a more intense, though
    • case no religious feelings should be connected with these
    • ordinary, everyday life we must have the feeling —
    • always have the feeling; it is we ourselves who stand behind
    • feeler, it goes forth into the world, and an elemental being
    • be a dream — thus writes Feuerbach. He only feels secure when
    • would feel insecure. This is the prayer to Ahriman: that he
    • mind, and its feeling, to receive this spiritual world into
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • must therefore strive back to it. We must learn to feel the
    • thought and feeling. Anthroposophists must understand how
    • in the understanding of the day. I ask what does a man feel
    • find that he does not feel such a thing to be wrong. He will
    • recognises this obligation that he can feel the moral element
    • or the soul of cultivated feeling. You know that it developed
    • will develop into feeling. It is exactly through the
    • will become feeling. Through the Mystery of Golgotha Christ
    • morals, when we feel that the Mystery of Golgotha was
    • when we say: “All men must feel themselves to be
    • that there is still an instinctive feeling, which is a kind
    • teaching and feeling will have to contribute in order
    • anthroposophists; for the feeling and experience of the
    • particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • gain it by developing a particular kind of feeling, that
    • sunk into the depths of the soul's life. This type of feeling
    • Life-wisdom, that which originates in ourselves, we must feel
    • feeling of responsibility in life, a readiness to take upon
    • well-know fact. The fact that a person feels responsible for
    • the Mystery of Golgotha; and we also feel ourselves under the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feelings he met this personality, we must recall that, when he
    • actual world and what a true and warm human soul could feel, to
    • truth in this feeling of the disharmony between the frequently
    • unconscious or vague feelings of the soul and what was afforded
    • by the outer world, and Goethe could feel the truth in it. In
    • Nowadays, after the event, people have the feeling that Goethe
    • multiplicity of nature, so also could he feel in the depths of
    • all those feelings that lead man out of the sensory world into
    • had observed in his environment and what he had learned to feel
    • we may really feel pleased when someone is quite honest about
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sensations, which he can experience only in his
    • forces of the soul that are necessary to fully sense and feel
    • such a phenomenon — to completely feel what is already alive
    • and cannot feel what is truly great. But, if we feel
    • feeling. Such a person comes to the point of saying to himself
    • The word “Dumpfheit,” an inner feeling of numbness, comes into
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • animal feels this as something evil inflicted upon him and is
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • fortune often only for subjective egoistic feeling. For the
    • his feelings and passions, in fact with all his emotions, than
    • respected. The time is yet to come when the feeling will
    • more specialized and mechanized, people feel the need for the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • what the soul feels and wills, what causes it happiness or
    • position in life. So far as her daily thinking and feeling are
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • people today have a thorough feeling for the things that are
    • have mentioned with only the deepest feeling of tragedy, which
    • feeling of tragedy, saying that a time will come in Europe when
    • feeling of fear and even horror which the strange news —
    • feelings or perhaps even a peculiar nationalistic fervor, in
    • I have said how significant that Chinese book is, I also feel
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • our feelings and sentiments that may enable us to look upon
    • the truth only when we feel and realize how everything, every
    • studies, he had reason to feel most fortunate. He became a
    • him from every one of his loyal servants, I feel myself,
    • other feeling of us than that we should love Him, but I would
    • upon him, would never cause me any feeling of repugnance. On
    • things the first time, your feelings for the man were probably
    • you will also agree that your feelings the second time were
    • certainly do not know much about Galileo but think and feel
    • highest point — of materialistic thinking, feeling, and
    • in the life of feeling and of general culture. The book deals
    • feeling grew stronger in me. In this state of soul I sought out
    • evening I had become empty, void of feeling, and cruel, and I
    • than hells? You need only test your feelings after you have
    • world, and in the world of feeling, how does it flow into the
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • expressed confession but the inclination of the feeling nature
    • the archangels in their feelings and emotions is not in tune
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • in reality that when you face someone, you shall feel that what
    • your feelings. It is necessary to understand clearly that in
    • feeling nature; only then shall we attain to its full truth.
    • beings and only through our feeling related to everyone else do
    • differentiations, teaches me to feel that what has been
    • from an unknown dark feeling, frequently thinks his deceased
    • in only the most elementary suggestions, then the feeling and
    • human beings and who feels compelled to write in this way. That
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • that in our present life of spirit very little feeling exists
    • herself suggests, to a living feeling, a living experience
    • feeling, as I have stated here during past years, in feeling
    • lies in the feeling, what man experiences only in his
    • feeling, or to put it differently, when man learns to look at
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • questions; and surely anyone can feel that infinitely much in
    • this corona of the sun, you would feel the empty space into
    • stretches out like a feeler that creeps into the holes of the
    • draw the soul-life thus — the feelers (lilac in diagram
    • 8) reach out into our holes; after death these feelers are
    • self, when we simply say: I feel a higher self within me . .
    • It is a question of having a feeling, a living experience for
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • habits of feeling, and the actual practices of feeling, will
    • social conditions; one can quite well have a feeling for
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • feel to be absolutely needful.
    • understand to-day, it simply means that he has no feeling for
    • feels the instinctive necessity of overcoming the sleepiness
    • which proceeds from the broad masses. Well, one really feels
    • the feeling: It is a far worse superstition, than the kind of
    • people. And for this reason too, I always feel myself obliged
    • longer feel any force in the question: What is my attitude
    • sublimities where we feel happy and comfortable, but of
    • transforming of human thoughts and feelings in their
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • through our normal way of perception, and also feelings
    • character from this continual movement of our feelings and
    • person feels he is employing his freedom.
    • What we are concerned with is placing ideas, feelings and
    • supports it. On the one hand, we feel that with our
    • pictures exist; on the other hand, we feel bound to the
    • And this is acquired by feeling the power that we experience in
    • transaudient, then doing away with them, just feeling ourselves
    • immensely satisfied to feel himself in the pictures, to have,
    • sound in the physical world, something happens which we feel in
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • human history that is important, but rather the feelings and
    • enthusiasm that history stimulates. However, the more we feel
    • feeling bitter disappointment. This is because Lamprecht's
    • plans that can be realized anywhere without much feeling
    • instinctive feeling for this when he pointed out how closely
    • our feeling life and our passions are related to our dream
    • things discover that what we experience as our feelings are
    • the latter. Our feelings shine through out of the
    • not more strongly conscious of our feelings than we are of our
    • raise our feelings into the waking condition by having them
    • to be permeated by feelings, and we are asleep inasmuch as we
    • does not experience growing old as a reflex feeling in the
    • feel that others are called to do this, we are then
    • begins. — He had a feeling for the successive epochs,
    • just as Karl Lamprecht had. Lessing had a feeling for even more
    • reality with feeling, which otherwise is only dissipated in
    • impulses that penetrate into our feelings and our
    • into our feelings and enthusiasm. When reality draws toward us
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge remains unsatisfied and we are left with the feeling
    • a standstill all our inner feelings and sensations, devoting
    • feeling this activity of the thinking, in strengthening this
    • spirit, arrives at is that on the one hand he feels his
    • “logic” of the statue, a being that we feel to the
    • longer feeling in possession of ourselves, is a shattering
    • cares and other feelings, in short, all those things that arise
    • what finally remains, an inner feeling of ourselves, a
    • with the activity in our thinking, in our feeling, and in
    • wisdom without having any deep feeling for the iron necessities
    • feeling the flowing stream of pain that moves over the mother
    • experience we are like a plant feeling how it gradually
    • is that he feels the danger of losing himself, the other that
    • could feel it, makes us powerless, but that now it ceases to be
    • perceives another, that we can feel this soul of the dead
    • out, where inventiveness is required, we can feel that the
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • outer impression has been received by all kinds of feelings and
    • beings, lies the whole realm of our feelings. For
    • ordinary life, then the power of feeling, which is the
    • and tones and one feels oneself strongly within it. And at a
    • of thinking, feeling and willing, which we have to distinguish
    • can feel in thought the last lines of a poem, or of a melody in
    • feel the necessity of building of Anthroposophy its own
    • reveal her most intimate mysteries, feels a deep longing for
    • her most worthy interpretress, Art.” One feels this
    • intimate and important feelings and impulses of the human soul,
    • feel deep satisfaction if a spiritual stream appears in our
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling.
    • natural science and in particular in feeling deep admiration
    • I look into myself, I find feelings, ideas, joy and sorrow, I
    • it reminds us of shadow. Blue rooms bestow a feeling of
    • of the soul, as we have in life when we feel joy and sorrow. It
    • be described here. We have a mood or feeling of expectancy; we
    • conscience. We develop quite definite feelings, a particular
    • that we feel in our human responsibility when it comes to our
    • also with others that an instinctive feeling has arisen that
    • processes in ourselves and are able to feel ourselves as
    • longing exists in their hidden feelings. But it is there,
    • he has an instinctive feeling for the fact that these two
    • Hartmann has an inkling of this, a feeling for it, but he does
    • here it is very interesting to feel the weight of Oskar
    • impulses and feelings, and which have then been applied to
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • feel that these movements proceed from the human constitution
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • as relics of oriental thought and feeling.
    • one time, lived in the feelings of men in the East. But one
    • human egoism far more than human feeling for truth. Therefore
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • his planet with the whole Cosmos. He must feel
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • feeling not for theorising about the spirit but they should
    • have a feeling for the real, living activity in the spiritual
    • different, for example, he feels aggrieved that the hitherto
    • with anything. It means that the man has no feeling for the
    • have a living feeling for the active working and weaving of
    • there arose, in man's subconscious, knowledge, feelings, will
    • need not immediately become lacking in human feeling if this
    • not even felt. And, actually having a feeling for this modern
    • feel the anomaly of this pedagogic law-giving, would mean
    • Feeling must be
    • there for this, and this feeling will come only by the forces
    • nothing, the only thing to heal man is feeling, experiencing
    • feeling, and people are very far from such a feeling. Today
    • true feeling for them. In saying this today I am merely
    • wanting you to learn to feel within you the necessity for
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • men must not have a feeling merely for theories about the
    • — he feels aggrieved that middle class culture, as it
    • involves. But as a matter of fact it is only by feeling what
    • There must, I say, be feeling for these
    • things, and such feeling arises through the inflowing of the
    • feeling and perceiving of one's own Self in the Spirit.
    • acquire a feeling for this nowadays, and they have none at
    • humanity must acquire the faculty for feeling what the
    • approach world mysteries and feel them inwardly in a true and
    • been that you should learn to feel in yourselves the
    • necessity for such a longing and also to make you feel what a
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • develop feelings and conceptions of what our senses perceive,
    • we live an inner life. And willing is fashioned from feeling
    • one — it is as if a man learns to feel himself as a
    • begins to feel things more in accordance with the truth than
    • makes on inwardly a different man. A man learns to feel
    • law and judicial matters, but that feeling when it arises is
    • promptly squashed by the lawyers! Men have a kind of feeling
    • because of their scientific prejudices feel such a thing to
    • because of what is produced in men by their feelings; for the
    • how he feels. There are certain things associated with life
    • in the realm of feeling is essential for the bringing about
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • the Supersensible, that he may only have faith in it and feel
    • dim feeling. But ideas that arise from this region of man's
    • to feel at home with this thought if you dissociate it from
    • sense of being, the feeling of existence which there is in
    • what we feel in our limbs when they move is also akin to
    • the same force which the human being feels drawing him
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • general but above all out of a deep feeling for art, that
    • to reveal her open secret feels an irresistible longing for
    • reveal her secret feels an almost invincible antipathy
    • perceptive feeling for art and the creations of art it is
    • feeling: Anyone wishing in art for the physical alone can
    • a state of barbarism in man's life of feeling Art itself,
    • feeling — from a lower boundary up to one that is higher,
    • feeling in life makes its appearance everywhere. Even if not
    • in the form of art itself this feeling arises when, in the
    • result of pure thought, what is feelingly perceived and
    • invited me there, I shall have the quite natural feeling that
    • does not do so I shall feel that my being invited into the
    • life. On meeting a woman in a red dress we shall feel that
    • not pert we shall feel disappointed. It goes without saying
    • feelings tend in this direction.
    • external things of the sense-world, has a feeling that they
    • feeling that any form, anything at all in nature lacks the
    • what feeling demands when not the head but the rest of the
    • intellectual and without artistic feeling, for any idea,
    • physical-superphysical. For a feeling is abroad that what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual figures, appear before their eyes, so that the feel
    • feel obliged to adduce against the spiritual-scientific point
    • absent, but feeling and willing are present — although in
    • super-sensible knowledge, although it buds forth from feeling
    • super-sensible knowledge, feeling and willing must fill the
    • of the rest of man's being is quiescent. Feeling and willing
    • direction when feeling and willing are functioning in the
    • When feeling
    • full of reality than ordinary thinking, is born from feeling
    • shadowy thinking of ordinary life, he feels related to these
    • harmonies of proportion and form, willing and feeling are
    • thinking, he feels related with what the architect creates.
    • As a new life of feeling — different from that of
    • feels kinship with what the architect and sculptor create in
    • nature of the seer's thinking and new life of feeling, by
    • spiritual intellectuality develops out of the feeling and
    • begins to develop a new and much deeper kind of feeling and
    • new kind of emotion and feeling. In the condition of
    • consciousness; the seer feels as though he has become one
    • feeling identified with it, poetry — the poetic
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Foundation Stone Meditation
    Matching lines:
    • And you will truly feel
    • “toned-down”, but made available to everyone who feels
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • knowledge, but of receiving them in such a way that a fundamental feeling
    • that this feeling has not as yet developed in humanity to any great
    • remaining forces are accompanied by the right kind of feeling, they
    • whether this kind of feeling is developed.
    • this feeling was actually present. It was born from an atavistic instinct
    • in man. In our own day this feeling is something that we must acquire
    • with the feelings that it must be offered up to the Gods. In the future
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • must therefore strive back to it. We must learn to feel the
    • thought and feeling. Anthroposophists must understand how
    • in the understanding of the day. I ask what does a man feel
    • find that he does not feel such a thing to be wrong. He will
    • recognises this obligation that he can feel the moral element
    • or the soul of cultivated feeling. You know that it developed
    • will develop into feeling. It is exactly through the
    • will become feeling. Through the Mystery of Golgotha Christ
    • morals, when we feel that the Mystery of Golgotha was
    • when we say: “All men must feel themselves to be
    • that there is still an instinctive feeling, which is a kind
    • teaching and feeling will have to contribute in order
    • anthroposophists; for the feeling and experience of the
    • particular thoughts, the particular feelings and impulses
    • gain it by developing a particular kind of feeling, that
    • sunk into the depths of the soul's life. This type of feeling
    • Life-wisdom, that which originates in ourselves, we must feel
    • feeling of responsibility in life, a readiness to take upon
    • well-know fact. The fact that a person feels responsible for
    • the Mystery of Golgotha; and we also feel ourselves under the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • takes place at death. He must have had feelings somewhat
    • feeling had already become so vital that they felt the life
    • they looked on death with tragic feelings. But what they had
    • knowledge, human feeling, human will, will have to be employed
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • seemed grotesque; but the world of their moods and feelings, of
    • feelings and for all that he did, — that fact becomes
    • manner that enabled one to feel all that lay in the words :
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • perception and feeling on the fingers. This is the familiar
    • far as you really feel something that has not yet been felt. It
    • has been felt in the physical body, and now one begins to feel
    • This is the first stage where one feels that he is this higher
    • that the I is resting inside of the human skin. Now one feels
    • feels that he really is in his etheric body, in his time-body
    • super-sensible knowledge that can be acquired in order to feel
    • space-person with his strong I-feeling. Now the time-person can
    • the I-feeling very strongly goes yet further, as I have
    • described earlier, where you feel that the time-body is already
    • feeling of being a victim. One really has this feeling, that
    • us, and we feel ourselves standing next to the other being if
    • When you compare the thinking, the feeling,
    • today torments people, what they feel as the uneasiness of life
    • that they feel undermined in their whole existence, this is the
    • what it would awaken in souls again as feeling and sensation in
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • scientific pursuits, or those that simply feel that solution
    • who, because of their calling, feel they must protect
    • recent times. Modern human beings feel that to hate and
    • with different tasks. The feeling and attitude that was fully
    • with understanding into what the others feel and experience.
    • fulfilling daily tasks, feeling calm and secure, and
    • those who feel that Theosophy is an interference and that it
    • always religious faith, that is, a sum of views, feelings and
    • uplifting effect; they fill a person's soul with feelings of
    • always been due to religious faith. Such feelings transform
    • feelings of exaltation, contentment and confidence in
    • feeling. To think that morality can exist without religion is
    • an illusion. Morality arises in the sphere of feeling. At
    • issues; second these will give rise to feelings of
    • retain the feelings engendered by faith. When at last even
    • inherited religious feelings have vanished, the morality that
    • knowledge will create feelings of security and impulses
    • but if I keep an open mind and pay attention to my feelings
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • blood, one gains power over the person. In short, the feeling
    • has nothing to do with sensation or feeling. When the latter
    • sensations and feelings, but at the animal level does so in a
    • the lives of ancestors. A son would feel at one with his
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • of happiness, enjoyment and hope. People who feel pain and
    • exists; but he also has Bone through a catharsis, and feels
    • strength. This indicates a consolatory feeling in the human
    • person's feeling; on the contrary, he must reject, must set
    • through his work far more about his feeling of superiority,
    • sensation and feeling. But what exactly is it? If we are to
    • an instinctive feeling that what I have just explained is the
    • paying no attention to your stomach, liver or lungs. You feel
    • feel something is out of order, in other words, when
    • produces is on a higher level, and gives rise to feelings of
    • soul forces in human beings: thinking, feeling and willing.
    • organization. Certain thoughts and feelings will call up
    • then there is no longer consistency between thinking, feeling
    • link thoughts and feelings correctly; this human cannot bring
    • his feelings into harmony with the thoughts behind them.
    • constituted human being of today, thinking, feeling and
    • feeling and willing must be severed from one another. The
    • organs connected with feeling and will must undergo division.
    • non-initiate. Because the contact between thinking, feeling
    • suffering without his feelings being roused; he can stand
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling for what is good, we must also have a feeling for
    • higher; but without evil we would have no feeling of self, no
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. But why the name “astral?”
    • feelings already mentioned, and also of the ability to
    • feels must be imitated. For instance: the parents of a
    • and produces in the child a feeling of well-being. Notice in
    • period feelings of respect and veneration are fostered. Such
    • feelings can be awakened in the following way: by means of
    • on everything that promotes feelings of health and vigor.
    • when gymnastic exercises induce feelings of growing strength
    • becomes independent. With the awakening feelings for the
    • thought, every feeling, every sentiment motivating those
    • maintain that one's thoughts and feelings do not matter as
    • cannot permit themselves ignoble thoughts or feelings. Words
    • feelings reach the protecting sheaths of the ether and astral
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • animal kingdom, is the bearer of the life of feelings,
    • purified and transformed them into moral feelings and ethical
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the whole cosmos. A feeling for nature will awaken in the
    • thinking and memory; history the life of feeling. A sense for
    • must feel that he or she belongs to a spiritual world-order
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • becomes conscious of itself, and feelings of hopes, wishes
    • which a person cannot make his feelings agree with what goes
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • painting, and just as we do not feel the stab of the dagger
    • incarnating individuality feels drawn to parents that can
    • and enjoyment because it calls up in the child inner feelings
    • able at this age to look up to someone with feelings of
    • physical exercises produce a feeling in the child of growing
    • These feelings work plastically on the ether body, as the
    • feelings now set their stamp on the countenance. A child now
    • for later life than an absence of feelings of great hopes and
    • his life of thoughts and feelings of a spiritual nature comes
    • which one feels carries weight. At the same time certain
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • reason, and imaginative knowledge the life of feelings,
    • seventh stage is within reach. Knowledge now becomes feeling;
    • perception. A person no longer feels that he lives only
    • feelings. A time begins when universal sympathy unites him
    • with all beings; he feels with them and participates in their
    • things. When the human being no longer feels confined within
    • his skin, when he feels himself united with all other beings,
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • feelings and sentiments it aroused in the poet would be
    • of artistic creativity in religious feelings and perceptions.
    • basic feeling, an inner awareness, that guided him to the
    • the world. Deep feelings of religious piety were called up in
    • being functions as a healthy entity, and he feels the world
    • self-awareness, the whole universe, feeling it had reached
    • had a dim feeling that such harmony had once existed. He
    • thinks and feels is not without significance or value for the
    • person towards whom the thoughts and feelings are directed.
    • that his inner feelings have significance for others, or that
    • Wagner has an instinctive feeling for this fact, and portrays
    • ancient times, dance originated from a feeling for laws in
    • gamut of human feelings, particularly feelings that do not
    • feelings and sensations are the basis for what is portrayed
    • human feelings, but had no means of expressing impulses once
    • perception, his deep feelings for all mankind.
    • the particular people. What a people feels to be its real
    • environment promoted individual consciousness and feelings of
    • Parsifal is born out of his mystical feeling for the Holy
    • as it was when there was still a feeling for the working of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • could better or more beautifully express the inner feeling
    • insight there dawns in the human soul a feeling, an attitude
    • becomes a “beggar of the spirit”; he feels
    • names are bestowed more or less haphazardly. We do not feel
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • was a peculiar experience to feel the cool ripple of the stones on
    • feeling the way to lost words.
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • his sense-nerve nature. For feeling, he is served by the rhythm living in
    • feeling lives and the waves of will pulsate.
    • rhythmic life of feeling than does the man of the present age. The Oriental
    • given him the feeling of the Self. which the Oriental had only in a
    • wisdom, warm with feeling and speaking of the beauty of the cosmos, the
    • will, then will the Eastern man in his feeling intuition no longer accuse
    • will no longer condemn the intuitively feeling Eastern man as an alien to
    • through the feeling; it streamed out into the will. The thought was not yet
    • The man of the East feels “I” and sees “World”; the I
    • the Eastern man comes to feel the rays of the sun in the shimmer of his
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • To-day I feel called upon to explain to you a few
    • inspiration. He always had the feeling: “My thoughts are
    • epochs was not so severed from the life of feeling and from the
    • consciousness. Just because man could feel that thoughts
    • religious feeling was connected with every one of his
    • essentially speaking, they had the same thoughts, feelings and
    • the thoughts, feelings and impulses which he now possesses.
    • feelings remained. Man gradually withdrew from this
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • and as a result, all those who feel united with Christ Jesus
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • deep, sacred feeling of reverence for the secret of the
    • within us as a sacred Christmas feeling, we prepare ourselves
    • feeling, born out of a deeper comprehension of our
    • we develop such feelings and moods, we obtain the right
    • warm feelings which stream through our heart are a
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • It is the feeling of a certain inner sensation of happiness —
    • a certain feeling of happiness. This emerges and dominates the whole
    • inner feeling of bliss, which should not be irreligious, or perhaps
    • feeling of bliss, — a striving away from the dullness of the kidney.
    • this in an abstract manner, but one must also look at it with feeling
    • One must not feel contempt
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • souls. If we look at world events and our own actions, feeling,
    • people lost the feeling that throughout the world order there
    • toward Lucifer. This feeling has been totally lost. After all,
    • if they called them by other names. The feeling for these
    • have been possible unless the feeling for this opposition
    • feeling left that there are two different powers at work. Here
    • way the story is constructed there is a sure feeling for the
    • tales; it grows out of this same sure feeling for Lucifer and
    • this feeling of the intervention of Ahriman and Lucifer in life
    • world. This feeling for perceiving the world spiritually had to
    • won't he? He will say “The human being you see and feel
    • had the feeling that while this experience was taking
    • say, deeper natures may feel that events not taking place on
    • purified part of his will nature, or made his feelings more
    • their religious feelings just because world events are having
    • rediscovered their feeling for religion. I do not need to
    • a deepening of religious feeling, while the very same
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing. I mentioned that as late as the
    • fifteenth century people had a feeling that just as positive
    • explained that a simple folk tale grew out of the feeling that
    • this folk tale we feel that on the one hand there was a sensing
    • composition of this story that we see people's feeling
    • wonderful presentation of the feeling still existing at that
    • must bring a feeling for this element to life again in a
    • phenomena people feel they are confronting absolute rigid
    • like it and develop more and more feelings of sympathy towards
    • have just heard. For I imagine some antipathetic feelings
    • It is not merely that human beings are brought to feelings of
    • but he brought the kind of feelings that made him see
    • Without hurting anyone's feelings, of course, let us consider
    • without hurting anyone's feelings it must be obvious that each
    • one of you listens differently, and understands and feels what
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that it had to happen as it did. When the
    • he did not feel like explaining this to him. But afterwards he
    • he feels the urge to acquire self-knowledge. So he looks at the
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • made those Romans feel compelled to carry out their campaigns
    • the feeling of regret, we would be removing a moral impulse of
    • something does not work out and we feel uncomfortable later on
    • feeling remorse for his deed? No, it does not! And why not? For
    • intended, and language has a subtle feeling for this. When an
    • thought, the feeling, that it would perhaps have turned out
    • Their effect on a person who is not filled with feeling about
    • view, can we acquire any feeling for this kind of
    • free by not eating, because you feel the taking in of food to
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • coming in feels like hitting our hand against a solid object,
    • inner feeling, the inner experience of the will.
    • feeling for how very different it was when the ancients spoke
    • of the will. They had much more of a feeling of how the will,
    • experience. As this feeling for what was going on in the astral
    • not feel able to search more deeply into the processes the
    • feels like a somnambulist. He is dreaming and if someone shouts
    • religious impulses are spoken of nowadays. People feel most
    • as much as possible to the feelings, drives, and instincts.
    • immediately feels he is in a void and his consciousness
    • consciousness. Their inner being will feel something
    • lead them back into earlier lives. The others will feel an
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of the link with the spiritual world still lingers,
    • materialistic thinking and feeling, on the earth became more
    • feeling for the picture expressed by the noun has been so
    • apprehended concretely, a contrast in feeling between the
    • up the dreadful specter (for the dead really feel it a
    • because they themselves need to feel concretely when you use
    • awakened in your soul a feeling of the difference between
    • feel oneself into the speech, to feel oneself in the world in
    • their pockets and then want to talk without any feeling. For,
    • feel with the world. Even those who do this often do so
    • eurhythmic expression of the strong feeling of self when
    • else is involved in this. A man feels an enormous
    • ahrimanic.” This living feeling of standing an man
    • can feel once more his identity with all nature.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • and feel, and, according to the impulses of their characters,
    • feeling and willing: this is the task of the epoch of the
    • feelings and will impulses depending upon languages. Consider
    • language as something homogeneous and men feel it to be so.
    • will open out for an imaginative feeling and perception.
    • relation to language. The soul inwardly feels a difference
    • the fact that a mark, a furrow, is made. The soul feels that;
    • true poet, for example, is just a man who has a fine feeling
    • for the inwardness of language, a finer feeling than others.
    • need a mutual understanding; that deeper, inward feeling for
    • ourselves in the economic life, what feelings we unfold in
    • whereas we Europeans actually feel that every possible thing
    • this is not possible. We have to acquire the feeling that in
    • nature. Certainly men still have a feeling for nature, they
    • today man experiences in the most abstract way. He feels
    • Theosophist.” What is that? It is a man feeling the
    • divine ego with his own ego, feeling the macrocosm in the
    • This feeling,
    • light he was taking in: this feeling was an experience in
    • wire a certain feeling of responsibility and an understanding
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • Movement would feel moved by what is so critical in the present state
    • in feeling and ask yourself: where does it come from historically? If you
    • we might take one of Bergson's books that always promote the feeling
    • anyone comes who feels as deeply as this man what is necessary for the
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • we say: The ordinary mortal thinks something, feels something or does
    • in his acting, thinking, feeling, and that because the Holy Ghost is
    • antipathy towards outer contemplation. Thus when the soul feels loath
    • of mankind. Thus when man who lives in the scientific age feels this
    • of joy in the depths of the sea en feeling itself alone in its contemplation
    • to himself: Because we have entered upon the scientific age, the feeling
    • From various directions a certain feeling of fear towards truth holds
    • the truth back from flowing in. This feeling of fear, this anxious feeling,
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • to a high degree today, a feeling for this change, even if it does not
    • as if in a vivid feeling what is living in the mineral and plant kingdoms.
    • feeling of the solidity of world existence only because you stand with
    • ground gives you the feeling, akin to the will, but watered-down will,
    • not to have this feeling, should you only see, the world would appear
    • it drops out. That we have a subject and feel ourselves bound up with
    • world one is dogged by the feeling that one misses certain beings which
    • world and the world of the plants, that we should have the feeling we
    • when you reflect that before birth you feel the lack because they really
    • up to men the natural state, because he had the feeling that in his
    • I believe that out of right feeling for the very things which men find
    • feeling and willing, nevertheless do not bring all the necessary strength
    • an unsympathetic person! How utterly without feeling the man is and
    • the man who does not feel himself drawn to Spiritual Science through
    • to get up in front of people to impart what one feels impelled to impart
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • it so near complete disaster, that he is left with a feeling like someone
    • cannot endure, you have the feeling you are in sunlight as if you really
    • of feelings, that each of us must have if he does not want to investigate
    • each other with immediate feeling and it is recognised: When I look
    • any blue or red surface, then we shall feel that man when expressing
    • sensations and feelings, man is confused with what he does in another
    • since resulted in quite definite trends of feeling and attitudes of
    • with—not with the fact itself but with the qualities of feeling
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • always there as a more or less unconscious basis: he feels that even
    • that as man he feels himself related in his whole existence in his whole
    • in the human soul of the Book of Job with a feeling of isolation, from
    • experiences the pagan form of Christianity feels what he is intended
    • to feel. This is not an immediate relation to Christ-Jesus; here we
    • “God is the Good”, where he has the feeling that the perception
    • of spirit. In this way, too, we shall once again feel ourselves true
    • men when we are not prosaic in our feeling, when what is holy sounds
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • to feel what a delightful and precious personality has left us if one
    • this personality. I need not dwell at length on what we all feel in
    • connection with the Christ and feel themselves strong for their earthly
    • anything expressible in language, but rather in the feelings, in the
    • He is alone for a quite definite reason and must feel himself alone.
    • This feeling of cultural isolation, this feeling of his that he was
    • spirit worthy of them one cannot help feeling that should Herman Grimm
    • feelings Had Herman Grimm got into conversation with Goethe, or Goethe
    • Goethe demands of us that we should work with him, think with him, feel
    • actual feeling between two of his contemporaries that he thus gave voice
    • these words in which Goethe had still a quite pagan feeling, with those
    • feeling that in this very incompletion there lies something that must
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • impressions, our feeling-world, a certain inclination, we could
    • world view comes ever closer, and the world of feeling makes it
    • and how this feeling lived in the soul. Then think how your
    • an awareness — not a feeling, as if it is beyond that- yet has
    • moment this clairvoyant awareness rises up in you, you feel
    • astral truths and beings, but it feels as if it is all growing
    • in the physical world we have naturally the feeling that all
    • evil feelings during the day, appear in quite another form
    • compared with someone who has lived with noble feelings during
    • hateful feelings shows a withered form while a person who died
    • with beautiful feelings, show a sympathetic form as an astral
    • towards noble feelings and impulses, after their death for a
    • physical plane. However, there we feel influences, good
    • through direct experience but, he or she has a distinct feeling
    • most diverse feelings. Thus it can happen that these inner
    • feelings tend towards an inclination, then towards reluctance,
    • the most varied feelings appear when you penetrate the being,
    • existing or contradictory feelings of a pure spiritual nature.
    • is none to be found within. The feeling of hardship in the
    • physical world is trivial compared to feelings in the soul when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that already within this Monologue specific
    • feeling in this situation. Once a conceptual idea is taken up,
    • derived from feeling, willing, from passion, the remainder is
    • feelings, affectations, towards world riddles, yet they do not
    • extraordinary that Goethe had within his feelings this duality,
    • merger linking our wishes, feelings and desires within our
    • the feeling remained in him, prompting him to find a
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • in my imagination, my experiences and feelings if this
    • earlier in Moscow? What kind of experiences, feelings,
    • feelings. For the clairvoyant awareness it becomes gradually
    • become liberated in their feeling and will impulses from
    • heartfelt feeling for something which hardly interests us, for
    • life of feeling. Once and for all we must speak right into the
    • different. You experience quite different feelings,
    • learn to feel how present setbacks originate from an earlier life.
    • and through genuine understanding, you can feel yourself enter
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • a certain intellectual thinking, an intellectual feeling concerning
    • for the spreading of this new spiritual life, we cannot but feel that
    • feeling that something will reveal itself here, something new in the
    • (1st. Picture) which could be in no other form. This is the feeling
    • do as yet — to turn his feelings away from all that is symbolical
    • and allows himself to be carried into a really organic-artistic, a feeling
    • the lobe of his ear; if you have the right intuitive thinking and feeling,
    • the principal entrance. If you can feel it in its forms, you will feel
    • of weight. If you can feel the forms in this way, you have grasped a
    • for willing and that both these are held together by the power of feeling;
    • whole form into your feeling, they will be to you,the expression of
    • to his balance. One ought to have that feeling here, for simply from
    • that feeling did the form arise. I might say that besides this, one
    • should feel that the form must be what it is, for although it is not
    • Now one cannot help feeling
    • out, but of feeling the heavy pressure of the overhanging weight of
    • feeling the form and in so doing, of arousing the mood that may come
    • If you stand here in the Building and feel the Building, that is, feel
    • all the weighty pressure of the whole Building, you will then feel this
    • will feel what the whole structure means. The attempt has here been
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • architecture, so that you have not the feeling that it has been added
    • you will feel yourself forced from a certain point onward. Through this
    • of evolution you feel yourself forced onward to mould not something
    • form and the next you would feel obliged to mould in this way (see 3th
    • here is a change” and one has the feeling that one can see in
    • is actually included in it and so you feel that out of the complicated
    • has the feeling that this. line has to be completed in thought (dotted
    • that in the beginning the sectarian feelings of a great many people
    • themselves up so that we have the feeling the walls do not enclose us,
    • we shall feel ourselves into the shape and then we experience how this
    • feel, here is reality, they will not let it evolve. If it was a matter
    • trouble to slander what is born of real force. For because they feel
    • holding ourselves above cliques and personal feelings, and all these
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • artistic feeling certainly will only be admitted by him who has a presentiment
    • to soar up to the feeling, that from this mysterious world of colour
    • that we should have merely a feeling for the single colour; the single
    • as such. To see blue means to feel an intense desire, longing, to go
    • colour; to look at red calls forth a feeling of being attacked, as if
    • pitiful to see how those who are possessed of artistic feeling truly
    • feel that the old forms of art are bankrupt, that they can go no further,
    • the feeling: Thou makest thyself indeed free, but in so doing thou comest
    • the feeling of death, death which always accompanies the most important
    • ideals in the search for knowledge. It would be unbearable to a feeling
    • some extent represents the contrast to the feeling of Death. Thus a
    • - you will particularly feel this when you look at the colouring of
    • but he feels a necessity from the creative cosmic forces to place a
    • in it and which must necessarily be drawn out, if one has a living feeling
    • conception of the Christ. The essential is that we feel what is here
    • along the road of feeling, perception and will, he will discover the
    • you what you are capable of feeling, when, on receiving the information
    • with the information I have given you to-day, seek to feel that which
    • centre-point of our considerations and of our feeling within our anthroposophical
    • He who truly feels at what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • today. Here we see clearly that Faust both is and feels
    • truth. If we look closely at the feelings and emotions to
    • Who hath that feeling,
    • feelings, nor merely of dogmatic imaginations. Whoever wished
    • must be approached with the same reverence, with a feeling
    • the feeling behind what is said about the veil.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • belongs relate to what has lagged behind, and hence he feels
    • has feelers, but these feelers lengthen themselves into
    • feels himself again. This witch has certainly been properly
    • anointed; he wants more feels quite in his element, addresses
    • attracted. He feels that he is in a very inferior spiritual
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    • Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    • By this means he sought to feel the union of the inner human
    • to the feeling that can then be weakened to full life by the
    • however, by living feeling and experience. And for what
    • Mephistopheles feels at home there. This is perhaps why
    • throughout this scent we see Goethe's wonderful feeling for
    • Mephistopheles feels himself thoroughly akin.)
    • for freedom — so themselves they flatter.” We feel
    • jest but a fact. And the cow has a feeling of exaltation when
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • has the feeling that an unknown kingdom is making its
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • which proceed not only their ideas but their feelings, their
    • no longer has a true feeling of the deep way in which the
    • and from human feeling. Now the Graeco-Latin time,
    • thought, of feeling. The Witches' Kitchen Scene in
    • life of feeling and emotion. We cannot but admit that Goethe
    • Invocation Scene, the entire scale of emotions and feelings
    • whereby Faust feels himself united with Helena. Truly it is a
    • experiences in his heart, in his life of feeling. That which
    • transformed into Imagination; it is Feeling that has become
    • Feeling that has become Imagination.
    • Faust's life of Will, no longer merely from his Feeling or
    • Feeling and Willing, translated into the Imaginative sphere
    • somehow bring it about that Ahriman-Mephistopheles feels
    • where Ahriman-Mephistopheles feels that he is recognised. At
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • discussion, how much thought and feeling has there not been
    • of which we have often spoken. Assume that a politican feels
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • those beings with whom man, as man, must therefore feel
    • to feel hoe Goethe wished to make the transition into the
    • feeling, thinking and willing as men, but we really only know
    • impression, one's ideas acquire an added truth. This feeling
    • — out of his subconscious he sees and feels the
    • water-air. The Sirens feel themselves related to water only
    • of the matter makes everyone acquainted with the reality feel
    • feels itself as an anachronism in the present world. The ants
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • condition only as regards our ideas and part of our feelings,
    • while the greater part of our life of feeling, and above all
    • plunges into the world of antiquity, how man really feels
    • insecure in it, how Homunculus feels himself insecure. For
    • countless other human feelings and will-impulses. Diana is
    • feelings and impulses, prevailing in the human being, come
    • Greek world Goethe acquired the feeling that anyone organised
    • of beauty, while he would feel truth to be beautiful. This
    • feeling was developed by Goethe. And he believed he might
    • with feeling for the beauty of the world. But just as one can
    • with feeling for the ugliness of the world. And that too
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of the kind that Goethe described in his chapter on
    • distinct feelings have been developed in be subconscious —
    • feeling again to have gained the day over the international,
    • we should not be eaten up by a false feeling towards
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • sea-festival? To understand his feelings, we must take
    • the open sea. This feeling that the open sea has special
    • with the feeling.
    • open sea, where he no longer feels himself within reach of
    • out of his feeling for the cosmos, and when he speaks of all
    • a feeling how, in primeval times, these Kabiri were
    • a vague feeling existed that there were also a fifth, sixth
    • feel that a whole world, containing the secret of man, lies
    • teaching is, in feeling, the exact opposite of this
    • there is very little real artistic feeling. In any case,
    • Because of this he feels men do not listen to him, do not
    • after it is fertilised, and so on. He has no feeling that
    • He has no feeling that what he thus examines in the smallest
    • metamorphosis. He draws on what he feels about Proteus, but
    • themselves to our vision, allow us to feel them, but in
    • Goethe wish to evoke a true feeling that there are two worlds
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • his feeling he was removed at least form the superstition of
    • for Goethe had the feeling that there was a kind of knowledge
    • so. Goethe has the feeling that, should human understanding
    • set, feel the warmth the sun sheds around, receive the light
    • us with red-hot tongs; our capacity for sensitive feeling
    • echoed in his own feeling. He expresses all this by making
    • the Homo. Only when we can with feeling experience the
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • to evoke the feeling that, in the whole of his inner life,
    • I wanted you to feel that he succeeded, as perhaps no other
    • of use. You see, there are two fundamental feelings at the
    • towards spiritual experience. One of these feelings comes
    • to think but also to will. And feeling lies midway between
    • purpose of our proposed study, we may ignore feeling, and
    • reaches it. And while he is feeling that he is still nowhere
    • begin to feel harassed by the hindrances to thought. This
    • feeling of being frustrated in thought is a profound human
    • against a boundary. But now it is a different feeling that
    • the second feeling which, when experienced by man, leads him
    • might say that it has created the feeling in man that Christ
    • did once exist. And even this feeling that Christ once
    • of cosmic feeling — a supersensible experience. This
    • basic feelings of which I have just spoken as arising from
    • these two feelings must find a crossing-point from a passive
    • belief in Christ, by a passive feeling of being united with
    • feelings of the boundaries to thinking and willing may also
    • And when it is possible for men to feel both at the same time
    • with all intensity, then he feels himself rightly as a man on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • out of obscure feelings and such like. Particularly the
    • which lives in many human souls in vague feelings, in all sorts
    • still something quite different involved. Man gradually feels
    • Whereby does man feel himself to be part of the natural world
    • of it. Through this we can feel connected with physical nature.
    • We would not feel that we existed in this physical nature if we
    • consciousness. If we cannot feel ourselves as belonging to a
    • which after all we feel to be our most precious, our most
    • want to be human beings. This has another side to it. We feel
    • and bones. We feel them to be coming from a spiritual world,
    • there the thinking human being feels safe with the content of
    • itself onto our life of concepts, of feeling. We experience as
    • it were a thought picture and feeling picture of that which is
    • feeling man senses that he is present in these weaving
    • feel, but we do not see it, we don't have it in front of us
    • one's own body, one feels, one feels it sometimes painfully
    • the dream to be reality, although his feeling for reality is
    • a general feeling of ego or self becomes a strongly felt inner
    • thirst, which forces us to drink and so on. Now we feel
    • something in the soul which has to come towards us and we feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. We can easily understand what now has to be said. What
    • the generation, how the son feels bound through the blood with
    • on how you feel or are disposed, so it is interpreted.
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling and of experience is enriched, calmed and
    • thoughts are unimportant in our life of feeling. It's like
    • work into us, it becomes transformed in us as feelings, as soul
    • doubt that feelings, pleasure, joy and pain can be inherent in
    • also feel hurt? — Hence I can infer that if I crush a
    • of earth towards the heights, no feeling of pain penetrates the
    • That which comprises the actual soul of the plant feels
    • for the soul not only to feel compassion towards other people
    • if we ourselves can't feel such things? — It is an
    • feel that it is indeed so, what is said by spiritual science.
    • in a pasture. Whoever has knowledge about this, feels entire
    • definite feeling of pleasure. Thus we see into the wisdom of
    • then we feel that not only are we living beings but that we are
    • things in our feelings by understanding them spiritually.
    • When we touch a plant we experience the soul-spiritual, we feel
    • and human feelings influenced forces of nature. When we go even
    • however allow our feelings, our attitude of mind and our
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • for I know well those feelings and perceptions which, partly by
    • discovery, feelings and sensations play a great part in the
    • as separate storms and convulsions of the feelings which were
    • discovered new facts, but even then those feelings which for
    • there were an ancestor whom I should feel shame in recalling it would
    • Thus do precepts and concepts, all the soul thinks and feels,
    • feel pain, etc.? Think of a mass of whirling atoms, and it
    • question as to how sensations, feelings, and thoughts arise in
    • inwardly feel, for he still regards himself as on the same
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • longer able to feel it in a living way. People who study
    • Today, when man reflects upon himself, he feels himself as the
    • possessor of thoughts, feelings, and impulses of will which
    • ‘I think,’ the ‘I feel’ and the
    • was by no means yet accompanied by the same feeling with which
    • of the ‘I feel’ and the ‘I will.’ In effect,
    • to their own person only their feeling and their willing. Out
    • ‘I think.’ Doubtless they thought ‘I feel,’
    • feeling and an immediate experience: ‘I have not my own
    • You may still feel this if you consider the pictures in which
    • after. An energy of feeling such as is contained in these
    • rather apathetic. We need such energy of feeling very badly,
    • a feeble feeling of the I would have evolved in the people of
    • Through their feeling of “It thinks in me,” the
    • connected with the earth. They did not feel themselves as
    • Europe were beginning to feel themselves, however
    • time there was deep feeling, there was heart in all that
    • themselves, they would feel the objective and influential
    • Coming into our own time, this living feeling with the
    • intellect, but to feel with your whole being what has been said
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • indicated a certain feeling for the way in which affairs are shaping
    • — although that must never be belittled. Such a feeling does in
    • feeling for such things.
    • gradually come to feel himself living on Earth just as a mole might
    • feel in his mound during the winter. There is an idea that the Earth
    • A feeling of sadness cannot but overtake us when we realise that the
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • On the other hand, consider the life of feeling. It is obvious,
    • even to superficial study, that feeling does not indicate a state of
    • what is transmitted by the senses. But when feelings rise up from the
    • same extent. Feelings link themselves with sense-perceptions. One
    • sense-impression pleases us, another displeases us. Feelings also
    • experience in dreams with what we experience in our feelings, then the
    • connection between dream-life and the life of feeling is clearly
    • be valued and understood aright. But feelings too must be observed, as
    • feelings we are, in reality, dreaming. When we dream, we dream
    • in pictures. When we are awake, we dream in our feelings. And in our
    • waking life too. In our will we are asleep and in our feelings we
    • consciousness. But in essence, the same is true of feeling and
    • feelings and thoughts which come with us, and the more we bring, the
    • through the Gate of Death. But the idealistic thoughts and feelings,
    • the pure human love, the religious feelings which have arisen in our
    • feelings, human love and piety we have brought to our Angel, the
    • very little in the way of idealistic thoughts and feelings, of human
    • way that they feel continually rejected by a world into which they
    • ought to be received, they feel continually chilled by a world which
    • thoughts or feelings, no human love or true piety, something of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • certain respect also to the life of feeling. The faculty of thinking
    • feeling. Our thinking faculty per se comes with us at birth
    • the qualities inherent in feeling and in will, which for this reason
    • however, we are unable to work on the child's life of feeling and of
    • belonging to feeling and to will. We injure the child's eternal life
    • if we fail to cultivate in him the right kind of feeling and. will.
    • cultivate through feeling and will — which is nevertheless
    • in the life of feeling and of will; and on the other side they enhance
    • a Guardian Angel’ and he feels no desire for detailed knowledge of how
    • feeling would be one of having lived through events which would
    • with a kind of abstract feeling. Christianity makes its way from the
    • to be able to receive divine teachings, to feel that the Gods —
    • understanding — permeated with feeling — of the external
    • life of feeling is really only another form of dream life. In our
    • feelings we dream and in the operations of our will we are asleep.
    • and of feeling during contemplation of the outer world and in the
    • must deliberately and consciously prepare your life of feeling in such
    • That is the thought I should like to leave with you. Those who feel
    • transform their easy-going thoughts and feelings and experience
    • people who feel this bond and who look with love in their hearts
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • by his innermost feelings, the thought: “Have you done right?
    • peculiar feelings with which Frau Ott read this epistle. However, the
    • deep religious feeling and acute intellect with the new ideas of
    • meditation and feeling and with man's whole philosophy. Moreover, in
    • in particular felt deep satisfaction — a feeling which Goethe
    • development. It would be, I feel, a failure to do justice to Karl
    • true reality, that we can only grasp reality when the Ego feels
    • ideals and must be modified by those who feel in themselves the
    • right in the feeling he expressed in a letter to Goethe on 21st June,
    • spirituality of feeling at the point so far reached by human
    • progress. Philosophy rightly turns towards you, for your feeling is
    • of the pure spirituality of feeling with which he sought for a
    • himself, is typical of German national feeling. For when he delivered his
    • “As long as there beats in Germany a heart capable of feeling the shame
    • should feel the German spirit which pervades his productions,
    • The main thing is that we should feel this as
    • draw quite close to him. The result is that we can feel his
    • — can we not feel it already in the incident when he so
    • spiritual divination, can we not feel this spirit very near to us
    • not feel how fortitude of soul, moral energy stream out from this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • not feel the full extent of this discord, the reason may well be that
    • a last faint echo. He is hardly in a position to feel even vaguely its
    • feel an intimation — in our circles this feeling should certainly
    • men the consciousness that the individual human soul can feel firmly
    • old, which differed essentially from the feelings and sentiments that
    • we used to go outside, to the fields, where we would feel the golden
    • rays of the morning sun coming to meet us, where we could feel the
    • feel much, much darkness around us, and we must often see, as we look
    • during the rest of the year, would feel a natural restraint in their
    • Christ draws near.” They would feel: Time itself is becoming too
    • voices they would awaken all those feelings which the soul should feel
    • tales of what they wanted to feel and should feel, when the so-called
    • develop again a feeling for the real power which was thereby given for
    • through the Christ-Impulse. Perhaps you can feel in all of this a kind
    • people would feel in a subtle way that same truth which we can learn
    • feel this requires a mood, an inner attunement, which simply cannot
    • people can hardly conceive how one could feel spiritually as late as
    • pessimistic feelings. Nowadays you would have to go very far afield,
    • of Nature by merging with her through feeling. That was only possible
    • out of their sensing and feeling of the elements of Nature. If I may
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 1 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • onward, the human soul will feel increasingly that these things
    • sentiments, feelings and ideas it contains had their origin in an age
    • human clairvoyance. One who tries to feel what this poem breathes
    • different tongues, have felt the same. What a wonderful feeling it
    • inclined to approach it from the start with this feeling of holiness
    • foremost of the personalities in the Song — feels from the
    • completely new, and almost equally new were the feelings,
    • approach such a thing we feel how little human language, philosophy,
    • were forced upon it because this soul feels itself related to a
    • far away, altogether unrelated to his soul. We can distinctly feel
    • would live with the Gods, and who feel human life as something
    • who feels all that is spread before him as unfamiliar and remote —
    • understanding — to our power of perception and to our feeling.
    • the dying Socrates sets forth to his disciples. They cannot feel
    • want to feel the deeper impulses, the mighty impulses that arise on
    • thoughts and feelings that, so to say, were thrown off by the old
    • worlds. We must feel ourselves stimulated to this search when we
    • times we find everywhere groups of people who did not at all feel
    • but to his tribal or racial group. This group-soul feeling
    • of Arjuna and feel the horror that lived in him when he realized how
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 2 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • all our forces, filling us with intense feeling. Emotions that are
    • feelings are concentrated in a single moment and storm through us
    • imagination, of feeling and will — these too must not be
    • must have the power to do this with the same intensity of feeling
    • concerned. We must be able to feel with the destiny of all
    • mankind, with as much interest as we usually feel in our own destiny,
    • a humble place in life and as if by natural instinct feel this
    • Such is his feeling. It is as though the ground were about to sink
    • had received into his feeling something that the man of today no
    • feeling that Arjuna has absorbed, on which for him the whole
    • well-being of human evolution depends. He feels that the forefathers
    • of the tribe, the ancestors, are worthy of honor. He feels that their
    • its thoughts. Above all we must enter deeply into its feelings
    • because it is in feeling that the soul is intimately bound up with
    • Arjuna would naturally feel, and the bloody battle of brother against
    • time Krishna revealed it. Souls like Arjuna did indeed feel that
    • truth. They must have once passed through the feeling of the fleeting
    • able to feel the deepest pain and the fullest delight in the external
    • their concepts and ideas. They must have had the feeling, “In
    • it must be in deepest loneliness. Then you have another feeling. On
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 3 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • into a wonderful feeling of bliss and elation to realize that in the
    • it is a strange dream. It tells us that feelings live within us that
    • whole course of our present life — when we did not feel this
    • we feel ourselves in a certain relation to the outer world and the
    • feeling is quite different in its quality from any recollection out
    • life. When a new, significant feeling thus arises, the horizon of
    • someone begins reading perhaps with the most beautiful feelings of
    • most holy feelings. That will only carry through for a little while,
    • however, for all sorts of inner feelings begin coming in and make us
    • But these feelings that
    • bitter feelings, let us try to understand how one actually comes to
    • this misfortune, even feeling the need of it for our development. Now
    • then is everyday judgment in creating a feeling of antipathy toward
    • can feel antipathy toward a blow of fate! When it looks out beyond
    • the horizon of this incarnation, it feels one thing only to be
    • necessary, to become ever more perfect. This feeling is stronger than
    • this. Instead it seeks its destiny, and feels it as a process of
    • beyond we enter into that life and feeling of which we can say, “It
    • at the same time we have another experience. While we feel we can
    • what it is in ordinary consciousness, a feeling arises in us, “I
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 4 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • Man instinctively feels
    • of this life element, to have insufficient light-air. We feel a pain
    • moral sense, his moral feelings, that he must tear all earthly
    • moral feelings Lucifer takes the light-air away from him, so that he
    • distinctly have the feeling that when we gained them we were in an
    • definite feelings and ideas or perhaps views about the Christ —
    • truth like the history of the two Jesus children. Just when one feels
    • feeling it in this way — of becoming, so to say, a twofold
    • sense impressions of this world of ours but even our feelings and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 5 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • logical insight cannot help feeling the poverty and unfruitfulness of
    • their impulses of will and feeling enter their consciousness as they
    • ancestors, feeling that although they had died their spiritual part
    • thought, “I think,” with every feeling, “I
    • feel,” with every impulse of will, “I will.”
    • withdrew his understanding and feeling for the fires of sacrifice and
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 6 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • Arjuna’s thoughts and feelings as characteristic of that time,
    • describing something to you, verbally. Then I feel impelled to
    • of feeling that thus translates the super-sensible into sense terms.
    • that of the Krishna Being. Then it feels the need of representing to
    • to this increase of force and feeling. There are eighteen discourses,
    • increasing current of feeling and idea. First, immortality is the
    • through Yoga. All the time your feeling is being borne along by
    • something in which it can feel at home, one may say. We go still
    • definite, familiar feelings. Then comes a still greater climax. We
    • certainty of feeling — the feeling that can still gain
    • suffice, we fail, As we reach this part of the song we feel as if we
    • his soul. Whoever reaches this ninth song may feel this devotional
    • there he feels he must walk with reverence. Then follows the eleventh
    • the clairvoyant gaze of Arjuna. We feel with Arjuna. We remind
    • philosophies. If we can only dimly feel the dazzling heights that can
    • that do not belong to the individual alone. Imagine a person feeling
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 7 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • sensitive to these things feels something like a gentle breath of God
    • One who recognizes them as among the generative forces feels the
    • must feel these things and be sensitive to them, then we shall
    • feeling for the real majesty, the greatness and wonder of these
    • more we have this feeling of wonder. Not only our intellect and
    • of soul. We shall feel that we may belong to that humanity that over
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 8 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that really lies at the basis of such a work. This is
    • belong to a certain nation should always have an immediate feeling
    • remote in sentiment and feeling from the
    • came precisely from the feeling that certain secrets must today be
    • the mood, the mode of feeling, the mental habit of ancient India from
    • combined with great fervor of feeling, but with this there was no
    • that produced it. So, in the deep sentiments and feelings of the
    • We will find enthusiasm, strong feeling and fervent belief
    • they are already far from understanding those feelings poured out in the
    • people, to develop something that may easily make them feel how far behind
    • spirit. If we feel this ideal through and through and consider what
    • quality of feeling — between our three thinkers and the
    • ourselves into the living feelings of that time. Then we begin to
    • expression that belong to the feeling, the mood, the mental habit of
    • to show how different is the whole configuration of feeling and idea
    • to go this way again and feel with the ancient man of India because
    • right quality of feeling, particularly in its later sections. At a
    • higher stage, our inability to feel our way into these concepts is
    • academic way. In them lies the feeling of the whole period of the
    • feeling. It is easier to take them in the true sense of the life of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Occult Significance of the Bhagavad Gita: Lecture 9 of 9
    Matching lines:
    • is permeated by feelings and shades of meaning saturated with ideas of sattwa,
    • feeling must be attuned so as to understand what is said in the sense
    • our mode of feeling is different from what is contained there and we
    • are unable to make those very different feelings our own. If we tried
    • understand these feelings of sattwa, rajas and tamas, so fundamental
    • who receives the light of ideas, of feelings and sentiments streaming
    • ourselves with the feeling these ideas give we can apply them to
    • on in utmost harmony with it. If he begins to feel himself an
    • brothers confront brothers, with all that thou feelest thyself bound
    • religious feeling also these three groups may be distinguished.
    • these concepts to religious feeling in our time we should say (but
    • the surrounding world and begin to feel that it has something in it
    • and know that thou canst live without feeling thyself bound up with
    • world; who in their feelings and all their inner experiences are
    • lonely souls. They neither feel themselves bound up with the
    • This may penetrate our feelings with deep significance. It may also tell us
    • souls now feel how little they can escape from this enhanced
    • to show how Western minds can perceive and feel what they owe to Krishna;
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • what a man feels himself to be in ordinary life? Nothing remains.
    • becomes actual experience. Thus, for example, the feeling, “to
    • an expression of the sense of touch, ceases, and the person feels as
    • whose eyelids he can open and shut and so on, but now he feels as
    • arise, and truly must arise in him who is to be initiated. He feels he
    • One thing that ceases is every feeling for physical materiality.
    • Void — it is not there. The feeling of contacting something hard,
    • or even something soft like water or air — in short, the feeling
    • qualities of things, but with the feeling that one is growing only
    • definite feeling that all training in the Mysteries consisted
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • for that is how it feels when one confronts the Void — the
    • natural law. When we rise to the human kingdom, we feel obliged to
    • they were lacking in conscience, lacking in feelings of
    • physical world he is endowed with feelings and perceptions other than
    • ordinary life through the alteration of his perceptions and feelings.
    • This will have indicated how a person should not let feelings and
    • feelings and perceptions remain with him, once he has become a seer;
    • that this may do him no harm he must also apply these new feelings and
    • feel differently towards the plant world which spreads itself like a
    • in the very least any part of his feeling for the plant-vesture of the
    • the plant world he feels that a certain inner relationship links it
    • with Sun, Moon and Stars. In his feeling and perception the green
    • He regards them ultimately as one, and he feels as a vital occurrence
    • again the withdrawal of the sunlight. He feels how it is with the
    • plants when the sunlight is withdrawn from them. As one feels sympathy
    • is removed from its sight for a while, so does the seer feel sympathy
    • Through the birth of this feeling he is adapted for feeling something
    • else besides. He can feel this something when he returns into the
    • person, then, too, comes the feeling that the sleeper has been
    • forsaken by something. This is very similar to the feeling one has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • an ascent, but he also feels himself forsaken and alone. He feels that
    • certain secrets he longs to understand. That is the feeling he has.
    • of our time, when he has thus mounted to the higher worlds, feels it
    • higher worlds; but his soul now feels lonely and forsaken, whereas
    • those once initiated souls did not feel lonely and forsaken in the
    • some such way as the following: The seer feels himself to be in the
    • feels himself united in some way with spirits who have passed through
    • the astral body and ego. Thus the feeling grows: What you are in your
    • those who in ancient times undertook the ascent. But they did not feel
    • in the same way to-day as they were by Zarathustra, they would feel
    • the same bliss. But gradually he would pass on to the feeling which
    • feel yourself united with the Being who works with others on the part
    • experience on the borders of existence; he cannot feel himself united
    • Being with whom he now feels himself united, and who is building and
    • existence” already alluded to, it feels itself united with a
    • Being. The soul can feel the qualities of this Being, only it feels
    • a new birth, and when you feel how this Warmth and this Light stream
    • himself to be united. He feels with the deepest part of himself that
    • that we have indicated, then he feels that there streams forth into
    • pupils. And the feelings that I have just described (I might say with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the East: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • soul. That is why so many people in modern times feel (and quite
    • rightly say they feel) as if there were two souls dwelling within
    • feel an echo of all the sufferings and all the conquests of the
    • incarnations will not feel confused in face of this disharmony. For in
    • feel himself torn into pieces, the more does he feel drawn into doubt.
    • Anyone who approaches the Mysteries to-day must. feel that he is
    • him to feel. Then from this recognition will flow the forces which out
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture I: The Birth of the Intellect and the Mission of Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • deeper feelings and intuitions. He lived more in the world beyond —
    • symbols reminded men of their faith, their inner feelings, their
    • an astral body in which feelings and sentiments, the power of
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture V: Yoga In East and West
    Matching lines:
    • control of feelings and their purification.
    • soul. Thought must be permeated with feeling; otherwise it will not
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VI: Yoga In East and West (conclusion)
    Matching lines:
    • and determined by his feelings — that is to say, by impulses from
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture VIII: The Christian Mystery
    Matching lines:
    • you, for I have feeling, desires, the capacity for voluntary movement
    • There is an intensification of the life of feeling, a wider sense of
    • feeling of love for all beings and this gives him a sense of living in
    • in man, are united: the faculties of willing, feeling and thinking.
    • way to reach freedom. The dissociation of feeling, thinking and
    • shoulders, may be called a feeling of indentification with the whole
    • feeling of separateness.
    • The Entombment, — Man feels that he is freed from his own
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture IX: The Astral World
    Matching lines:
    • world is that it teaches man to know himself. Feelings and passions
    • in the animal forms which hurl, themselves upon him. A feeling of
    • destroyed. In the astral world, every feeling, every idea is a visible
    • What on the Earth we call feeling comes back again to Earth in
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture X: The Astral World (continued)
    Matching lines:
    • of feelings, passions, emotions and impulses of the soul. To inner
    • ordinary life we feel from within. Feelings, desires and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XI: The Devachanic World (Heaven)
    Matching lines:
    • is, on the one hand, to train and develop such feelings and thoughts
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIII: The Logos and the Word
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of attraction or repulsion. He had no reasoning faculty and
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XIV: The Logos and Man
    Matching lines:
    • pictures, feeling at the same time as if we were part of them.
    • Why does man, who is conscious in the physical world, feel himself
    • faculties of thinking and feeling, a man becomes as pure and free from
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XV: The Evolution of Planets and Earth
    Matching lines:
    • member that is chiefly dominated by the forces of feeling (the
    • and feeling, and the growth of plants. He simply sees their physical
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVI: Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • substance, composed of vapors, is related to our feelings in the same
    • transformation of feelings in the third.
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVII: Redemption and Liberation
    Matching lines:
    • to feeling and perception. That is why the Serpent in Genesis
  • Title: Esoteric Cosmology: Lecture XVIII: The Apocalypse
    Matching lines:
    • feelings were quite different from ours. Whereas modern astronomy is
    • feelings, will find expression in the outer world and become his
  • Title: First Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • person portraying his feelings, his intimate religious life
    • outer confirmation. There is a feeling that comes over one
  • Title: Second Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • the effort not to be swayed to and fro by every feeling, be
    • be.” One must completely fill oneself with this feeling
    • achieved this deep feeling that Lazarus had, he experiences
    • initiation. In his body, this is expressed by the feeling
    • become steeled after the feeling of humiliation, this
    • as scourging and real blows. Then one day one feels a sort of
    • fellow men. One has to win the fortitude to bear the feeling
    • learns to feel his own body as a foreign object, something
    • value. While a person feels himself thus lost in darkness,
    • Christian mystic. He feels as though the whole earth was part
  • Title: Third Lecture: The Gospel of St. John
    Matching lines:
    • wider. What people around him are, what they feel and what
    • they will, becomes his own feeling and his own will. The
    • this, man's whole life of feeling must be directed towards
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture I: The Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • body. But man can move, feel and think; he grows, takes nourishment,
    • faculties as well. He can feel pleasure and pain, which the plant cannot
    • identify himself with the plant. Animals can feel pleasure and pain,
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture II: The Three Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • feeling.” Only one thing could be given to her, deprived as she
    • people say: “Oh, that is only a thought or a feeling; it exists
    • and every feeling is a reality, and if I let myself think that someone
    • would. I repeat: every thought and every feeling is a reality, and for
    • “Atmosphere”, we encounter feelings and emotions, pleasure
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture III: Life of the Soul in Kamaloka
    Matching lines:
    • peculiar tingling feeling we have when a limb “goes to sleep”.
    • our ears, absolute silence; and no feeling of heat or cold without the
    • does a dead man feel? To take a simple example, suppose a man eats avidly
    • or instrument for satisfying it. It has to feel deprived of everything,
    • instructive. Among the various feelings a man can have as part of his
    • body. Hence he feels the lack of physical body as one of his worst
    • healthy and firmly bound together, then immediately after death he feels
    • This is a ghastly fate: the suicide feels as though he had been plucked
    • loss, he takes refuge in death. And that is why his feeling of deprivation
    • pain to another being. At that time he made someone else feel pain;
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IV: Devachan
    Matching lines:
    • If today we were able to understand the powerful feelings and the exalted
    • Devachan, a man is surrounded by all the passions and feelings of his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture V: Human Tasks in the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Let us observe the feeling
    • this feeling to the spiritual level and you will have some conception
    • feels the bliss of creation.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VI: The Upbringing of Children. Karma.
    Matching lines:
    • and in feeling is the best means of education at this stage. It is not
    • immoral thoughts and feelings.
    • difficult after this age. It is at this time also that a feeling for
    • beings. A young person's feelings towards the world in general develop
    • in company with his feelings towards other people, and now he is at
    • Anyone who really takes this law into his thinking and feeling will
    • of years, the law will of its own accord become part of our feelings.
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VII: Workings of the Law of Karma in Human Life
    Matching lines:
    • ideas, experiences, feelings, and all this produces great changes in
    • The ideas, feelings and
    • you will realise that habits and feelings, which first belong to the
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture VIII: Good and Evil. Individual Karmic Questions.
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation he brought a dim feeling that what he had been doing was not
    • quite right. This feeling became more and more definite in the course of
    • further incarnations; he also came to take heed of the feelings of others,
    • incarnations the feeling became still more definite and gradually the
    • pain he caused. He has to feel it in and through the very self of his
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture IX: Evolution of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • really a sort of “plant-animal”: they were able to feel
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XI: The Post-Atlantean Culture-Epochs
    Matching lines:
    • feeling quite different from our own. The Atlantean, too, was still
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XII: Occult Develpment
    Matching lines:
    • from yesterday's study how important it is to develop a feeling
    • of your heart or a feeling of being hot may be represented in a dream
    • more frequent, until you come to feel that you have been dreaming all
    • Jesus Himself, for everyone. The feeling of belonging to Christ Jesus,
    • Christian way is best suited to those whose feelings are most strongly
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIII: Oriental and Christian Training
    Matching lines:
    • any feeling of pleasure at doing good to someone; he must be moved to
    • help not by any such feeling but simply by the sight of suffering. And
    • this, a feeling of union with Him is impossible. Further, we must recognise
    • down in perfect humility. This is a feeling that everyone committed
    • inner, that he has gone thus far. The outer sign is that he feels as
    • feeling. He must learn to stand firm under the heavy strokes of life,
    • come to me.” The outer sign of this is that the pupil feels a
    • feeling: he learns to stand firm even when he is scorned and ridiculed
    • of the Crucifixion. A new and quite definite feeling must be developed.
    • his own body objectively, so now he has to develop the feeling that
  • Title: At the Gates: Lecture XIV: Rosicrucian Training - The Interior of the Earth - Earthquakes and Volcanoes
    Matching lines:
    • a person has outgrown this idea, not only in theory but in feeling,
    • it, then draw forth the inner feeling of your soul and lay it as it
    • of the organ and so out into the Macrocosm. He then feels his body
    • “Air-Earth”. This is a substance which annuls feelings:
    • converted into pleasure, and vice versa. The original form of a feeling
    • Its substance is essentially feeling and will. It is sensitive to pain
    • moment when we think and feel, we are working on the great structure of
    • theosophical conception of the world must pass over into feeling —
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • body; therefore their feeling life is very much disturbed. They can
    • experiencing an especially strong feeling of sin, stronger than
    • professionally; they feel contempt for the professional. They call
    • able to feel what they can give such a person, how to connect what
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • have a clear feeling that the being was there with them. That is the
    • such a moving experience for them that they have the feeling: human
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • the first to the second stage have only the vaguest feeling that
    • they regard it as natural that they should have it; they feel that
    • the same, but now it is enhanced into a feeling of joy, of bliss. The
    • people out of their spiritual state, they would feel the pain as sick
    • people feel pain — and indeed do so when they return from this
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • expression is not quite exact — into a feeling of bliss. Then
    • feel themselves, know themselves in the most eminent sense to be
    • One does not feel one's body as something outside: one feels it as
    • second stage. First, these people have all kinds of feelings of being
    • it streams from within to the senses. That is how the feeling of
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • individual is really able to see into the spiritual world and to feel
    • first type. Individuals who feel the presence of spiritual beings,
    • some of them talk endlessly — one sometimes has the feeling
    • then one discovers, for instance, that such a person feels a terrific
    • progression in the case of the saint from feeling the presence of
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • dogs, only a feeling that he had to have them near him. It is clearly
    • not just a feeling in him: it becomes his life practice. In the
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • chemical organism in us that feels.
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the stem strives to stream out as a line. The root wants
    • devoid of tone. They are a kind of vague feeling in which one's
    • feeling of self merges with one's feeling of the macrocosm. But if
    • activity of the moon. And we have the constant feeling that the moon
    • With the sun we had the feeling that it wants continually to give us
    • something. With the moon we have the feeling that it wants
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • together, and should feel closely united to one another. Any external
    • out of their feelings. Spiritualism is just such a symptom. One comes
  • Title: Pastoral Medicine: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • activity to be found in human thought and feeling. What really lies
    • the connection of our ego — which we can feel in every
    • times names were given from the feeling the astrologers and
    • We must have a feeling
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, have had specific medical training.
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • body; therefore their feeling life is very much disturbed. They can
    • experiencing an especially strong feeling of sin, stronger than
    • professionally; they feel contempt for the professional. They call
    • able to feel what they can give such a person, how to connect what
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • have a clear feeling that the being was there with them. That is the
    • such a moving experience for them that they have the feeling: human
    • spiritual beings that were present. First they tell of the feeling of
    • the first to the second stage have only the vaguest feeling that
    • they regard it as natural that they should have it; they feel that
    • the same, but now it is enhanced into a feeling of joy, of bliss. The
    • people out of their spiritual state, they would feel the pain as sick
    • people feel pain — and indeed do so when they return from this
    • have the feeling that spiritual beings come to them, but that they
    • expression is not quite exact — into a feeling of bliss. Then
    • feel themselves, know themselves in the most eminent sense to be
    • One does not feel one's body as something outside: one feels it as
    • second stage. First, these people have all kinds of feelings of being
    • it streams from within to the senses. That is how the feeling of
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • individual is really able to see into the spiritual world and to feel
    • first type. Individuals who feel the presence of spiritual beings,
    • some of them talk endlessly — one sometimes has the feeling
    • then one discovers, for instance, that such a person feels a terrific
    • progression in the case of the saint from feeling the presence of
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • dogs, only a feeling that he had to have them near him. It is clearly
    • not just a feeling in him: it becomes his life practice. In the
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • chemical organism in us that feels.
    • organism that wills. Thus thinking, feeling, and willing come
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that the stem strives to stream out as a line. The root wants
    • devoid of tone. They are a kind of vague feeling in which one's
    • feeling of self merges with one's feeling of the macrocosm. But if
    • activity of the moon. And we have the constant feeling that the moon
    • With the sun we had the feeling that it wants continually to give us
    • something. With the moon we have the feeling that it wants
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • together, and should feel closely united to one another. Any external
    • out of their feelings. Spiritualism is just such a symptom. One comes
  • Title: Broken Vessels: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • activity to be found in human thought and feeling. What really lies
    • the connection of our ego — which we can feel in every
    • times names were given from the feeling the astrologers and
    • We must have a feeling
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy to feel at least something of the mood which lived in
    • words. Then let us forget all that a man of today can think and feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • unacquainted with the kind of feeling that prevails in our circles,
    • feeling we have acquired as a result of the usual modern renderings.
    • would have to feel itself inwardly organised in such a way that it
    • picture by picture, how can one come to feel the cosmos inwardly, how
    • can one come inwardly to feel the structure of macrocosmic man? By
    • beginning to feel how the sounds of speech flash into form.
    • soughs through the air, learn to feel not merely its tone, learn to
    • feel the form it makes, just as the tone of the violin bow, passed
    • over the edge of a plate, makes a form in the powder. Learn to feel
    • will feel as the Hebrew sage felt when the sounds of speech
    • Resch (R) stimulated a feeling such as one has when one
    • feels one's head: and Schin (S) suggested what I might
    • has evolved. When one comes to understand this, one feels a deep awe
    • time the seer is to discover anew. That is the feeling which the
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • we are able to feel the deepest reverence for it. What is experienced
    • Elohim spoke.” There we have the feeling that we are dealing
    • goal of the Gods! I ask you to feel the immense significance of this
    • highest ideal. We feel ourselves to be of divine origin; but we feel
    • the initiate passes a certain stage, and feels himself in the
    • feels his human weakness, but he also feels his divine goal. He is no
    • feels uplifted; in the moment of experiencing his true Self he feels
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feel free to resume my exposition from the anthroposophical
    • psychic. Feel your way into yourself as a warmth-bearing being
    • — and this feeling of your own warmth, experience of your own
    • able to transport themselves in feeling, in attitude of soul, into
    • ancient times needed quite a different kind of feeling from what we
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • abstract man, the man who is concerned only with concepts, to feel
    • feelings and ideas of such a kind as regards these tremendous
    • that we develop in our thinking and feeling, all the ebb and flow of
    • exegesis of the general run of commentators you will always feel
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • itself. It helps us to acquire the proper feeling, the right attitude
    • at night. His world of thought and feeling sinks into oblivion, he
    • what has made this earth covering solid, it would be natural to feel
    • feeling can fully respond.
    • try to bring sensitive and perceptive feeling into all this, you will
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • you did not feel that the sun was above you and that you were below,
    • rise before his soul as he sits in meditation down-stage, and feels
    • feel ourselves to be within this light, we feel how with this light
    • the Elohim did not merely feel themselves to be flowing with the
    • is true, a wonderful feeling comes over him — a feeling such as
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • which expresses the holy awe we feel. ‘They that beget the holy
    • awe we feel.’” If we translate that into ancient Hebrew
    • how does it run? “They that beget the holy awe we feel
    • before whom man feels a holy awe. And in such a way we may approach
    • the link which is to be found between the feelings and perceptions of
  • Title: Genesis: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • and with them the feeling of the great responsibility incurred in
    • Whether we become better men in the intellectual, feeling and moral
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture I: Easter: The Festival of Warning
    Matching lines:
    • degree the characteristic qualities of pre-Christian life, we can feel
    • Men must learn to feel these things deeply in their hearts. We
    • whether one can in very truth feel something of the Christ Impulse, or
    • earth. He no longer feels that he is himself united with those
    • feeling with Easter is for him to direct his thought in this
    • Easter. Look up to the full moon and feel how the full moon is
    • thought and feeling that partake of a true Easter character.
    • have indicated. For the soul of man should feel the purely external,
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture II: The Blood-relationship and The Christ-relationship
    Matching lines:
    • Even in their feelings men could promote the right attitude by
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture III: The Death of A God and Its Fruits In Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • that this would wound the deepest, most intimate feelings of the
    • To feel this as a reality, we must go deeply into the occult truths
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture IV: Spirit Triumphant
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. The crucifix is the expression of the transition to Christian
    • Wallowing in pain, steeping the soul voluptuously in pain, feeling
    • We must always feel profoundly how, in this way, vision and
    • shall certainly look with wonder, but at the same time with a feeling
    • Man of Sorrows on the Cross. Casual thoughts and feelings about what
    • vogue, obscuring men's feeling of the stupendous Christmas Mystery of
    • be no evil but something that had no real existence. But this feeling,
    • We must grasp with the whole range of our feelings — not with
    • we shall realise what power this direction of human feeling has
    • magnificently portrayed, but to those, as for example Goethe, who feel
    • does not express what he feels to be the essence of Christianity,
    • born, is to lose sight of the full reality. A man who is able to feel
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture V: The Teachings of The Risen Christ
    Matching lines:
    •  “if you, like the men of earlier times, could feel no intense
    • disposal of human knowledge, human feelings, and human will, must be
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VI: Easter: The Mystery of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • memories of ancient times is verily a symptom. One can also feel it as
    • kindle the feeling of what Christianity can be for mankind in times to
    • should feel the Easter Miracle, then, as a mighty Deed, a
    • significance of these things feel the necessity of a spiritual
    • These are the feelings that should inspire us in the days when we
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, I
    Matching lines:
    • lives and weaves in the great universe, they will feel that the soul,
    • everywhere the feeling — indeed the conviction — that life
    • and tomorrow to an endeavour to show how this feeling, this inner
    • adequate, sufficiently mature perceptions and feelings, in order,
    • thunder ... and then, looking within the soul, we feel the inner
    • the sun and is living reality in the universe. The soul will feel
  • Title: Festivals/Easter: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Bells of Easter, II
    Matching lines:
    • by the miraculous fire from heaven? With true Easter feelings we shall
    • existence it has entered through birth. The Buddha feels: birth is
    • who look with understanding at the Cross on Golgotha, and feel united
    • human feelings and desires are so purified and sublimated through the
    • the Christ Power enables them to feel it as such. Therefore
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: The Third Revelation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling.
    • into human feelings and perceptions, and into the soul-forces arising
    • feel to be approaching, and which they will experience before the end
    • The time is coming when human beings, when they feel depressed and
    • and feeling in the Mystery of Golgotha. But now consider the simple
  • Title: Faith, Love, Hope: Towards the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • feeling which depends for its satisfaction on a physical body. The
    • therefore understand how strong was the feeling in this young man,
    • they are feeling and seeing, what they now actually are. This holds
    • in dreams. Hence it was very important that men should then feel this
    • what was lost by the reverent feeling they brought to their religious
    • coffins. Thus it was with a feeling for mortal remains of this kind
    • gradual change in men's whole outlook, and feeling and understanding
    • way was a man able to acquire a feeling of the ego within him; to
    • had no ego-feeling such as is characteristic of them to-day. And as
    • the ego-feeling is intimately connected with memory, we need not be
    • this feeling for his ego during early childhood, a man does not even
    • a feeling for his ego, and the forces are unfolding which will make it
    • before. The days are drawing near when people will feel bound to
    • which arouses the feeling: It can only be that I am looking back on
    • as by feeling that what is able to kindle love in the soul is prepared
    • feeling of satisfaction but leaving those who have not developed the
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 1: Spiritual Life in the Physical World and Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • everyone, in the feeling of us all, is connected with these events,
    • experienced here, the force we need to feel ourselves as
    • kind of homeland which he forsook at birth. He has the direct feeling
    • feelings which spiritual science can arouse in us, let us regard the
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 2: On the forming of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that this personality was one of our very best workers. It is
    • feel that great connections lie concealed behind such events as those
    • not to be taken literally — they feel themselves above, and call
    • fail to feel the entirely different nature of that which Spiritual
    • also renew our warm feelings and sensations for the actual things and
    • manner of psychic sensing and feeling which above all makes it
    • but he who has a feeling for such facts as I pointed out last time,
    • will, even if he does not himself see into the spiritual world, feel
    • feeling. This will produce something like a natural elemental feeling
    • feeling of the Ego, but often a feeling of separation. That is because
    • man here on the physical plane only really feels his Ego through
    • for a moment the firmament as a being. You then feel yourself as this
    • with your consciousness and see the world inside. You feel yourself in
    • spiritual. If I feel behind me something which I do not see, the
    • is then as follows. If you have given anybody a blow in life, you feel
    • another through a word, you experience the feeling you caused him.
    • Thus you feel the experience of the other soul. In other words, you
    • physical life you cannot feel that which those others felt and
    • may penetrate deeply into our forces of feeling and willing — we
    • must be clear that the whole mode of feeling common to the dead is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 3: The Subconscious Strata of the Soul-Life and the Life of the Spirit After Premature Death
    Matching lines:
    • instance, produced a much stronger inner feeling in the Greek than in
    • feeling of the form of the arm, of the physiognomy, etc., and this to
    • materialism feels this very strongly. And so those who in the course
    • with our feeling, then may things become comprehensible. Certainly our
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 4: The Connection Between the Spiritual and the Physical Worlds, and How They Are Experienced After Death
    Matching lines:
    • the conceptions needed for our acting, thinking, feeling, etc. We must
    • profound feeling. We shall start from the fact of which we have often
    • with feelings of sympathy, or antipathy, etc. We feel either
    • us the memory of this man, that is, a number of feelings and thoughts
    • of death these thoughts and feelings which united us with him, now
    • the man changed, we had to expect that the feelings we formerly had
    • it again and again. Let it live in the soul with all the feelings
    • necessity. He does not merely feel the need of seeing a certain
    • deeper sub-consciousness. We feel greater reverence for the
    • body, were able to evolve thoughts full of feeling and sentiment for
    • and united in feeling for the memory of their great forefathers. It
    • been a feeling in human consciousness that certain connections,
    • they believe in a ruling wisdom. They are permeated with a feeling
    • our feeling ourselves cared for by this ruling wisdom, without thereby
    • something for a later time; then something occurs, and we feel that we
    • feeling to act as immediate necessity demands and to set about the
    • depends, a second self that wants to feel its way through life, and
    • feel an inner objection to calling it wisdom. But these people display
    • some later epoch. And we may express the following feeling: ‘I
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 5: Concerning the Subconscious Soul Impulses
    Matching lines:
    • may create a feeling of security.
    • bewildering sophistry of Markus Freund — although public feeling
    • but nevertheless he had a feeling that something slipped in. The floor
    • close to him. Anyhow he had the indescribable feeling of a strange
    • and indeed with the horror-struck feeling that each curse was now
    • Freund. He feels himself also within him. We see that the Hofrat had a
    • serious offence and feel myself unworthy to exercise my office
  • Title: Forming of Destiny: Lecture 6: Lecture on the Poem of Olaf Åsteson
    Matching lines:
    • to develop the feeling that in reality the inner spiritual psychic
    • feeling for this experience of what is lived through in the great
    • this critical thinker feels a little mystically inclined, and says:
    • there develops such a relation to the world that one has the feeling:
    • further and further.’ One has the feeling that the cleverness of
    • cleverness.’ One who really knows never has that feeling. He has
    • the feeling of a continual evolution, of an eternal necessity to
    • has the feeling: ‘On this 21st of December, 1915, I am clever;
    • began to write it, but through the book he acquires the feeling:
    • who regard themselves as the most enlightened feel themselves least
    • feeling in the human heart of union with the spiritual world:
    • remarkable poet, who died many years ago, wrote of his feeling about
    • approaching, a correct inner feeling of the evolving and weaving of
    • events, you will then feel more and more the truth of the words
    • forward concerning the spiritual world, to the feeling of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • such a creature feels a flower as being within itself. In the earth
    • feeling-content. Moses also was forearmed by such an experience when
    • exist. This consciousness fills us not only with the feeling that we
    • feeling they are prepared for understanding. In the first centuries
    • after Christ, for example, through these narratives, our feeling life
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • higher worlds. The plants are, as it were, only the feelers which are
    • comes the moment when we have the feeling that the centre of
    • The three parts of the brain (thinking, feeling, willing) must later
    • understand their truths in his feeling life. An example of this
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, and then one will develop in oneself a feeling that nothing
    • feeling and thinking become separated in the case of the esoteric
    • esoteric pupil must then out of himself connect a definite feeling
    • pity, he must consciously add this feeling to it. To the front of the
    • head lies the thinking part, above, the part of feeling, to the back
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • landscape, then one feels in oneself that one's own life is altered,
    • one feels life rippling through one. One is not there with
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • The brain is divided into three actual parts: into thinking, feeling
    • that feeling, warmth, passes outwards. Then the word will be the
    • Related to this is: ‘I think, I feel, I am’ (will). The word in this
    • into feeling and then into willing. This is a threefold process. First
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts, feelings and will impulses of present-day man. Materialism,
    • example as crystals. At the next stage feeling will also be involved
    • will externalise what he wills. The expression of feeling is merely a
    • feels. This will be imparted to the fluid element. The entire fluid
    • be an expression of what people feel. Today man sends out words; they
    • will also send out his feelings; the conditions of the fluids on
    • Jupiter will be a result of feelings on the Earth. What man speaks
    • today will give Jupiter its form; what he feels will engender its
    • Jupiter, will arise out of the feelings of present-day humanity. The
    • All wisdom, feeling and will, in the next evolution, will actually be
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • of crossing the Rubicon and this roused in him certain feelings and
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • with interest, approach it with feeling, we are already partly in the
    • feelings are involved. Nevertheless, this selfless living in physical
    • self and cloud it. When feelings play into it, it is the astral world;
    • him externally, but a feeling of sympathy would have arisen within
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • can neither live, think nor feel. There then remains a very wisely
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • the inner being of man a picture of his environment. Feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • praises of the moon. All poetical feelings are faint echoes of living
    • feeling
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XV
    Matching lines:
    • what at the same time stirs inwardly as feeling. Now I myself come
    • into action: I connect my feeling with one thing or another. That is a
    • new element. Man becomes more involved. It is called Vedana: Feeling.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVI
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, belong also to his past, become his Karma. We look into a
    • And now let us imagine a person whose actions, thoughts and feelings
    • are conditioned by Karma; through deeds, thoughts ... feelings rising
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XVII
    Matching lines:
    • into our feeling life; this is why we must pay such heed to our words.
    • impression we call abstract thought. We can say when we think: ‘I feel
    • working? The Spirit of the Race is active in man's feeling, permeates
    • the entire world of feeling. This resounds into what a human being has
    • What works in a much wider sense on Karma is feeling (Vedana). Thus
    • firstly: Rupa, the corporality; secondly: Vedana, feeling. For those
    • people who have not yet become Chelas, feeling has great importance
    • advanced beyond the stage of comprehending life with feeling. It is
    • Through all words we make an impact on the World of Creative Feelings
    • What comes forth from feeling, that is essentially connected with our
    • reappeared in the entire feeling-world of the human being. Either he
    • our entire life of feeling: this is the case with the occult pupil.
    • His feelings are subject to his own control; the rest of humanity is
    • the feeling-world of future races; outwardly therefore it can be
    • Vedana: Feeling.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XIX
    Matching lines:
    • what man in the first place experiences only as feeling. Pleasure,
    • feeling when the astral substance of which it is composed is still
    • number 563 is there 365. A feeling of hatred also appears as if it
    • everything on the astral plane. Feelings of the soul appearing on the
    • opposites. For instance if feelings of soul-warmth press in from the
    • their reflection; that is as a peculiar feeling of cold. These are
    • the astral plane have as their substance what we call feeling. They
    • find their expression in this feeling. If these beings are not yet
    • Such feelings bring about a lowering of the human astral body. When a
    • suicide. It deceives the other person and creates in him a feeling
    • you direct his feeling to something that does not exist, and you
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXI
    Matching lines:
    • in relation to actions, feelings and thoughts. The necessity for
    • expression on the physical plane. A feeling does not show itself
    • feeling known outwardly by means of an action and yet we can feel
    • affection for one another. A feeling can have its direct effect on the
    • astral plane. It is only when feeling passes over into action that it
    • feelings. All the feelings which man expresses have their
    • counter-effect, just as deeds have, only the feelings do not reach up
    • outside what inwardly we know well, that is, human feeling; pleasure
    • Feeling has its counter-image on the Lower Devachanic plane. Man has
    • warm feeling. An educator of children can observe this. If during a
    • life-giving power feeling has. In other ways too we can observe the
    • effect of feeling in the world. There, where a beginning may be made
    • in influencing growth, demands are also made upon feeling. Through art
    • connection with human feelings which, if more intensively developed,
    • first to work upon the astral body. Now feeling should also influence
    • After the world of feelings, we ascend into the world of thought. When
    • different from those brought about through his feelings and actions.
    • people everywhere wish to exercise their feeling and critical faculty
    • astral plane, on his feeling, and reduced him to tears. This was the
    • counter-effect of action and feeling goes upwards; here it descends.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVI
    Matching lines:
    • Man will have achieved a conscious life of feeling and perception, and
    • filled with feeling and perception to go out from himself as pure
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXVII
    Matching lines:
    • tiger is affected. When the tiger feels pain this goes over on to the
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXIX
    Matching lines:
    • feeling engendered would have no special effect upon others in the
    • feeling of hatred in the lower classes — an astral life projected
    • a particular illness is connected with particular feelings and
    • emotions, he knows that by calling up these feelings he can also call
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Esotericism: Lecture XXXI
    Matching lines:
    • certainly feels that the old
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Temperaments
    Matching lines:
    • In the nervous system and astral body, sensations and feelings
    • result, the melancholic feels he is not master over his body, that he
    • feeling of despondency. Pain continually wells up within him. This is
    • trials. The child must feel that the teacher has known real pain. Let
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Soul and the Animal Soul
    Matching lines:
    • well understand this, one can feel with them and discern what is in
    • creative. And a feeling will dawn in us of why those who knew what
    • Now between a dim feeling of the kinship of what comes to expression
    • spiritual science, there is a long, long path. But this feeling is a
    • spirit, it has its greatest feelings of well being. In its soul, the
    • soul as it comes to expression in his willing, his feeling, his
    • So do we learn to feel that this grows in the human being,
    • feeling of the difference between man and animal if we contrast the
    • a feeling of the difference of soul experience in the animal and in
    • the human being, this feeling and perception will help us to
    • feel with greater and greater clarity how man's life of soul is
    • condition is always present as a certain feeling of well being in the
    • soul, a feeling of life, of comfort or discomfort; and this depends
    • expresses itself in the astral body in a feeling of discomfort. But
    • the physical organs, this engenders the feeling of general well being
    • spreads into the general feeling of life. This is particularly
    • expand,” or, “I feel as if a burning brand is being held
    • and this expresses itself in the astral body as a feeling of pain.
    • feeling of well being is an inner experience of health. On the other
    • feels pain with infinitely greater intensity than man. Those who
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Spirit and the Animal Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • through the soul, in gesture. Hence we feel ourselves really
    • have a feeling for this working from without inwards and from within
    • part of its life of feeling. On the other hand, it may be said of man
    • way he feels his existence in his own body; and on the other side,
    • the animal arrives even in its feeling life at reflecting into its
    • call forth the feeling: If the spirit would continue in material
  • Title: Lecture I: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • above the horizon, a feeling of awe and intense inner devotion was
    • any conception of this mood — it was a feeling of the deepest
    • human soul, in the human heart. The feeling of dawn within the human
    • poetic mood entered into human evolution, and how this poetic feeling
    • stream out into the cosmos. But he no longer feels that the rays of
    • little feeling or the insatiable yearning which once existed in man
    • able to feel and know when a divine, cosmic answer stirs within him,
    • certain feeling for spiritual concepts such as these. Then only will
    • until such time as we begin to feel and experience these things in a
    • young souls back again to earth, when he learns to feel concretely how
    • that will enable us to call up in our souls a feeling akin to religion
  • Title: Lecture III: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • cosmos, and of man as a member of this universe, ordinary feeling will
    • forces which help man to feel himself as an independent being of
    • And now you can surely feel that through this vision a man gains
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human Questions and Cosmic Answers
    Matching lines:
    • proceed to rediscover them, we also feel a true reverence for what was
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • been able to stamp a kind of impression of the feelings, sentiments
    • allow these sentiments and feelings to flow into us, together with all
    • that we feel in our souls with regard to our anthroposophical
    • removed from what present day man can feel or think. But when the soul
    • representing, is able to apply the feelings and sentiments of his own
    • to life. How could anyone with genuine feeling for what it means for a
    • consciousness. Those who feel this mystery have the right feeling.
    • of much that spiritual science gives us to feel our way into this
    • events that show us the Greek soul in its life of feeling and
    • feeling to see that the events enacted in the reconstructed Eleusinian
    • all the more certain, feeling of what the Greeks felt when such names
    • with our reason. We feel today, in quite a distinct way, that our soul
    • have felt this in the way man feels it today. At that time they never
    • lives in Persephone, the soul must feel its connection with all that
    • art. I only wish to put into words the feelings that can arise in man
    • being. But what we may and can feel about the secrets of the soul
    • drama of Paradise as a living picture. Try to feel inwardly how
    • feel what is contained in these two statements to grasp the whole
    • It was feelings such as these that filled my soul last Sunday when we
    • alone in these feelings. All of us sitting here may feel the warmest
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Eternity; we need only touch on this idea to feel resounding in us
    • makes everything connected with the feeling that flows from the
    • darkness of life. Once more we feel how in Faust, one of the
    • epoch before it can feel and experience in itself what at that time
    • realises this at first in such a way that he feels within this body
    • and experiences it just as, on another level, he feels what lives in
    • system. Such an inner feeling and experience is present, and it can
    • then have the distinct feeling that your etheric body never grows
    • to feel it like something foreign inside me.”
    • anything about these things will at once feel that they really are as
    • enrichment through the feeling that our brain radiates out to feel its
    • begins when one feels that other parts are also expanding and making
    • oneself of all prejudices and preconceived feelings that grow up in a
    • should like first to arouse a feeling of how initiation is related to
    • original primitive human feeling; hence, the necessity for working up
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • animal world. We feel, for instance, that it would be senseless to
    • Threshold, certain processes of the soul, feelings and desires,
    • feeling. We may thus say that man's world of desire is kindled within
    • may feel the reproach and begin to work toward perfection, another may
    • manifold feelings and sentiments, so that he is able to say, “My
    • feelings are for myself alone. What is seen of me externally is my
    • clairvoyant consciousness has the feeling of something repellent,
    • and beings who give one the feeling that what they expose is
    • who reveal everything, beautiful, for in front of them we feel just as
    • a world where it must have these feelings about beauty and ugliness,
    • much in its whole mode of feeling must undergo a change. It is quite
    • consciousness. But there is the further feeling that he lies and does
    • honest and upright, while the opposite feeling must be called ugly.
    • senses become linked and fused together. Hence, other modes of feeling
    • purer feelings, I have forced it to show me its true form.”
    • to call a devil ugly if he appears as a devil. Feelings of this kind
    • behind now, so as to feel at home in the super-sensible world?”
    • really to experience such a thing, to feel it livingly, to lay aside
    • meaning. If this becomes a living feeling, then one has a living
    • Now a feeling arises as immediately as does the feeling we have on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • understanding, our feeling and willing, with which to work on what
    • impulses, desires and passions, in his feelings, ideas, and the
    • he knows. Thoroughly to grasp this thought, or rather this feeling,
    • life. We should feel the whole power of the thought that is called
    • future ages by the force of super-sensible memory.” If you feel
    • this thought pouring with feeling into the void of the universe,
    • given through any philosophical concepts. Then you will feel what a
    • feeling what can give us ideas about initiation. Let us assume that a
    • example, with the hands. The feeling oneself into the etheric body is
    • universe.” Such is the subjective feeling. This is not, however,
    • experience of a particular impression or feeling of dread and anxiety,
    • feelings, wishes, willing and so forth. In a sound life of the soul,
    • one will always find it possible to say, “I think this, I feel
    • get the feeling that we are growing into the etheric world that is
    • thoughts were thinking themselves, as if the feelings we ourselves
    • The feeling one has is one of being given up to the objective, to the
    • world. But, as a rule, another feeling is added. This is another of
    • feeling that, as we expand and widen out, and our thoughts think
    • themselves, feelings feel themselves, in the same measure our
    • to possess, so that there comes before the soul a feeling, into which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • characterise how the withdrawal from the physical body, and feeling
    • that one begins to feel outside one's physical body in such a way that
    • feeling, and also realise how to assess your value as a man of soul.
    • inner life feels that there is something bitter, that there is
    • feel yourself soaked through with this aroma of bitterness. What can
    • which you are entering. So it is best to feel this world with your
    • soul, and after having made yourself familiar with this feeling of the
    • other may occur. In the midst of his daily life man may feel himself
    • of the hierarchies and feels oneself to belong there. But this living
    • occupy your soul so completely that it altogether fills it; you feel
    • have the feeling that this is a living thought, it draws your soul
    • immediately have the feeling of experiencing all that these beings
    • spiritual experience. It is a certain fundamental feeling that rests
    • is a feeling that perhaps I can picture to you by means of a contrast.
    • this fundamental feeling. Imagine someone standing here in the middle
    • feeling. What I have just said as regards all the separate beings is
    • through this consciously, you cannot but have a poured out feeling
    • toward all that you experience. You feel yourself within everything to
    • Dante, for instance, he sometimes has the feeling that there in the
    • some other being of the higher hierarchies — feel this mood of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • they have in man, then especially must we feel the need, instead of
    • would soon seize hold of Ahriman and feel him to be a most easy-going
    • We live here in physical existence in such a way that we feel how
    • can conjure up a true idea of himself knows that feeling and
    • us that we should feel in this way. There we feel quite differently,
    • suffering, though in sensory existence we feel they are something to
    • Thus, again and from another side, we are shown through feeling what
  • Title: Initiation/Passing Moment: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • someone else based on immediate personal feeling and emotion. Let us
    • however close a personal attachment one may feel in sensory existence,
    • super-sensible. It may be that one feels a personal attraction such as
    • religious questions, if with his prejudices and personal feelings he
    • in words but by calling forth feeling for what is behind the Threshold
    • soul would feel that it had fallen into what was infinitely fearful,
    • Harmony of Feeling, contains basically what we may say has been
    • not feel themselves bound to the truth, to distinguishing what should
    • far we may be separated in space. May the souls present here feel this
    • so long together we can take such feelings away with us, our souls
    • can feel out of spontaneous inner experience, as an echo, when you
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 1: The Four Spheres of the Inner Life
    Matching lines:
    • Thought, Feeling, Will and the
    • their relation to the outer world. Feeling and Will are more interior
    • in their value and constitute man's true inner nature. Feeling
    • Thought, Feeling, Will. Perception of outer world becomes an inner
    • blood circulation. Feeling in this connection is also different in
    • stars in motion - this is the spiritual substitute for Feeling
    • far removed from what human feeling would like to grasp at once; but
    • have often mentioned; in the forms of thought, feeling and will. But
    • feelings as part of our inner life; in our feelings we are
    • truly human existence is that we are able to feel concerning things —
    • that we are able to feel pleasure in what is around us. In a certain
    • for these are made up of feeling, which wells up and again subsides.
    • Certain feelings arise within us, or force themselves on us, which
    • uplift and strengthen our life and in which we feel happy and
    • satisfied; other feelings arise through the events of life, through
    • sorrow. When we use the word ‘feeling’, we are referring
    • a life of feeling within ourselves, but are able to re-act upon the
    • these four realms: Perceptions, Thought, Feeling and Will.
    • reflecting upon it, we have the feeling that with perception we are
    • the feeling that we must so order our sensation that it gives us true
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 2: The Vision of the Ideal Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • connection with our study of Thought, Feeling, Will and Perception,
    • souls we are not only able to perceive, to think, to feel and to
    • last lecture, he feels that he is outside his life in outer space. I
    • He feels that he does not exist contemporaneously with his body, he
    • feels himself in ‘time’; at that time in which he was
    • we think about the world; we feel in it; through our actions we try
    • Thought, Feeling and Perception transcends what the physical plane
    • life. To feel spiritual life within himself, to know something about
    • presentiment of feeling, a knowledge of the spiritual world. ‘Look
    • up to the spirit, feel that spiritual forces are weaving through the
    • feeling-will and willing-feeling have to be stimulated in the second
    • really strive towards what we see there. Into our willing-feeling,
    • into our feeling-will How a divine will and a divine feeling. In
    • our willing-feeling; — all these terms are inappropriate for
    • then works further upon our feelings; but over there it is the case
    • as regards willing and feeling in respect of that which stands as a
    • may really feel that he speaks to our heart from outside, we feel
    • religion. Thus we feel these teachers from the higher hierarchies
    • ever more and more within us, we feel ourselves connected with them
    • feeling throughout the second half of the life between death and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 3: The Senses and the Luciferic Temptation
    Matching lines:
    • out for our good. In Feeling, Spirit Beings live but they do not
    • enter our consciousness. Feeling is only half barn in us. The same
    • which lives in Feeling and Will, but remains unborn is Karma in
    • process of development. That which remains unborn in our Feelings
    • subconscious part of Feeling and Will. Everyone possesses the
    • brings death. Each act of Feeling and each act of Willing brings
    • body, and your feeling would be such that you would say: ‘I
    • feel, every time we think, nothing but living, elemental beings
    • pulsing in us; we should feel inwardly alive. I mentioned once at
    • he would feel somewhat as if he were in an ant heap. Thoughts would
    • feel ourselves within the life of the thought-beings moving hither
    • our thought. And now let us consider feeling, that which we have
    • within us as inner feeling. That which we perceive as inner feeling
    • inner nature. What we have within us as feeling, what enters our
    • consciousness as feeling, is only the shadow of what really lives
    • within us; for here again, in our feeling Spiritual Beings live.
    • in feeling live the Spiritual Beings who are really at the back of
    • consciousness. Feeling, as we know it, enters our consciousness; the
    • alive’ — so also we have to say that every feeling we
    • If everything that is in us when we feel were to emerge, what is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 4: Wisdom in the Spiritual World
    Matching lines:
    • Feelings. Spiritual Science should never be taken up like other
    • wisdom depends on the development of Will and Feeling, bringing
    • our will — that is, our feeling-will, our willing-feeling —
    • and our feeling that we diminish and darken the surrounding wisdom.
    • feeling, the opposite condition, namely, that of health. And this
    • feeling of health strengthens us during our sojourn in the spiritual
    • feelings; but in this case we must remember the following. We must
    • there is something in the human breast which prevents the feelings
    • awaken feelings through the ideas it gives us. To one who really
    • appropriate feelings. Spiritual Science when accepted will transform
    • feeling which we have just mentioned as being necessary. I have often
    • fills it with a sort of light, so that it feels more certain than it
    • Spiritual Science acquires an instinctive feeling which helps him to
    • feeling of health, and the strengthening which springs from this
    • feeling. That which can now happen to man in the spiritual world as
    • feeling-will, or willing-feeling to give the answer from out this
    • the closer connection we find in their thought and feeling to this
    • question is whether he is able to develop his will and his feeling,
    • the feeling-will, the will which brings forth reality out of wisdom,
    • will permeated with feeling, or feeling-filled-will being changed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 5: Between Death and the 'Cosmic Midnight Hour'
    Matching lines:
    • physical. The first experience after death is the feeling of
    • incarnations. In all this the feeling of the Ego must be preserved.
    • experience of the soul; he feels: Thou hast come forth out of thy
    • portal of death has the feeling: Thou art now in an entirely
    • This, which we may describe as the fruit of the last life, we feel in
    • inward feeling and experience of the fruits of our last life,
    • feeling and experience of our inmost earthly nature being outside us.
    • belongs to our feeling and our will. In the first lecture I mentioned
    • that all that belongs to the spheres of our feeling and our will is
    • not yet born in us, that in a certain respect will and feeling are
    • death; for will and feeling, as they pervade the physical body, still
    • sense I have just explained, that we know: Thy feeling and thy will
    • the will through having the feeling and willing soul in our body; but
    • it is never the case that all the forces contained in feeling and
    • will. All the possibilities of feeling and will that yet remain in
    • beholding elemental beings and of having the inward feeling that the
    • of the feeling-memory — please note the word — the
    • feeling-memory, the connection of feeling with our own last earthly
    • life. We must feel, just as we felt in the body, and this feeling
    • receives life. Thus, by the route of our feeling, we gain a living
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Nature of Man: Lecture 6: Pleasures and Sufferings in the Life Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • we feel unity with what withdrew from us as the fruit of our former
    • some time in our past life. We then feel: this is not something that
    • our soul we feel somewhat as follows when we survey it: ‘This
    • plane will develop a feeling, like the stimulus of an inner
    • feeling of thankfulness to the universe, to the spiritual powers of
    • suffocated in them. We feel the necessity for this transformation,
    • but we also feel that in the first place it will require many
    • existence. We feel and experience what our value has become through
    • our previous life; we also feel and experience to what capacities we
    • which are around us: in a certain way they feel that they are
    • attacked by us. When we acquire these capacities, they feel that
    • forces are added to the man's forces of will and feeling,
    • their souls in their present incarnation to feel the approach of the
    • parents in respect of whom he feels that they give him the hereditary
    • feeling that we are uniting with that which withdrew from us as the
    • life is such that we fully feel the connection between the bodily
    • compensated for later through experiences with which we feel entirely
    • impulse of Christ, and we feel the force of the Spirit more strongly
    • beings who feel: ‘I have certainly within me forces which have
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feel: “Standing there, you bring a great deal to expression in
    • feel, in very truth, that man is related to everything in the
    • must feel itself to stand higher in the order of Nature than the mere
    • feelings which Spiritual Science calls to life in the depth of the
    • outlook is that fine feeling for human dignity which enables us, once
    • world. From such a backward survey we retain certain feelings and
    • of ripening goes on. Inwardly honest men, such as Goethe, feel this.
    • great social task if you take the force of feeling which social
    • social feeling and understanding which should prevail between man and
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • born that which unites men in terms of feeling: that is, brotherhood.
    • social interests, feeling for human fellowship, brotherhood —
    • rising from the subconscious or from an obscure realm of feeling
    • am thinking in him; and that I enter into your feeling, whenever you
    • feel a fraternal interest for what is passing in another's soul.
    • person; only through being reborn into an all-embracing feeling of
    • Feel the great
    • difference between instinctive idealism and achieved idealism! Feel
    • to genuine social feeling, a genuine interest in our fellow-men.
    • heightened feeling of responsibility for every action one
    • inclination to examine the unfolding of his soul will feel in
    • himself, if he follows the two ways — it is a feeling different
    • heightened feeling of responsibility will impel one to say: Can I
  • Title: Inner Aspect of the Social Question: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • men feel impelled to-day to speak about the present situation of
    • mankind — men who at least try, with the aid of their feelings
    • a dream; and this man feels impelled by the singular events of the
    • deeply engraved, in so many more will the feeling awake: we must seek
    • again allow ourselves to stop at the sense-perceptible: we shall feel
  • Title: First Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • expression what Goethe feels is fundamental to a true outlook upon
    • Now we may well feel driven to enquire: What then is a mass? What is
  • Title: Sixth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • habit of feeling the pure facts as such; please do not take my words
    • light. Only if we think in this way can we begin to feel what is
    • around us. We need only compare this sensation with what we feel when
    • feeling and sensation there is an essential difference between being
    • we may compare the feeling we have, when given up to a light-filled
    • soul, our inner being, were to be sucking the light in. We feel a
    • opposite feeling. We feel the darkness sucking at us. It sucks us
    • will feel something very like this in the absorption of our
    • as we do so, here once again we feel a kind of polarity prevailing,
    • essential difference between the way we feel ourselves within the
    • warmth-condition of our environment and the way we feel ourselves
    • between light and electricity, they feel obliged to regard, what is
  • Title: Seventh Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • water just warm enough for you to feel it lukewarm. Put both your
    • that is swimming there. Your own warmth makes you feel the
    • than our environment we feel the latter as if it were drawing,
    • sucking at us; when we are colder we feel as though it were
    • recognize it very clearly in the simple fact that for pure feeling
  • Title: Ninth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • beings of Thought, of Feeling and of Will. Moreover, as I have
    • really awake, whilst in our feelings we are dreaming and in our
  • Title: Tenth Lecture (First Scientific Lecture-Course)
    Matching lines:
    • ordinarily feel to be material. Yet they are also evidently akin to
    • of the old wave-theory, you will find many of them feeling a little
    • feel impelled to expand what in the other case you concentrated
    • of Will. Warmth is between the two. Even as Feeling is intermediate
    • Spirit. This is the feeling we must have. So much is crumbling, of
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 1: The World Behind the Tapestry of Sense-perceptions. Ecstasy and Mystical Experience.
    Matching lines:
    • will feel to be connected with everyday life.
    • and at most we can feel that colour and light, warmth, cold, and so
    • have the feeling that behind this tapestry there is something into
    • usually sum this up by saying: ‘I feel this pleasure or that
    • also have the feeling that behind this inner life of soul something is
    • the feeling that external perceptions through the senses are
    • the experiences a man has when he feels and can say: ‘I
    • more and more deeply into himself transforms certain feelings into
    • mystical deepening will have a quite different feeling. Such a man
    • feels: You would never have had to suffer this blow if at some time
    • experiences, acquire a certain feeling about their soul-life as a
    • decide whether what the mystic feels as compared with the ordinary
    • feelings which lead to the faculty of orientation. He is enclosed
    • when we feel, subject only to our bodies, justifies us from the outset
    • ‘little world’ of our ordinary waking life, when we feel
    • ourselves from them. We feel our whole being as it were expanded into
    • that the Ego feels itself becoming weaker and weaker as it expands.
    • a man begins again to feel pleasure, pain, and whatever urges and
    • be conscious of the play of our feelings, or, in brief, of our
    • experience not only our inner feelings but also the outer world of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 2: Sleeping and Waking Life in Relation to the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • to sleep will feel that he can now no longer exercise the same control
    • all he will feel incapable of directing the movement of his limbs by
    • the will; control of speech is then lost. Then he feels that the
    • given up to the external world? What is it that feels pleasure and
    • evening we feel the need of sleep, we feel that our lively
    • is refreshed again. We feel that the same manifestations of the
    • senses; together with every perception he feels something.
    • causes men to see yellow, for example; but what we experience and feel
    • external sense-world in so far as it arouses certain feelings of
    • us remain cold and impassive but fills us with certain feelings. So
    • ponders over them and lets the feelings of pleasure, pain, and so
    • these flowers in front of me and my feelings are moved by the pure
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 3: The Inner Path Followed by the Mystic. Experience of the Cycle of the Year.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of tremendous intensity, known to him in ordinary life in a
    • will help you to have an idea of this feeling.
    • faint indication of the feeling which would be intensified to
    • inner being. This feeling would take possession of the soul with such
    • by this feeling of shame.
    • human skeleton, will be able to feel how infinitely wise and perfect
    • that would evoke the intense feeling of shame; preparation for this is
    • travel, is bound to arouse a feeling of humility and a yearning for
    • wise guidance of the universe has made of me, the shame I feel is like
    • a consuming fire.” This feeling gives rise outwardly to the flush
    • of shame. This feeling would intensify to such an extent as to become
    • to himself: “Yes, I feel utterly paltry in comparison with what I
    • When a man cultivates such feelings in his soul, the realisation comes
    • then filled with this feeling of humility and realises how infinitely
    • experiences such feelings over and over again can imbue his soul with
    • Then, secondly, the would-be mystic must develop another feeling which
    • as he strives towards perfection. He must develop a feeling of
    • his own inner self without preparation and being consumed by a feeling
    • qualities of humility and resignation and other feelings too, the
    • has these feelings in normal life-in a weak form, like the sense of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 4: Faculties of the Human Soul and Their Development
    Matching lines:
    • participating in what is going on around us. In the evening we feel
    • the capacities of that great Being with whom, however, it may feel
    • Thus on waking the human soul feels insignificant after passing the
    • this way or that; secondly, Feeling. This is the force which
    • effective hold of life. If we develop the force of feeling, we shall
    • feel pain at the sight of wrong-doing. If we develop our power of
    • realise that whatever qualities of willing, feeling and thinking we
    • Thinking, of Feeling and of Will pervading the spiritual world out of
    • Cosmic Thinking, Cosmic Feeling and Cosmic Will, there must stream
    • Feeling and Cosmic Thinking, we realise that it is not we ourselves
    • not feel the in-streaming of the macrocosmic Will but when we have
    • passed the Guardian of the Threshold we feel it working on within us,
    • we feel that we have become one with the Cosmic Will, that we are
    • What we know in everyday life as the power of feeling has also
    • been drawn from an infinite reservoir of Cosmic Feeling; this too
    • this Cosmic Feeling were permeating us with something comparable only
    • streams into us as this working of Cosmic Feeling is inner light,
    • nothing else than a product of Cosmic Feeling absorbed by him during
    • streams to him out of the Macrocosm. And it is only when he feels the
    • forces of Cosmic Feeling streaming into him that the astral body is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 5: The Egyptian Mysteries of Osiris and Isis
    Matching lines:
    • to feel firmer ground under our feet. In Spiritual Science, unless we
    • feeling. Under these abnormal conditions a man feels a better being at
    • the moment of waking than during the course of the day; he feels that
    • Again the reason for this is that on waking a feeling has remained
    • feelings that may arise under abnormal conditions even in ordinary
    • into a being who feels love and sympathy, not for his fellow-men only
    • guidance even in his thoughts and feelings, in order to be able to
    • periods preceding his present life. Gradually he came to feel as if he
    • certain time the candidate for this Initiation had the feeling that he
    • physical body can be born towards which he feels drawn. Strange as it
    • the feeling of infinite gratitude on the one side and, on the other,
    • the feeling of greatly enhanced obligation and responsibility
    • must be capable of transformation to the degree of being able to feel
    • bearings again. He now has a strange feeling of being two
    • the feeling of living in the physical body. A man cannot experience
    • himself in the physical body except by feeling that he has entered it
    • penultimate incarnation. This gives rise to the feeling of being a
    • it, Eckhart protected himself by inducing a feeling of the greatest
    • being; a being other than yourself is thinking, feeling and willing
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 6: Experiences of Initiation in the Northern Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • that the strength of the, Ego-feeling, the Ego-consciousness, should
    • being can have something of the same feeling, but not with the
    • and Winter, and to concentrate their whole life of feeling on the
    • sleep. This happens in the following way. — The man feels a kind
    • experience is connected with a certain feeling of being tortured by
    • a very faint reflection of the feeling a man has when he passes the
    • become aware of when we touch the surfaces of objects or feel a
    • perceive something there that we feel we cannot approach. The feeling
    • if they come into contact with it. In daily life, too, man feels that
    • Elementary World, he feels as if from certain places something were
    • feels as if he were within the being who is transmitting the warmth to
    • him. He is united with this elementary being and accordingly feels its
    • transmits it to a being in the Elementary World who feels drawn
    • Once again let it be said at this point that no one need feel alarmed
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 7: The Four Spheres of the Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • does not feel as if he were confronting objects as in physical
    • Elementary World; he feels united with it. When we look at a physical
    • feel at one with it, within it. This feeling of oneness may also arise
    • to him it all glows in the elemental fire. You need not therefore feel
    • opinions and feelings connected with our personality and most people
    • will find that it is exceedingly difficult to think, to feel or to
    • active, when it can think and feel; it is only when thinking, feeling
    • lacks. This is a feeling which must come to the human soul when the
    • It belongs to the whole mode of feeling of human beings today that
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 8: Mirror-images of the Macrocosm in Man. Rosicrucian Symbols.
    Matching lines:
    • brought me a step forward? — There are grounds for a man to feel
    • If after practising this for a long time we feel a kind of seething
    • world immediately above our own; and we feel that we have membered
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 9: Organs of Spiritual Perception. Contemplation of the Ego from Twelve Vantage-points. The Thinking of the Heart.
    Matching lines:
    • yesterday. In ordinary life we have the feeling that we think with the
    • feeling about the thinking that becomes possible when we have made a
    • little progress. The feeling then is as if what had hitherto been
    • That is a good expression for it, for people feel what has, in very
    • in logical thinking is essential, for otherwise our feelings would
    • normal consciousness an immediate, innate feeling tells them: this is
    • immediate feeling determines what they consider to be true or false.
    • be prone to abandon their original feeling and to reflect about the
    • feeling and left unproven by the intellect. Modern science is
    • he is guided by primitive, undeveloped feeling, feeling that is inborn
    • purely intellectual development deadens feeling and emotion? Hence
    • those who out of certain primitive feelings — which are entirely
    • because we must then have an immediate feeling as to whether something
    • really feel anything akin — I say expressly akin — to
    • immediate feeling of one thing being true and another false, in such a
    • comfortable than to feel pain in face of error and joy in face of
    • truth. There is plenty of opportunity today to feel pain at the
    • way many a man will feel when certain statements are made that the one
    • time, was over-worked and fatigued. He was able to feel the refreshing
    • feeling of the truth of this picture, it may happen that when, at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 10: Transformation of Soul-forces and Stages in the Evolution of Physical Organs. Reading in the Akasha Chronicle.
    Matching lines:
    • again be functioning to the fullest extent, when out of direct feeling
  • Title: Macrocosm/Microcosm: Lecture 11: Man and Planetary Evolution
    Matching lines:
    • from the higher worlds, spontaneous response in the life of feeling is
    • only feel through their natural sense of truth what later on they will
    • dependent upon the plant-world. Physically, man cannot but feel this
    • relationship to the plant-world by giving big natural feeling free
    • life, in order to nourish within himself the feelings and experiences
    • Ego, of his feelings and impulses of will, man could not unfold this
    • warmth permeating all space and then you will feel how warmth becomes
    • we feel, as for example when we put a finger near a solid object that
    • feelings and the configuration of thoughts are carried into the sounds
    • to such exercises and the teacher must feel the greatest possible
    • higher worlds, not merely the thinking man but also the man of feeling
    • impulses of feeling, we draw the impulses for our actions from
    • knowledge. Those who feel this to be a natural matter of course will
    • too, as well as our feeling, becomes devout when we reach the last
    • knowledge of the spirit and remains indifferent in his feeling and
    • feels himself drawn to other hearts. Spiritual knowledge is a bond of
    • aspiration for a spiritual ideal today feel the urge to come together.
    • in a certain sense recognise each other and feel akin. Where else in
    • we feel inwardly akin? The world is so dismembered today! There are
    • dispassionate, intellectual knowledge we feel warmed in soul to such a
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture I: Man as a Being of Spirit and Soul
    Matching lines:
    • not arise simply because someone may feel it to be a good idea.
    • help being aware of a certain feeling or attitude toward
    • arises as a kind of feeling out of what is achieved and spreads
    • paper every Sunday which breathes this kind of feeling I have
    • to and fro in our thinking, feeling and willing as our inner
    • arrive at a science of the body by feeling a little or very
    • ourselves in our experience of feeling, thinking and
    • in a particular respect we feel the insufficiency of our
    • that can help us to acquire this feeling. In dealing with this
    • cognition is a contradiction in such a border-area, and feel
    • particular inner feeling is developed which can be the result
    • of living at such border-points of knowledge. This feeling can
    • feeling brings is something that cuts deep down into the soul.
    • acquire a subtle feeling that we should not proceed
    • feeling sufficiently automatically
    • real soul life in thinking, feeling and willing as an
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture II: The Psychological Expression of the Unconscious
    Matching lines:
    • of spirit itself, for this science feels itself called upon to
    • cannot be repeated at all. And one can feel very miserable
    • feelings and attitudes concerning human actions are also
    • convincing idea of the science of spirit and feel that it
    • feeling, the condition of soul, cannot be brought back. The
    • memory-image can recall a kind of feeling, but pain that you
    • the feelings are not taken in and the image alone remains. We
    • own volition in life in separating the feelings off from what
    • in stripping of feelings all the things that come to us
    • else, or as if we could feel someone else's destiny as our
    • the feelings plays no part, as if we stood outside our destiny.
    • nature, can feel in harmony with the spirit of
    • the great mysteries of existence. One feels as a scientist of
    • being functions as a complete whole, if he feels his existence
    • and valuable whole, if this feeling of harmony gives him a pure
    • and true joy, then the universe, if it could feel itself, would
    • shout for joy because it would feel it had reached its goal,
  • Title: Man/Being/Spirit/Soul: Lecture III: The Science of the Spirit and Modern Questions
    Matching lines:
    • for a new way of looking at the world. Such souls feel that in
    • life with the ideas, feelings and impulses of the will which we
    • own soul thinks and feels about these questions, to the
    • he must then become aware and feel that today there are many
    • definite images, and these filled the soul with deep feelings.
    • feeling that something stood at this threshold, a being that
    • out in the external world. He did not feel himself so cut off
    • this ordinary life is concerned. Everyone can feel this. Those
    • thought, of feeling and of the will.
    • even able to feel the warmth of our surroundings. On the
    • I wanted to provide a foundation for a new social feeling
    • arrive at a new feeling, worthy of the human being, as to what
    • because the feeling for the living spirit has been lost. If we
    • feels itself called upon to reconcile religion, art and
  • Title: Lecture: Occult Science and Occult Development
    Matching lines:
    • which certain souls today still feel connected with the spiritual
    • Science, at the same time feeling that one or more who have passed
    • this truth, would feel: This idea, this statement of Spiritual
    • will deaden this feeling of fear. He finds this opiate in
    • feeling of soaring without physical ground under his feet, with a
    • feeling as if he were hovering in the air.
    • feelings with regard to the spiritual world have nevertheless a
    • religious quality may feel somewhat insecure as the result of this
    • attempt but very much less so than a materialist who has no feeling
    • strong feeling of fear, of insecurity. The materialist may convince
    • feel that we are on the right path. As in meditative thinking no
    • animals, we now feel ourselves united with everything we see or hear;
    • can become effective only if feeling is brought into the
    • with feeling.
    • itself, must be permeated by feeling. If, for instance, we take:
    • ‘Wisdom radiates in the Light’, and we feel inspired through
    • the radiation of wisdom, if we feel uplifted, if we feel inwardly aglow,
    • in thoughts. The power of feeling we then activate in the soul is the
    • thoughts are permeated with inner feeling. This is the origin of
    • feeling become active in the brain, and build the organ that is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ at the Time of the Mystery of Golgotha and Christ in the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • different ideas and conceptions, impulses of feeling, impulses of
    • feelings for spiritual reality in our present time. We shall be able
    • aware that it would be selfish to keep these feelings exclusively for
    • our own inner satisfaction? Let us rather feel that the solemn duty we
    • us try to draw strength from feelings and spiritual knowledge which must
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • of feeling and thinking among those gathered together here in the
    • working, thinking and feeling together, there will develop what must
    • not at first sight appear to be related to the thought and feeling of
    • of something new, toward knowledge of the spirit, toward a feeling
    • inwardness of religious and spiritual feeling. Theirs was a community
    • is easy to imagine the feelings that impelled Cusanus to take this
    • there arose in him the fundamental thought, the basic feeling,
    • above revolved itself in the following feeling. Thenceforth, Cusanus
    • thinking to the actual spiritual world (with which it feels united,)
    • Therefore, I am excluded from all thoughts, feelings, and memories
    • traveled many paths, and they brought me many ideas and feelings, and
    • fallen into nothingness. This feeling evoked in this medieval mystic
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • himself at one with the whole world. He could feel this because he
    • struggle to feel and experience the relationship between man and
    • almost equally dim feeling, and an abstract thinking. Instead, he
    • contrasts that we feel today. If we cannot vividly grasp this
    • able to look in the right way into the nuances of ideas and feelings
    • The soul no longer feels a kinship to it, only an abstract connection
    • else as object, feeling no further kinship with anything.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • the men of that time. Today our thoughts and feelings are still
    • this. Likewise man today no longer has a vivid feeling for the
    • hand. Even less does he have a feeling that would enable him to say:
    • above to below, it strikes into my heart. Such a feeling, such an
    • feeling bound to human experience, and the bare, bleak mathematical
    • in regard to numbers they still had an echo of inward feelings. In an
    • method Descartes and Spinoza still had completely different feelings
    • attempts to experience the cosmic secrets more in the depths of feeling.
    • each geometrical figure. Modern man feels no blood experience; he
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • feeling himself within the nature of the gravitational force, man
    • arose if one is to have any feeling at all for the manner and tone in
    • place, time, space, and motion as his starting points and feels no
    • heads of metaphysicians and philosophers. Berkeley feels that when
    • avail. One feels this. Therefore, Newton is only beginning to juggle
    • he does not define,) because he has a dim feeling that nothing will
    • space and man-who-experiences-space. Having done this, he feels inwardly uneasy
    • leaving space devoid of Spirit and God. But enough feeling remained
    • Goethe's nature. Goethe always had the feeling that man has to
    • experience. In this regard, Berkeley's feeling for things was
    • stream of development, feelings such as Berkeley's were
    • feelings that resembled the former ones.
    • something that they do not approve, they feel very superior and
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • man feels himself separated from the things around him.
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • indispensable. A healthy and open mind can feel that mathematics
    • in the 1880's, I set forth what healthy feeling can do in this direction.
    • feeling for what the soul and spirit have experienced during sleep
    • clearly how man got away from the correct feeling about himself and
    • primary and secondary qualities. But he had a healthy feeling about
    • consideration. He had an intense feeling for man as a whole. This is
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • old age, we are apt to say that we feel the weight of our limbs. To
    • atomization they fall a prey to gravity. But we do not actually feel
    • this at any given moment of our life, so this statement that we feel
    • Instead, he had the feeling that along with this weight, there was a
    • no feeling that anything was completely divorced from man. Within
    • Naturally, if you say you must achieve a particular speed, you feel
    • you to do this. You feel a certain inner impetus, and the last thing
    • up the optical locations of the planets; it also had a feeling for
    • certain amount of human feeling. Just as you can understand the
    • person because you can feel what it is like to be in such a position,
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • of materialistic concepts and feelings, simply through the
    • whole manner of thinking and feeling was quite different in former
    • thinking, feeling, willing, as well as memory, imagination, and so
    • cast out chemistry and physics; thinking, feeling and willing were
    • these matters in a concrete way. You have the feeling, when such a
    • Wahle, who declared that the ego, thinking, feeling, and willing were
    • experienced thinking, feeling, and willing together with the world.
    • thinking, feeling, and willing, or in the circulation of the fluids
    • and thinned out into our present quite diluted ego feeling.
    • progress his thinking. He knew that thinking, feeling and willing are
    • experienced when the astral body is experienced in thinking, feeling,
    • the time to develop something like the feeling of freedom, he worked
  • Title: Origins of Natural Science: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • These lectures trace the subtle changes in people's ideas and feelings
    • us, we can have a feeling akin to the one of pain over the death of a
    • person. This feeling, Steiner says, will become the most important
    • other hand, thinking, feeling and willing, the subject matter of
    • down to the idea of the ego or to a mere feeling. Therefore we now
    • of proceeding from mere observation of motion to a feeling for the
    • never get beyond mere semblance. The way thinking, feeling and
    • science. This will be the case, when people feel that they are
    • feeling, almost akin to one of pain over the death of a person. If
    • feeling and sensation can be developed in knowledge, then such a
    • feeling will arise, somewhat like the sensation one experiences when
    • feeling will arise through the true realization that technology is
    • the processing of the inanimate, the dead. This feeling will become
    • feelings about what technology is.
    • Then, in a new way, man will face the feeling that was once confronted by
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • water the water in the central vessel will feel warm, while to the
    • vessel will feel cold. The same temperature therefore is experienced
    • feel different in winter from the way it feels in summer. Even though
    • that the cellar feels warm in the winter and cool in the summer.
    • a thermometer, there is a feeling that since we measure the degree
    • with the fact that we have completely lost our feeling for the real
    • subjective, were only feelings. You would never see colors; you would
    • the eye, or even for the sense of feeling or for the sense of heat. It
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • The feeling was, thus, that only solid bodies, designated as earth,
    • called air, the feeling was that such a body was under the
    • Also there was lost the feeling that the solidity of bodies arose, as
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feel obliged when they go outside of three-dimensional space, to
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feelings as human beings prevent us from reaching this stage of purely
    • feel when I go into the warm room. What goes on within me parallels
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • thinking which you can feel is rooted in reality, we can create
    • to the organ of hearing. We must not feel it necessary to identify
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • terrestrial conditions we feel obliged to ask the question: how can it
  • Title: Warmth Course: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • do this. If we observe chemical activity and have a feeling for what
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture I: The Three Steps of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • longer feel ourselves in the midst of Reality when we occupy ourselves
    • what the soul experiences in its activities of thinking, feeling and
    • volition, but rather something which is reflected in thinking, feeling
    • and volition. One cannot imagine thinking, feeling and volition
    • birth and death, is concealed behind thought, feeling and volition
    • man feels himself independent not only of his physical and etheric
    • use of his senses man must feel himself separated from the divine
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture II: Exercises of Thought, Feeling and Volition
    • EXERCISES OF THOUGHT, FEELING AND VOLITION
    • that a man, conscious of self, feels himself in these ideas as in a
    • provides the possibility of feeling the connection of this faint
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture III: Methods of Imaginative, Inspired and Intuitive Knowledge or Cognition
    Matching lines:
    • influenced by feeling or will, will not enter into it. It must be the
    • but in such a way that one feels the power in them. Thoughts of former
    • dream-pictures. And this experience enabled him to feel also the
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IV: Exercises of Cognition and Will
    Matching lines:
    • soul's imagination, feeling and will. But we acquire also through it
    • direct ‘God-experience’ remains in the world of feeling or
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture V: Experiences of the Soul in Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • to imagine, to feel, and to will, it joins up in its memory with those
    • an ‘Ego-feeling’, in which the ‘universe-feeling’
    • We shall now have to use expressions such as ‘Feeling’,
    • Simultaneously with the feeling of vagueness and the absence of
    • counterbalance to the feeling of being lost in infinity. Having lost
    • from each other. During this period of sleep, the soul feels itself to
    • that they help to cause the feelings, the general mood of the soul, of
    • religious leanings, its religious feeling and willing. It can be said
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VI: Transference from the Psycho-Spiritual to the Physical Sense-life in man's Development
    Matching lines:
    • body of the individual human being. Man feels the spiritual cosmos as
    • later it feels itself as an independent spiritual being; the cosmos is
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VII: The Relationship of Christ with Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • ‘Ego’. This feeling has arisen only in the course of human
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture VIII: The Event of Death and Its Relationship with the Christ
    Matching lines:
    • consciousness as does also the psychic activity of thinking, feeling
    • thinking. One does actually feel oneself as an independent inner
    • the feeling of something rising from the depths of the soul which
    • prejudice, one must feel their unreality. One feels vaguely the moment
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture IX: The Destination of the Ego-Consciousness in Conjunction with the Christ-problem
    Matching lines:
    • of thinking, feeling and willing. In thinking we have a mirrored
    • consciousness begins already to change into a cosmic one. Man feels
    • known to the ordinary consciousness as the ‘Feeling’ life.
    • In man's Feeling life the astral organism and the Ego are united with
    • but in a moral-natural one. The chief feeling passing through the soul
    • by a lively feeling of your connection with the Mystery of Golgotha,
  • Title: Philosophy/Cosmology/Religion: Lecture X: On Experiencing the Will-Part of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • physical organism than the part which corresponds with feeling. And
    • already this part of the astral organism corresponding with feeling is
    • of the physical organism corresponds with feeling, the will-part of
    • physical. The connection between the feeling soul with the rhythmical
    • to a higher level of energy will feel sorrow. In former epochs of the
    • human organization, as they are manifested in the thinking, feeling
    • The will part of the soul experiences also what passes in the feeling
    • through feeling and will is there transformed into an effort to
    • of his soul-life according to feeling and willing), all this is
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture I: Rosicrucian Esotericism
    Matching lines:
    • evolutionary stage to another. It gives rise to an overwhelming feeling of
    • realization gives one a living feeling of evolution. It is an essential
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture II: Soul in the World around Us
    Matching lines:
    • he has given someone else a hard blow, the latter feels pain. There
    • is no outer evidence that a mineral feels pain from a blow. From this
    • the conclusion is drawn that in man there is a soul that feels pleasure
    • whom the whole world of stones belongs. These beings feel happiness
    • that when a stone is smashed the mineral soul feels pain, but that is
    • not the case. A man feels pain if one of his fingers is crushed, but
    • in similar circumstances the mineral soul feels contentment and pleasure.
    • of salt do not only dissolve in the water but feelings of well-being
    • does not see, that feel pain and suffering, well-being and happiness,
    • pain. It can be compared with the feeling experienced by a mammal when
    • its offspring sucks its milk; this gives a feeling of bliss. What our
    • single plants; the whole organism of the earth feels them, just as when
    • admittedly feels happiness and suffering within the limits of its skin. We
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture III: The Nature and Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • art in the structure of the human body. That this body looks and feels
    • in the cloud are expressions of the feelings and experiences that play
    • beings, but another time he will also see the feelings of animosity
    • of them. Even in religions a feeling has remained that the gods sleep
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IV: Man Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • are looking, which, let us say, depicts martyrdom. We do not feel the
    • which our feelings and those of animals consist. It is the sum total of
    • But loving feelings are also seen from there; they pervade the airy
    • life after death he has a definite feeling of the moment when he enters
    • us. What we feel personally in physical life is experienced in yonder
    • world in connection with the totality. We only feel joy in connection with
    • In Devachan he feels always as if he were a being in process of becoming,
    • feeling of blessedness, as indeed is the case in physical life, too!
    • rise to a feeling of blessedness in a human being as he passes through
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture V: The Physical World as an Expression of Spiritual Forces and Beings
    Matching lines:
    • Fellow feeling in Devachan is much more alert, much more intimate than
    • and you feel an urge to turn it into deed. What is it that actually
    • of feeling, impulses of love, sympathy born of love. The process of
    • has an effect upon the passion, the feeling of love. The astral passion
    • above is encountered by the astral feeling of those who love each other,
    • of parents were accepted as a fact, the feeling of finding a new life
    • the life of feeling. Gratitude, reverence and holy awe are feelings that
    • religious experiences, through the feeling of being attached to the
    • with imagery and symbols, the better. The world of feeling develops
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VII: Evolutionary Stages of our Earth before the Lemurian Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • a tree, causing something akin to the feeling experienced by an animal,
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture VIII: Stages in the Evolution of our Earth. Lemurian, Atlantean, Post-Atlantean Epochs.
    Matching lines:
    • have existed until today. The views and trends of feeling of the Eastern
    • be entangled with it either in thoughts, acts or feelings. The basic
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture IX: Man's Experience after Death
    Matching lines:
    • of the ego, the “I,” the feeling of his own personality
    • a soul feels drawn to the body that is fitting for it, so does the god
    • able to perceive what was around them, to feel united in the realm of
  • Title: Lecture: Rosicrucian Esotericism: Lecture X: On Karma, Reincarnation and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • conception of the world. Moreover, the feeling of becoming collaborators
    • person who harbors many feelings of hatred in one life will age prematurely
    • feelings and life of thought the pupil must give himself up to certain
    • should riot be abstractions; the right feelings and perceptive experiences
    • is based upon the life of feeling; it is the fundamentally Christian
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • brought over by him. We feel ourselves being brought over without any
    • which go ahead of our actions. By means of these forces we feel
    • be different from what it is, this is a God. I feel that the
    • Fairy Tale pedantically, by interpreting every word, but we must feel
  • Title: The Story of the Green Serpent and the Beautiful Lily: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • lead in the future. Even to-day anyone who feels these forces is
    • into the river; after that she could only feel her hand, but could no
    • art a feeling of religious reverence. He saw in it the manifestation
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 1: The Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • This age has left a record of the feelings and deeds that occurred
    • belong, was founded. An entirely new mode of thought and feeling arose
    • thinking, feeling and willing lies in the individual personality of
    • radiance of spiritual light and concordance of feelings. In the glory
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 2: The Christmas Festival as a Symbol of the Sun Victory
    Matching lines:
    • us. Who can feel deeply today these other significant words of Goethe
    • in which he tries to express how man can penetrate with his feelings
    • The power to feel and to enjoy her.
    • Here is expressed the mood through which Goethe, out of his feeling
    • for nature, endeavored to enliven what flowed out of feeling allied
    • with nature and there were created those signs of feeling united with
    • has existed wherever religious feeling was expressed. If you direct
    • but for those endowed with vital feeling and knowledge, it was the
    • For those who had a living feeling for the connection of man with the
    • the irregularity of thinking, feeling and willing. They are
    • rhythmical orbit, we, too, can acquire feelings for all of nature,
    • degree, man went beyond everyday feeling and attained to a higher soul
    • followed the divine rhythm of the universe. His feeling and thinking
    • “Buddhi.” When one has ceased to feel himself to be only the bearer of
    • science of the spirit, will have been reached. When our feelings will
    • what others feel, when for our feelings and sensations the same stage
    • Let us feel vividly that the glory and the revelation of divine
    • future. Then we will feel the peace of those who are of good will that
    • If, during the time of Christmas, we feel and experience the orbit of
    • presented to our souls as a feeling of nature of the highest order. If
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Signs and Symbols: Lecture 3: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • Thus, in the meaning of the Christmas Festival, we feel something
    • also deepens our Christmas mood. We feel in it how the Christ Idea
  • Title: Lecture 1: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • science, you meet me with a feeling and perception for the spiritual
    • goes on, we acquire an understanding born of feeling and of perception
    • different from what it was before. Compare your feelings after you
    • years, the way in which you feel and think, with the thoughts and
    • feelings you had before, or with the way in which people think and
    • feel who are not interested in spiritual science. Spiritual science
    • self-education to a quite definite feeling with regard to the
    • that we wish to permeate all our feelings with love. Other people, if
    • educate our feelings by letting the knowledge of the facts of a higher
    • knowledge. This special manner of training the soul to a feeling for a
    • in our soul; a quite definite feeling, a quite definite perception
    • for it; it is a devout feeling in our soul, a feeling of pious
    • devotion to infinity. All the religious feelings in the evolution of
    • feeling, a moral perception. When within our souls the blue has
    • Let us now reflect upon another feeling by means of which we can in
    • the requisite conditions) the soul has instead a peculiar feeling,
    • feel within myself, when my soul is blessed with the power to think
    • nature is transmuted into a moral feeling.
    • moral feeling for all that we call the phenomenon of matter in the
    • earth as substance, as matter. We then feel matter living and weaving
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture 2: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • physical and etheric bodies, feels his consciousness flash up, he then
    • activity; their activity resembles the action of feeling and thought
    • and feelings from the environment; impulses of will, sympathy and
    • us as thoughts, feelings, and impulses of will. Thus in this category
    • body, he feels as if he were dismembered in the world of the Spirits
    • a man only values with his perceptions and feelings what he has
    • feel our astral body to be connected with all the spiritual beings we
    • to our planet, but we feel in a quite peculiar way, that we actually
    • feel, so to speak, as if all the qualities of our physical and etheric
    • bodies were taken from us. Then too we feel everything taken from us
    • with our ego, we feel ourselves not only poured out into the whole
    • world of the Spirits of the Rotation of Time, but we feel ourselves
    • that we should feel ourselves as belonging to the whole of our planet.
    • in this seeking after the meaning of existence. Through feeling, one
    • at any rate feels himself united with the Spirit of the whole planet,
    • planet and also the feelings of the planet, of which we shall speak
  • Title: Lecture 3: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of self. They have their feeling of self so long as they
    • themselves; they have their feeling of self, their actual
    • antithetically. Such feelings with regard to the world which we only
    • heart feels and longs for. Through our inner world, we human beings
    • He can so transcend the special inner life that he feels something
    • with feeling and receptivity, he can educate himself in this way.
    • being, if accepted as feeling, as inner impulse, is a powerful
    • become ever stronger and stronger, so that he feels overpowered by his
    • and impersonal thinking and feeling, when we see this, we have there
  • Title: Lecture 4: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • path roughly indicated yesterday, he gains a certain feeling of what
    • sort of feeling. Only if he goes in patience and persevere through all
    • the feelings and perceptions mentioned yesterday, can he pass over to
    • body feels freed from his physical and etheric bodies. We must have a
    • perception of this feeling of freedom. We must gradually learn what it
    • longer feeling enclosed within his skin. When he — let us say
    • feels as if a part of himself were within the other being; he feels as
    • we, perceiving them, plunge our own being. There is a feeling
    • second stage experiences is infinitely more intense than a feeling; it
    • being. The feeling to which I refer, which can be compared to this
    • imply when we feel sympathy and love in ordinary life? If we ponder
    • life, that we are able to feel sympathy and love. There is scarcely
    • feel ourselves there, within the living beings; we learn to live with
    • feel profoundly the difference between the leaf of a plant which
    • gestures, of a man speaks, when we feel how the blossom which opens
    • folded; it we feel the gestures, the physiognomy, and the colors of
    • manifesting itself. In this way we feel how the spiritual beings of
  • Title: Lecture 5: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • ordinary life in the feelings of sympathy and love, by raising these
    • feelings to the occult path, we may succeed in pouring forth our own
    • been described. At this second stage, where we feel ourselves one with
    • There we must completely lose the feeling that we exist as a separate
    • retaining our own separate experience, but we must actually feel the
    • and lose the feeling that we are standing beside the other being. If
    • category of the First Hierarchy, if we allow such feelings to work
    • persons call forth in us a feeling, though but a faint one, of what
    • life, or the ordinary feelings and thoughts of man. And it would be
    • feeling, and will, the beings of the second category of the First
    • their souls. When we realise this wisdom of theirs, we feel somewhat
    • as the occultist feels when he stands before the beings we call the
    • of the feeling which the occultist has when he ascends to the
  • Title: Lecture 6: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • man; but they then feel shining and springing forth in their inner
    • short they feel themselves filled and inspired by the spirit and its
    • their own being, if they wish to feel, think and will somewhat as a
    • man, who can shut up within himself his thoughts and feelings, and
    • the product of their own thought and feeling, for whatever they bring
    • be untrue to their nature so that their thoughts and feelings did not
    • number of them to deny their nature was a feeling of power, of
    • each time they developed inner thought or feeling, a manifestation
    • civilisation. What always fills us with such significant feelings with
  • Title: Lecture 7: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the fact that we study a man who is not merely a thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Lecture 8: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling that through the comparison of these impressions he again
    • is capable of this for longer — of wholeheartedly feeling nothing
    • as possible. The modern man, as a rule, only feels himself drawn to
    • earth-organism feels pain resembling that which we feel when a hair is
    • this springing forth corresponds to a feeling in certain spiritual
    • To describe this feeling we may compare it with the perception one has
    • certain spirits of the earth feel, when the plants spring forth in
    • the earth have the same feeling as man has when he awakens in the
    • organism of our earth who have the same feelings as our own astral
    • the reverse is correct: namely the beings we are now considering, feel
    • the mineral kingdom is also connected with something in which feeling
    • pulverized and the parts fly asunder something like a feeling of
    • feeling; but it is in contradiction to the feeling which animals and
    • is crushed it is conscious of a feeling of well-being. If we dissolve
    • this causes pain: we feel that there is pain at the point of union.
    • we do not give the earth pain; it feels it to be good. But it did not
    • suffer as the earth progresses. It gives one a very strange feeling
  • Title: Lecture 10: Spiritual Beings in the Heavenly Bodies and in the Kingdoms of Nature
    Matching lines:
    • mature enough to perceive and feel at least a little of that which
    • a feeling that Lucifer was really a good Divinity — she felt him as
    • feeling, I should like at their close to take farewell of you all.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • to feel the ego within himself, to experience God's Name, “I am the I
    • as a spark of the divine, then you must feel that within your ego
    • a nation of priests. Everyone should feel a spark of the Jehovah God
    • Feel this ego strongly within yourself, feel it so that through this
    • such feeling a healthy force that will make your physical body, your
    • one is to understand the Ten Commandments, one would have to feel and
    • he attained independence. Today is hardly the time in which to feel so
  • Title: Lecture: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • was able to feel a connection with the spiritual world. It is of this
    • Thus, we are approaching an age in which man will not only feel
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture I: The Path through the Gospels and The Path of Inner Experience
    Matching lines:
    • present can satisfy themselves with what there is, souls will feel
    • occurred to them. How their hearts warmed, how their feelings swelled
    • spiritual worlds. I do not assert that one must feel in this way today
    • has an opinion, a feeling, about himself which does not correspond to
    • sound feeling, for every man can sense that there is something in him
    • feel. If he says to himself: “I could be other than I am; I have
    • he feels the strife within him of the progressive powers with the
    • feeling that the Ego has become incapable, out of its own powers, of
    • feeling this as spiritual-scientific knowledge, then he comes to a
    • precise words, he need only feel it dimly). But, because this
    • the depths of his soul man feels this. Without knowing anything of
    • anthroposophy, he need only have this feeling of a discrepancy between
    • this feeling, then — he knows not whence — there comes into
    • his soul something of which he feels: “I myself, with the Ego
    • that is not important; only the feeling is important.
    • would feel — I do not say this would come out of a theory, but
    • out of a dim feeling — he would feel that in the personality, in
    • feel what speaks out of the Buddha, can feel all that first came about
    • does not feel anything that can call forth a full harmony between the
    • Ego of man and his organization. The soul feels that there must be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Three Paths: Lecture II: The Path of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • feeling and practical activity. What is this important thing? That out
    • pain-feeling being other than man, every death, is a seed for the
    • but that which feels pain in them, that comes again. It comes again in
    • to every pain its complementary feeling is added. These pains, these
    • return in such a way that to every pain its contrary feeling is added
    • pains and sufferings will awaken the forces for the feeling of pain.
    • in men. Out of the sensations and feelings of these men, out of their
    • animals will have, in a certain well-being, in a pleasant feeling, the
    • similar creatures, which feel a well-being when man suffers? They have
    • appearing in the same form, feels this across time and feels the
    • The initiate knows that this is so; the believing-trusting man feels
    • myth. Just yesterday we considered what feelings the Osiris-Set myth
    • was so deeply imbued with the feeling that it was better to be a
    • But the fourth post-Atlantean period had also to lead men to feel the
    • the impulse which could bring to men the feeling that in this physical
    • was the answer to the feeling of the fourth past-Atlantean period. But
    • this is also that complex of feelings from which the rays for the
    • allotted to me through that with which I feel myself related in my
    • human soul which feels its relation to the Christ. So was it with the
    • feelings of the Buddhist by saying it is not true that the founder of
  • Title: The Mission of Savonarola
    Matching lines:
    • people the feeling that they couldn't live without the Cult.
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • body that is at work within the feeling for speech in the erect being;
  • Title: Lecture: Waking of the Human Soul and the Forming of Destiny: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • this reason the capacities of feeling and volition have not been
    • freedom. The true feeling of freedom developed for the first time in
    • feeling experienced during the first period in Christian evolution.
    • feeling nature, since living thinking was then still in existence.
    • relationships, especially the feelings associated with such things,
    • present time. At the present time we must feel that the Kingdom of
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • say a few words of greeting to express the feelings which your
    • think, my dear friends, that you feel you can no longer find
    • cultural life of the West. One feels that in Oxford — a town
    • have become unsocial. Because they no longer have any feeling for
    • life, cries, not because it is permeated with social feeling, but
    • because this feeling is lacking. And so man was gradually turned into
    • nineteenth as the customary social feeling between man and man?
    • warmth broke through the ice-crust. The younger man did not feel:
    • reads the descriptions that are given of such a case, feels as if
    • his soul. Human beings must again be capable of feeling, not weakly,
    • false. They must be capable of feeling things not weakly but
    • phrase will dissipate and they will feel not only themselves but
    • people in the twentieth century feel these things; they have been
    • arouse the feeling that our predecessors have closed the shutters.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • within me, connected with feeling and with a genuinely human
    • undefined feeling in countless young people during the last twenty or
    • feeling — they have always been trying to find expressions for
    • feeling, and it still is the feeling today. It can only be understood
    • beginning of our era were able to feel quite differently from the
    • human being of today. This was so because in the life of feeling and
    • — merely because people feel so insecure in themselves. One
    • feeling, that there is no content in this will. Why is there no
    • Reason.” Ideas and feelings on the subject of Rights were
    • the feelings of men long since dead, because there was nothing left
    • the situation at the onset of the nineteenth century: The feeling
    • nothing to tell their sons. And now the feeling was: We are facing a
    • of feeling was necessary. The feeling of standing before a
    • something that makes them feel cut off from the stream of world
    • my hand were capable of feeling and were chopped off. What would it
    • feel? It would feel cut off, dried up; it would no longer feel itself
    • feeling since the last third of the nineteenth century in regard to
    • the stream of world happenings. The soul feels cut off, chopped off,
    • of the present day, when they feel a soul within them, are seeking
    • highly assessed and a consciousness, a feeling, for the Event of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • fundamental feeling for what is here meant by the Spirit.
    • dreadfully lazy! People do not feel it, and the less they feel it the
    • perishing. But the European, and more so the American, would not feel
    • most incredible twaddle is heard when people suddenly feel themselves
    • the human race. The fully conscious human being feels the culture of
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • intuition, inborn feelings, or the most evident of axioms and the
    • should be capable of unfolding an entirely new human feeling. We only
    • us that we should develop a new feeling for him as a human being. If
    • at the root of its feeling about the world. He thought the Greeks
    • give man satisfaction, a complete feeling of his dignity as man.
    • out of a tragic feeling about life, and he thought that this mission
    • seventies approached and Nietzsche began to feel that after all this
    • because they have exceedingly bad digestion arid feel most
    • wish to feel the greatest enjoyment in the absence of enjoyment. That
    • feeling among the young of the twentieth century found themselves.
    • will always feel after a time that you must brush it aside. You will
    • is what lives in the feelings of young people today although,
    • what the speaker really feels. The empty phrase over-reaches itself
    • feeling for truth.
    • acquire the most profound feeling for honesty and truth. If we build
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • a feeling, however dim, that such intuitions had once existed. But
    • Testament, for instance, is right not to feel what figured then as
    • thinking which human beings today do not like because they feel as if
    • what is dead becomes the teacher of the living, the youthful feel it
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, especially about the growing child.
    • whole world. You know that in former days this fundamental feeling
    • answered by explanations or something of the kind. One feels benumbed
    • Those human beings will feel themselves weak and lacking in will, in
    • feel him to be a world-riddle, a walking world-riddle. Then we shall
    • learn in the presence of every human being to unfold feelings which
    • relied, all such feelings will in future be as nothing compared with
    • the tragedy when, with an infinitely deepened feeling of trust, human
    • disappointed, but because the feeling of confidence and
    • had a feeling for this. For him, the religious life was such that it
    • again enter the epoch of the concrete. We must feel once again how
    • at the solution of this riddle. When we learn to feel how in
    • regard to the feeling about Education with which you may have come
    • this special aspect of pedagogics. This feeling will enable you to
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • of the century, this feeling breathed of the present, whoever has now
    • feeling must reckon with many disappointments prepared out of its own
    • arisen in young people and modified their original feeling. One such
    • in the feelings of those who had grown older in years but were not
    • leaving out ancient times, this feeling was still present in a high
    • feelings of reverence, permeating life with real recreative forces
    • did not make people tired. There was no feeling of being overcome by
    • being at all. People no longer feel how the human element holds sway
    • is always something in the general ideas which gives us a feeling of
    • becomes dim. We feel him as it were in a fiery, luminous cloud, and
    • sympathetic or antipathetic. This feeling of sympathy or antipathy is
    • yet had a feeling towards what contemporary knowledge gave them
    • come to it. In reality the young who honestly feel the thirst of
    • people will naturally have a different feeling — that it is
    • Today it will be natural to feel this. But from the human standpoint
    • do not feel it at all antiquated; I feel it as something really
    • I feel it as tragic — and this is no criticism — that the
    • something for your perception, for your feeling, even for your whole
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • feeling among the educated today — and among the uneducated —
    • feeling did not then exist. It was a period of actual transition. In
    • overwhelming feeling: When I have a thought, this thought has been
    • first Westerners to feel strong doubts in this direction were those
    • ourselves. This feeling, however, was dulled down by what they found
    • of feeling, no history of thought, no history of the soul. Hence such
    • were no longer able, out of a natural feeling, to give a
    • thought-world a feeling of their connection with the spiritual world
    • still had the feeling that human thought was a gift of the Gods. And
    • divine. There-by the inner feeling arose to flee from thought, that
    • souls were not yet there able to feel the full tragedy of being
    • before the fourth post-Christian century, there lived the feeling:
    • observation, but in his inner experience he had an absolute feeling
    • centuries the feeling was entirely lost that through thought the
    • or Burdach. One feels as if charged with a certain amount of warmth
    • in one's scientific feeling on going back to the second third,
    • incarnation? Rising to the surface of consciousness was the feeling
    • the other hand, it is a feeling that man dare not lose this
    • what figures very widely as feeling and of how one deals with the
    • feeling: How can microcosmic evolution be brought into relation with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • to feel it the developing human being had to reach the turn of the
    • only few people have any feeling, that only from a certain age
    • received the truth. This shade of feeling lay in all education, in
    • made to see and to feel that one was capable of something. It was
    • was so arranged that the pupils should feel the ability of their
    • teachers, that they should feel their teachers capable of speaking
    • young feel what he was capable of in the very highest sense, as a
    • and feel it clearly. And where do we find an answer?
    • feeling there has not ripened the conviction: He is capable! A
    • know this out of their own feeling, it is a good reason for looking
    • feeling, our confidence, our reverence, in short all that is in our
    • feels when, by imitating, he learns to speak. This urge will be
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • The original feeling of the Greeks was based upon this, not upon that
    • so on. But now you feel inwardly that you are no longer thinking so
    • Spiritual Activity — if you let it work upon you and feel what
    • Activity you have the feeling that it is an organism, one member
    • artistically, and one feels that what he can do one would like to be
    • script. They felt the black signs to be witchcraft. The feeling of
    • artistic way. Then we shall see how out of this artistic feeling the
    • years an undefined feeling lives in the soul of every human being who
    • stir. It is not formulated in concepts. But in the life of feeling,
    • growing up about the turn of the nineteenth century. Try to feel that
    • were not able to express it. Try to sense that by feeling this, you
    • were feeling about it in the right way. And if you sense this you
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • desire; they feel themselves isolated. For instance, the eyes catch
    • with strong feeling they had walked behind Fichte and had seen him
    • but perhaps you will feel what I am trying to say.
    • feeling for the whole man as outer physical being as in the first
    • years of childhood, but to a feeling for the whole man in the soul of
    • particularly disposed to feel in his heart what meets him in the
    • tendency to feel the outer human form in its earthly shape; from his
    • does not feel happy with a philosophic system in which one concept
    • feels compelled to have one's being in a living and weaving
    • see, the feeling with which one man meets another is tremendously
    • there is only a feeling for the immediate present. Therefore all that
    • in doing it. And the child has a different feeling when we offer him
    • through feeling to find his way into what is often hidden in the
    • we meet anyone, do we feel in any sense what this human being can
    • the point where, if they are pondering over something, they will feel
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XII
    Matching lines:
    • particularly inwardly — not theoretically — to feel, to
    • to develop a feeling for how in the Middle Ages there was still much
    • chapter of Grimm's Raphael and you will have the feeling: this
    • exterior. There was still a feeling of wanting to live within what
    • shall work rightly in education only when we have learned to feel a
    • certain bashfulness about speaking about it at all, when we feel
    • being a teacher. For we should really get the feeling that we are
    • into the classroom, must not have the feeling: “He is teaching
    • feed their children through the feeling of how they themselves were
  • Title: Lecture: Younger Generation: Lecture XIII
    Matching lines:
    • thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, we have the feeling that it was
    • the human being feels it right that, in so far as they are born out
    • feeling that we are working out of the living into the dead, but that
    • we must feel the full intensity of being surrounded by a thinking
    • most potent factor in modern civilization. Man feels himself
    • receive into ourselves works so that we feel ourselves Michael's
    • its life only from the dragon. We should have the feeling that in
    • of this feeling, let me give you my farewell greeting today by
    • feeling we will separate today; with this feeling, however, we shall
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture I: The Power and Mission of Michael
    Matching lines:
    • Luciferic beings as possessing those forces which we feel when there
    • desert what they can feel as the Divine in themselves, the Ahrimanic
    • equilibrium between the two, must feel his divine essence. We shall
    • beings, we must say: we can feel and sense them in the right way only
    • Luciferic and the Ahrimanic principles. We can never feel in the right
    • way what we should feel as the Divine if we do not enter upon this
    • feeling we are faced, not with insignificant, but with important
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture II: The Michael revelation.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling are little more than sounding words to people of the present
    • perceiving, we dream in regard to our life of feeling; we are sound
    • man must feel as Divine must stream up into his head from the night
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture III. Michaelic Thinking.
    Matching lines:
    • You can feel what this impulse of intelligence signifies in mankind if
    • the real battle between beauty and ugliness. He must be able to feel,
    • us physically is the real human being, only if we feel this to be an
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture IV: The Culture of the Mysteries and the Michael Impulse.
    Matching lines:
    • What took place in the thinking, feeling and willing of the Greek was
    • civilized earth of that age permeated all human willing and feeling.
    • Today we live in an age in which those shades of feeling which will
    • of feeling is already present today in individual human beings. They
    • feeling is well founded. It is absolutely possible that one
    • He brings with him in his thinking and feeling the result of his
    • not completely awake, even in waking life, in regard to our feelings.
    • Our feelings are at the stage of dream consciousness, even though we
    • feelings have no greater vitality than have dreams; only, the
    • conception through which feelings are represented makes it appear
    • differently. But the life of feelings as such arises out of the depths
    • mental image is what enters our consciousness. We dream our feelings,
    • otherwise dreams in the feelings and makes it a matter of complete,
    • feelings, and that it is also contained in our willing. In regard to
    • is contained in our thought life. In regard to the world of feelings
    • in the life of feeling.
    • for which he does not feel himself mature enough to become fully
    • You see, my dear friends, in ordinary life only the world of feeling
    • Feeling: Dreaming: Wisdom
    • desolate and void. He would feel more and more the disagreement between the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture V: The Michael Deed and the Michael Influence as Counter-pole of the Ahrimanic Influence
    Matching lines:
    • itself in such formulas; mankind feels that it is necessary to acquire
    • hate, and unite; that means, love one another, unite your feelings of
  • Title: Lecture: Mission of Michael: Lecture VI: The Ancient Yoga Culture and the New Yoga Will.
    Matching lines:
    • feel the contrast between himself and nature. And if I am again to
    • draw characteristically how man begins to feel in the Greek age, I
    • breath. We must learn to feel how our will works through our eyes and
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- I
    Matching lines:
    • feeling than is employed in other concepts, particularly those current
    • contains feeling and willing. In regard to feeling we are not awake,
    • consciousness we have while feeling equals the degree and intensity of
    • pictures out of the unconscious recesses of our souls, so do feelings
    • arise as forces in us. In feeling we are awake to the same degree as
    • feelings all this takes place simultaneously. Feeling itself is being
    • dreamt in us, but we accompany our feeling with our conceptions.
    • Feeling is not within the conceptions, but we look from conceptions
    • upon feeling just as we look back, after awakening, upon the dream.
    • And since we do this, simultaneously in the case of feeling, we are
    • feeling in actual consciousness, while feeling itself remains in
    • “dream away” our feeling, we “sleep away” the
    • which we designate as the physical-sense world; through feeling and
    • willing we do not learn to know the world in which we exist as feeling
    • the forces of our feeling and willing originate in this super-sensible
    • world. We have no bodily organs for feeling and willing; we do have
    • that organs for feeling and willing exist; this shows that they do not
    • perception and thinking, but asleep in regard to feeling and willing.
    • our feeling and willing, and we sleep away our perception, our
    • that the so-called living sleep away feeling and willing which
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Signs of the Times: Michaels Battle and Its Reflection On Earth -- II
    Matching lines:
    • live with one's feelings in these spiritualized concepts and to grasp
    • refined feeling which did not exist in the art development of earlier
    • with our feelings and sleep with our will impulses. This is a matter
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture I: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis I
    Matching lines:
    • own age. It may be said that all sorts of people who feel drawn
    • feelings, but without producing the same results. The
    • are two types of people. In one type feeling is more
    • fact that men are divided into thinking men and feeling men is
    • our environment there are two types of people, feeling people
    • Scholarship says in such a case: the one who feels his way into
    • introverted. The first would be the feeling man, the
    • (that of the man who lives preferably in his feelings), there
    • characteristic of the feeling type.
    • men of reason, the feelings remain down below, swarm in the
    • the force of the subconscious feelings, and because man is
    • trivial idea of the feeling and the reasoning man, and adds
    • extraverted man, in the subconscious feelings of the
    • the one who is persecuting and abusing me! He feels this
    • think and feel. These people cannot be persuaded to speak of
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture II: Anthroposophy and Psychoanalysis II
    Matching lines:
    • thinking type, and the feeling type. From this starting point
    • feelings force their way up into consciousness and produce soul
    • feeling.
    • He feels it to be especially
    • powers of the soul: thinking, feeling, and willing. Remember in
    • feeling, and willing must be so drawn as to show this as
    • feeling (green), and this in turn borders upon the realm of
    • one hand; feeling (green, right) separates itself from
    • sketch it here diagrammatically, so that thinking, feeling, and
    • health, then the interaction of thinking, feeling, and willing
    • essential secret of our ego that it holds thinking, feeling,
    • the spiritual world thinking, feeling, and willing
    • feeling (green, left), and willing (red, left), and confusion
    • sphere of feeling or of will. Instead of working side by side,
    • thinking mixes itself with feeling, or will, the ego being for
    • feeling, and willing have swung to the opposite side, away from
    • cause thinking to leave its track alongside of feeling and to
    • the waves of feeling, which are far stronger than the waves of
    • organism is seized by the tumult of feeling. This happens in
    • itself apart from feeling.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture III: Reflections in the Mirror of Consciousness, Superconsciousness and Subconsciousness
    Matching lines:
    • tendency, why he feels so deeply dissatisfied in certain
    • it were within us. Then we gain the feeling that we really have
    • person acquires in this way a feeling of his connection with
    • desires, all that we feel, and to which we are inwardly
    • must feel quite otherwise towards the devachanic or mental
    • feelings, sensitivity towards that which is described in
    • then you have the feeling of the devachanic world; and this is
    • may at last be merged into one feeling.
    • to become pupils again? Feeling is all that
    • right feeling, which must first be developed! This is
    • together and carry over into feelings, which through their
    • through, by working towards a feeling, an impression of a world
    • If you have not simply imagined a feeling, but evolved it by
    • years of careful work, then this feeling, these nuances
    • you the reality of Devachan. For if the nuances of feeling are
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture IV: Hidden Soul Powers
    Matching lines:
    • feelings, in short, all that goes on in our souls under normal
    • ordinary consciousness. But since all our feelings and impulses
    • so we must substitute for the thoughts, feelings and impulses of
    • a strong feeling that it must depart, it is bound to feel as if
    • develop a sympathetic feeling, the being feels impelled
    • one way or another inhabit that world feel, when we form
    • a tendency to have feelings of nausea. If he were subject to
    • inner forces that produced the feelings of nausea. But even if
    • subconscious feelings. The activity of his etheric body
    • feelings existing within him.
    • feelings, certain states of mind, that work down into the
    • — this being the normal feeling about lies — if
    • instead he feels indulgence, or even satisfaction, then what he
    • feels about it is sent down into his subconscious. This injures
    • constitution of the breath. It is impaired by evil feelings.
    • Through good, normal, and sincere feelings it gains, however,
    • himself so as to be able to say: if you feel this, and
    • down a right feeling into the subconscious mind — there
    • is naturally an almost endless scale of feeling which may
    • red gives him a definite shade of feeling. This is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Psychoanalysis: Lecture V: Connections Between Organic Processes and the Mental Life of Man
    Matching lines:
    • life, where we meet primarily our thinking, feeling, and
    • to the nervous system, the world of feeling not at all. The
    • world of feeling is connected directly with the rhythmic
    • is a question of thoughts colored by feeling, of thoughts which
    • have a nuance of feeling, then the surface of the liver is
    • feeling or passion is also connected with what is reflected
    • such an indescript spiritual feeling of hunger. One is driven
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • in the feeling of membership of the old Hebrew people. That was a kind
    • lied, continually, because he never said: “My brain feels, my
    • brain thinks, but: I think, I feel, I know this or that.” Thus he
    • instinctively feels, when he says: I think? Solely and alone through
    • understand [verstehen] such a word. We not merely feel ourselves as a
    • spiritual being if we feel ourselves within an “I,” but when
    • already experienced that when one wanted to express the good feeling
    • longer be understood by the soul as soon as it no longer feels itself
    • vibrations in this room, instead of: A good feeling prevails here.
    • think, feel, will, and act. That will be felt as a fall, a falling
    • us a fettering memory of a group-ego, and we feel it as a kind of
    • group-souls. Humanity of an early age did not feel that as a fall,
    • it, and that will be the oppressive feeling in the future of those who
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • i.e., that the whole world of man's feeling towards the Gospels
  • Title: The Ego: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • abstractions, generalities. One does not even feel that any more.
    • feeling, and willing. The soul thinks, feels, and wills. Those are the
    • whether his thinking, feeling, willing was called) — these single
    • in the old sense: the divine spiritual thinks, feels, wills in me, but
    • I think, I feel, I will: The Lord makes itself
    • can come in, so that it is not the slave of thinking, feeling, and
    • Jordan, man could feel the quite especial importance of the
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • those ideas and feelings in his inner being. He knows himself
    • as one's ideas and feelings, is the truth; that is certain.
    • ideas, as feelings from waking to sleeping, still continued to
    • feel to-day in our present life on Earth, has not as yet any
    • scientifically-thinking men. What we think and feel in our
    • everything which human beings can Think and Feel and Will is
    • been impossible in an earlier age. Auguste Comte feels it
  • Title: Bridge between the Ideal and the Real: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • fill man's soul, or perhaps of half-dreamy feelings and
    • around him, but would immediately feel in himself the Beings of
    • never feel ourselves to be individuals. Therefore, just because
    • nature wean feel ourselves to be free persons.
    • feel ourselves as members of the whole of humanity. We might
    • feel ourselves as men.
    • feel ourselves as earthly human beings — that means
    • the very end of Earth-life. In that way we can feel ourselves
    • feel it dimly, because we can only dimly sense the influence of
    • of thought we feel ourselves as individual beings. Let us once
    • more make quite clear how it is that we feel ourselves as
    • individuals. We feel ourselves as personalities because
    • would at once cease to feel yourselves as personal beings if
    • a thought, gives us the certainty of feeling ourselves as
    • personalities. his feeling of inner freedom is what comes
    • the feeling oneself as a human being as a member of all
    • apathetic, we feel ourselves far less strongly and intensely as
    • we seek to evoke this very feeling, of belonging to the entire
    • give man the possibility of feeling himself an historical
    • Being, of feeling conscious: “I am now living as a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • for instance, have seen the feeling of revenge in the other and fled
    • from it. In an up-surging red picture, the feeling of revenge
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • human feeling life because these preachers did not stand alone but
    • feeling life of the soul that later appeared in their
    • in accordance with what you think and feel is your body formed. What
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • when his body falls apart, he feels the suspension of his ego because
    • deep inwardness of this man's feeling life. When we advance further,
    • end of the Middle Ages. Always we find that depth of feeling, that
    • the Middle Ages. Feeling steadily declines and inwardness disappears.
    • 1: We feel this mathematical expression to be a
    • Spirit. Symbolised with 1. However, as a man feels he is a
    • truth-feeling is satisfied: it was very alarmed with the
    • myself did not take a look in the book, but I feel completely
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture IV: Occult Signs and Symbols
    Matching lines:
    • divine artistic skill fashioned the heart from it. You may feel that
    • speak “feeling beings.” On the highest stage of their
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • little understand. The human capacities of feeling and thinking have
    • words. One has need of other capabilities of feeling than those at
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • touching it. We realise the solid through touching it and feeling its
    • feel it in our inward conditions. Therefore ancient science says (and
    • take cognisance of it in the outer world and an inner when we feel
    • that we ourselves are in a certain state of warmth. Man feels his own
    • feel’ himself in the element of warmth. The element of
    • warmth and feels it as something belonging to oneself; one stands
    • outwardly. This one can also begin to feel inwardly, but light
    • enter into fire. In fire they still feel comfortable — if we
    • it spiritually, with his ideas or feelings or in any such way. He
    • and feels the beauty which inspires and spiritualises his
    • feeling for beauty to work out spiritually what he sees in the outer
    • Thus we see how man has it in his power, by the way he acts and feels
    • he is pleased with the world, when he has feelings of gladness
    • through his inner contentment, through his harmonious feelings and
    • elemental beings. The man of harmonious and optimistic feelings and
    • who feels inner satisfaction with the world, is a deliverer of
    • Bhagavad Gita: ‘Behold what man does through the feelings and
    • earth dies, but with this deadening of the earth I feel it my duty to
    • spiritualise things, through knowledge and through right feeling, you
    • real devotional feeling, do they become what in the true sense of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • what we can feel inwardly, as inner warmth; we feel that we are
    • the case when we contact the solid element; but we can also feel
    • felt yourself warm inside; you would have said, ‘I feel
    • at something red or at something blue. Red gives a warm feeling; and
    • blue gives you a feeling of cold. Imagine that the feeling, which is
    • inner feeling of comfort; then again times when those eggs of warmth
    • in such a way that I feel that all external warmth has turned inward,
    • has withdrawn and I experience only that feeling of inner comfort.’
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • find a man who did not yet feel his Ego completely within him, who
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • given, had very concrete and very clear feelings. This name
  • Title: Spiritual Hierarchies: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • world, that it calls forth in us feelings of sadness.* For people who
    • when people still had some feeling for the meaning of names;
    • Godhead, they feel the immediate impulse to follow the revelations of
    • of the Cosmos itself. And we must develop the feeling within us:
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • illuminated by the noblest light. If we feel this idea and receive it
    • small things, through feeling and realisation, what will come to pass
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • physical death? Only by cultivating certain feelings and shades of
    • feeling which stir the soul so forcibly that by their power they
    • strong impulses of thought, feeling and will must work in the soul
    • ears, his physical intellect, his physical feelings, etc.; he is
    • we must feel a fresh and vital interest in everything which goes on
    • feelings describable as an inward division of the whole of our
    • like a sword in its scabbard, to be a being which feels itself to be
    • lying. You feel yourself to be within the physical body, but not
    • of the inner feelings: One must feel that one is lying within one's
    • old personality, and yet feel free and mobile within it. The analogy
    • feels itself cramped on all sides by the scabbard, while man, when he
    • has this experience, has a strong feeling of inner mobility, as if he
    • body and stretch out his feelers far, far into a world which,
    • although still dark, begins to be perceptible to his feeling in the
    • time, one feels as if one could see oneself, as if one stood
    • our feeling of freedom, our love, our energy of thought and our
    • only a working hypothesis, but also qualities of feeling, will and
    • what our eyes see as fire and what we feel as heat is the real
    • elements is drawn over the real world. They are: the feeling of
    • its sheath; the feeling of being outside the physical body, as if the
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • world. Our feelings, perceptions and thoughts exist in the physical
    • incarnation, every feeling experienced between birth and death, every
    • spiritual beings live behind our feelings and the whole of our soul
    • that is to be found in a super-sensible world behind our feelings and
    • vague feeling that an injustice should be righted; the soul is uneasy
    • metamorphosis of the first. Everything that a man thinks and feels
    • or of feeling. A thought which is, let us say, distinct, definite,
    • injustice he has certain thoughts and feelings; these forms detach
    • the conscience would not sting. When a man begins to feel these
    • seer; modern men feel the inner voice of conscience and the spirits
    • with the national feeling of those times that declares that his act
    • real in human evolution before this age, that the feeling experienced
    • Erinyes. The inner feeling which he experienced in presence of this
    • phenomena of conscience, memory, feeling, will and thought, a
    • would man's thoughts, feelings and will have been stimulated
    • experience, of thought, of feeling, of conscience, for example, and
    • separating the moon from the earth, made thinking, feeling, willing,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • soul, in the phenomena of conscience, thought, feeling, and sensation
    • no serious appreciation and feeling for reincarnation in his soul;
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • in the inner life of the soul, thinking, feeling, sensations, as also
    • perceptions, feelings, will, his thinking and the development of his
    • his soul life may well give rise to grotesque feelings and bad moral
    • might feel them to be friendly, intimate spiritual companions,
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • feelings of the ancient Indian when he looked out at the sense world,
    • life. There is a widespread feeling that this deepening alone can
    • continual direction of the feeling, conceptions and thoughts within
    • cleansed and purified and reaches higher worlds. Feelings more
    • feel united with that which streamed to the earth from the wide
    • into the Luciferic worlds? If their feelings glow with enthusiasm for
    • initiation, so that he not merely feels the Christ mystically within
    • are content to accept the Gospels as simple Christians; we feel that
    • account of their personal egoism, and because they still feel
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • certainty yielded by the senses had to live as a feeling in those
    • men, a feeling which gave the stamp of truth to the event. To that
    • speaking). That word is the word ‘feeling.’ We speak of
    • speaking of feeling in a superficial way we mean the sense of touch,
    • but call it feeling and add that which is experienced by this sense
    • realised, an inner soul experience by the wood ‘feeling.’
    • Experiences of joy or pain are defined as feelings. This particular
    • feeling of which we are here speaking is an intimate soul experience;
    • the other feelings, produced by the sense of touch, are always caused
    • by some external object. The other feeling may be associated with an
    • experiences, the experience of ‘feeling’ within one and
    • which we also describe by the word ‘feeling’ are widely
    • experience of feeling and the outer were more like each other. Why
    • you dislike him and he has the same sort of feeling towards you), you
    • senses and the physical brain, not be deeply aware of his feelings,
    • be aware of it, because your sense of feeling would notice it. In the
    • another individual's feelings he awakened in his soul just such an
    • inner feeling was not so far developed in those days; it was still
    • may perhaps feel inward pain without any real cause on account of his
    • feeling was then to a greater extent bound up with the external
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • post-Atlantean epoch of civilisation man was able to think and feel
    • have seen how completely different man's feeling life was at that
    • be able to feel that powerful emotion arise within them which
    • Christ to regain a way of feeling, of looking at things, which
    • feeling and thinking of ancient Indian times. Even if we only find a
    • character of feeling and thinking, of the quite different attitude to
    • not exist in human feeling in such an awakened form. What was written
    • kind of feeling did their visions arouse? They felt that into this
    • feels something stream into him when he draws a breath, so the old
    • wishes to adopt the right attitude towards the Vedas must feel as did
    • feeling, it is this: that if, in approaching the highest wisdom
    • have put himself in the right relationship as far as his feelings are
    • of the East are those which are connected with our feelings and our
    • attitude to assume towards the Vedas. Feelings of holy awe and
    • thoughts. These feelings are the very highest we can acquire. But we
    • that knowledge alone leads up to these highest feelings. And if we
    • feelings that are to be found on the ethereal heights of thought, we
    • shall experience only ordinary trivial feelings and mistake them for
    • of divinity. Feelings such as were to be found among the old Indians
    • Chaldean men had the following feeling:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The East in the Light of the West: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • to Christ, the feeling oneself drawn not as to a father, but as to a
    • feeling for what is connected with the names of Skythianos, Buddha
    • having the right feeling. We meet together for the purpose of
    • cultivating right feeling about the spiritual world and all that is
    • born out of it, as well as right feeling towards man. And as we
    • cultivate this right feeling we gradually make our spiritual forces
    • higher and nobler our feelings become, the more nobly can Christ live
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: I. The Position of Anthroposophy in Relation to Theosophy and Anthropology.
    Matching lines:
    • acquired feeling in the matter, to see something deeper in what is
    • enumeration of the five senses: feeling (touch), smell, taste,
    • normally he is not aware. He feels it only when it is out of order.
    • We feel lassitude, or hunger and thirst, or a sense of strength in
    • of this feeling only when something is out of order, otherwise it
    • sense that enables him to feel himself an inner entity.
    • something within himself, as it were; by their means he feels
    • sense of touch: “feeling around for something.” In this
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: II. Supersensible Processes in the Activities of the Human Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • the feeling of life, the vital sense. What is this sense based upon,
    • in the astral body, and it expresses itself as a feeling of freedom,
    • sense of balance, we feel dizzy, we faint.
    • you feel within you streams forth to meet the inflowing matter. The
    • stream is of the nature of will, it pertains to feeling
    • is also mere maya, an external image that is experienced as feeling.
    • In the process of tasting, the interplay is between feeling and
    • feeling. That is the real process of tasting; the rest is merely an
    • well as “feeling.” With this in mind let the student now
    • also footnote on p. 16.], notably of feeling,
    • however, does not center in feeling as such, but in the clash of
    • feelings and their interaction.
    • feel each one individually, but if we wish this feeling to become
    • conscious, that each hand should feel the other, they must touch each
    • that way you feel your own hand; you render conscious what you
    • ordinarily do not feel. Just as you must touch an external object to
    • of that people must feel the nature of the ego to be such as
    • different feeling results when, in place of the two a's, the sounds
    • amor we have one shade of feeling, and quite a different one
    • different feelings and quite definite trends of these feelings are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: III. Higher Senses, Inner Force Currents and Creative Laws in the Human Organism.
    Matching lines:
    • inward, and this produces a more complicated sensation: feeling. The
    • entire life of feeling is an activity of the inspirational organ
    • processes is: We sense something, we have a feeling connected with
    • sentience, feeling and thought. Were we to continue along this path,
    • (thinking, feeling and willing) now makes its appearance in the outer
    • the instrumentality of sentience, feeling and conscious thought.
    • of theosophy. Ours is between the two. A feeling of confidence and
  • Title: Wisdom of Man: IV. Supersensible Currents in the Human and Animal Organizations.
    Matching lines:
    • of embarrassment. This judgment expressed through feeling means that
    • evolution of man. This feeling is nearer the truth than is the later
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: I. The Elements of the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • life, but to take an interest in him, to feel love or antipathy for
    • watching a man carrying out some action that induces the feeling in
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: II. Action and Interaction of the Human Soul Forces.
    Matching lines:
    • acquire a feeling for them by keeping the contrast clearly in view.
    • until we feel it in our soul.
    • are constantly in action. A finely attuned feeling harking to the
    • character of the human soul life, and we cannot but feel a certain
    • In order to arouse the feeling within you that even the
    • approaches Goethe with such profound veneration as I feel for him may
    • It is, therefore, important to acquire a feeling for the
    • speak, and engenders an uncomfortable feeling in us. One's own soul
    • new ones impart to the old ones a feeling of well-being or the
    • reverse. Though this feeling of uneasiness is not necessarily
    • term “deadly boredom” rests on a true feeling. It acts as
    • over them who has kept alive a dim feeling for the truth. This is
    • have the right feeling when we speak, that is, when we yield
    • speech you will feel that they reveal themselves as something quite
    • it is for us to rise to a certain feeling for the matter, a feeling
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: III. At the Portals of the Senses.
    Matching lines:
    • At the Portals of the Senses. Feelings. Aesthetic Judgment.
    • Feelings. Aesthetic Judgment.
    • Of feeling, view and utt'rance; the glad certitude
    • The feelings and opinions.
    • I feel I too have here my home.
    • Enthused, intoxicate, I feel
    • The depths of that unutterable feeling,
    • inner depths, that is, feeling. It might seem as though the soul life
    • moment, the life of feeling.
    • feeling by starting from the two elements mentioned. Again we must
    • can also be synonymous with Gefühl (“feeling”),
    • or feeling arises. Sense sensation, or outer sensation, comes
    • sensation (feeling) arises when desire is not pushed back by a direct
    • way inner sensation, feeling, arises. Feelings are, in a way,
    • sensation, feeling, consists of halted desires that have not surged
    • to the soul's boundary but live within the soul life, and in feeling,
    • too, the soul substance consists essentially of desire. So feelings
    • satisfaction. By studying his life of feeling we find the origins of
    • many feelings in a great variety of satisfactions and decisions.
    • Observe, for example, those phenomena within the life of feeling that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Wisdom of the Soul: IV. Consciousness and the Soul Life.
    Matching lines:
    • have many kinds of feelings, for example, longing, impatience, hope,
    • doubt, and finally such feelings as apprehension, fear, etc. What do
    • our feelings we take an interest not only in the present but in the
    • similar feelings you have had recently. Try it, and you will see how
    • having time to intervene, feelings arise, but not at first reasoning.
    • ego, he cannot feel his own etheric body, but from then on the ego
    • religiously to become absorbed in it with the feeling of that earlier
    • possible in relation to which the ego, as in all reasoning, feels
    • body to make them appeal directly to feeling; that is, a man like
    • measure of what speaks to the feelings. On the other hand, one whose
    • steps in the doctrine of desire, feeling, and reasoning. What he says
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: I. Franz Brentano and Aristotles Doctrine of the Spirit.
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing — Brentano offers another, the three
    • as a feeling I may have in connection with a rose. Those are
    • The spirit must feel this longing, otherwise it would have completely
    • to perfect itself, it must feel the longing for it. Therefore, it is
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: II. Truth and Error in the Light of the Spiritual World.
    Matching lines:
    • because the great majority of those who join us feel in their souls a
    • Anthroposophists should feel ever more strongly that their world view
    • science are intended only to arouse a feeling for the fact that there
    • experience feelings, conceptions, impulses of will; we experience all
    • the man of faith, not the scientist, can really feel himself
    • referred to. They have unconsciously passed over into the feeling of
    • Buddhist, whose whole way of thinking and feeling facilitates his
    • his attitude was a feeling that contact with the physical world
    • occidental, to feel Buddhistically, as indeed no one rooted in the
    • Occident can genuinely feel. He can acknowledge Buddhism
    • feeling always leads in the end to a certain recognition of a
    • assumption of a divine principle on the other, led to a feeling such
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: III. Imagination--Imagination; Inspiration--Self-fulfillment; Intuition--Conscience.
    Matching lines:
    • which, as your inner feeling tells you, is not of the nature of the
    • could first point out that when living in them we by no means feel as
    • that he feels he must strive to realize his own higher nature, a
    • stirrings we feel are the opposite of Luciferic. They are of the
    • the more directly you will feel the inner influence of the
    • visualizations something akin to what it feels in its life of
    • perceptions. In the latter the soul feels — well, its direct
    • feels an indirect contact with a world that at first also appears to
    • world forces us to visualize in a certain way — so we feel the
    • when this was shattered, she still had the feeling of being
    • tension of this or that feeling. He must form wholly new conceptions
    • imagination so that we feel imagination as coming to us from beings,
  • Title: Wisdom of the Spirit: IV. Laws of Nature, Evolution of Consciousness and Repeated Earth Lives.
    Matching lines:
    • Does our contentment, our feeling at home, really depend
    • call a feeling of moral responsibility, particularly toward the great
    • instance, in the matter of a feeling for truth and falsehood. In this
    • and when he passes into the imaginative world this feeling, his
    • really purely a matter of the feelings for yourself. It is a common
    • Precisely by acquiring the knowledge of and feeling for what he
    • not outer — reasons, he knows what feeling must predominate in
    • predominating feeling must be a longing to return, in order to
    • Just think how all that, concentrated, makes you feel in the evening
    • as the hand feels itself to be a member of the organism, and he would
    • feel more than ever how sketchy and incomplete everything must be
    • closer if we keep intensifying the feeling that we receive something
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival: A Token of the Victory of the Sun
    Matching lines:
    • in the time of Goethe. Is there anyone who still feels the depth of
    • really feel the depth of other pregnant words of Goethe in which he
    • tries to express the feeling of communion with the hidden forces
    • With power to feel and to endure it. Thou
    • This was the mood of soul which Goethe's knowledge and feeling for
    • was as tokens of this ‘feeling at one’ with Nature and the universe
    • In olden times it seemed to men in whom living feeling was united with
    • that is not connected with his feelings, his desires and his passions,
    • the pulse, of the process of digestion and you will feel the mighty
    • erratic nature of your thinking, feeling and willing. With what wisdom
    • The first stage is attained when a man's ordinary feeling and thinking
    • through the cosmos. His life of feeling and of thinking must have rid
    • East as Budhi. When a man no longer feels himself a single being, as
    • day resound from our own souls, then we can also feel what will be
    • good-will. These are the two thoughts or, better, the two feelings
    • We have been speaking to-day, not of an undefined, abstract feeling
    • for Nature but of a feeling that is full of life and spirituality. And
    • with many a struggle, at these times a feeling awakens within us that
    • mission. The birth festival of all that man can feel, perceive and
    • very streets men think and feel and act spiritually, then we shall
  • Title: Lecture: Signs and Symbols of the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • And so in the whole content of the Christmas Festival we feel
    • deepens our conception of the Christmas Mystery too. We feel how in
    • understood it, feeling that Tao pervaded the whole universe.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of the Sun-Spirit as the Spirit of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN the candles are lit on the Christmas Tree, the human soul feels
    • order to feel and to experience: Now, when the light of the outer sun
    • outer darkness. And because what we feel to be the spirit-light of the
    • the Christmas Tree became a symbol of the thoughts and feelings which
    • heavenly heights. The human being can feel this to be the unfailing
    • upon to feel anew a reality of which it is thought that it could
    • What were the feelings of men who had some inkling of the secrets of
    • Eve. All the dim feelings and experiences connected with this festival
    • all these feelings that were astir in the depths of the soul speak a
    • through inherited clairvoyant faculties, can feel himself penetrating
  • Title: Lecture: Christmas at a Time of Grievous Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • concepts. One must have a feeling for the tragic if human evolution is
    • men's hearts and feelings in such a way that something wonderfully
    • feeling for Jesus. But for all that it was a feeling that stirred the
    • Jesus-thought, the Jesus-feeling, the Jesus-experience, is coming to
    • others spoke to the human heart, awakened in the human heart feelings
    • of the penetration of the Jesus-feeling into the soul-life of the
    • the hearts of those in whom, later on, the feeling for Jesus arose.
    • develop a particularly intense feeling for Jesus. The reality that had
    • of the old feeling came alive in them.
    • place in the souls of men, and a Christian feeling, a will for peace
  • Title: Lecture: The Proclamations to the Magi and the Shepherds
    Matching lines:
    • feeling. In a certain sense it has the most popular appeal of all the
    • feeling and is always dear to the human heart.
    • Novalis was still aware of the human element, the element of feeling
    • understanding of the world imbued with feeling but expressed in
    • On the other side, inner feeling of the secrets of the evolution of
    • The truth is that between sleeping and waking we look back, feel back,
    • With the forces of knowledge, feeling and belief possessed by modern
  • Title: Lecture: On The Three Magi
    Matching lines:
    • Feeling must be sublimated in order that God may fertilise it. This is
    • very largely lost their meaning to-day; the feeling of their
    • significance has disappeared. But this feeling will be kindled to life
  • Title: Lecture: The Revelation of the Cosmic Christ
    Matching lines:
    • festival in the feelings and hearts of men. It must be remembered that
    • Christian thought and Christian feeling were gradually beginning to
    • The feeling that at this season the earth is resting in her own being,
    • by the feeling of hope that once again the rays of light and love from
    • associated with this other feeling.
    • his life of feeling, his life of soul and spirit brought home to him
    • centre around which Christendom coheres. The feeling that lived in the
    • peoples of the Old Testament changed into a feeling connected with the
    • heavenly symbol of the primal origin of humanity. Our feelings and
    • defined feeling of the difference in the nature of the Son God on the
    • this feeling was still quite living. Over in Asia, in a place of no
    • Two distinctly different feelings were there. The feeling and
    • perception of God the Son was added to the feeling associated with God
    • heavenly heights with the same intensity of feeling which was there in
    • Instinctive feeling of the most holy and most sacred things have,
    • feelings and perceptions have weakened, but to those who are willing
    • habit. The warm feelings which for centuries inspired Christian men at
    • the feelings which I have tried to express in the following verse:
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • soul feeling inwardly united with the essence and substantiality of
    • could feel His presence in all human evolution from year to year, from
    • out of a deep and true feeling for the Christian Mystery. This was
    • in so far as it feels itself truly Man. We must realise that this
    • feeling of oneself as man’ arose for the first time from what came
    • This is an example of the feeling for esotericism to be found in the
    • 18th century. The feeling was sound and true, for we ourselves shall
    • who in the 18th century had a deep, deep feeling for the Mystery of
    • But what is it that underlies these esoteric feelings and experiences?
    • of material vision, we feel that it is for us to lift the veil ...
    • devotion we can feel towards the Child born in the Holy Night of
    • when we can feel the reality of Christ as did Christian Morgenstern
    • Those whose hearts are kindled by spiritual science feel and know that
    • its tidings of Christ with such depth of feeling that the Christmas
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 1: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • Today, on the occasion of our General Meeting, I feel it incumbent
    • feelings, all the conceptions and ideas of men, alter and are renewed
    • feel differently? Even the capacities of man, the intimacies of his
    • plane; but the sentient soul had the subconscious feeling: “This
    • sufficiently to recognise, to feel, and to will, all that Christ is.
    • Feeling, and Willing, and man will then really be the external
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 2: The Law of Karma with Respect to the Details of Life
    Matching lines:
    • establishing a connection between the past deeds, feelings and
    • goes into trade in that way, will at first feel pleasure in the
    • sympathies and antipathies he feels in his work, may, as he reaches
    • who had never heard of Anthroposophy would feel at a loss to account
    • first the interest he felt drove out the feelings and sentiments that
    • activity. Those feelings were pushed into the background. The time,
    • with greater zest. When he is eighteen or nineteen the feelings and
    • that our feelings will help us to judge truly before our reason is
    • be only in his feeling that his soul can sense the injustice. He may
    • child we ought to take particular note of it, for the feeling aroused
    • importance of looking up in feeling to some being or some phenomenon
    • came, and I was taken to see him. A feeling of profound and holy awe
    • feeling of reverent devotion; we owe much gratitude to anyone who
    • aroused a feeling of reverence in us in our early life. That feeling
    • exclaim, when such a feeling of reverent devotion to the Spiritual and
    • and reflect: there it is surely possible to have a feeling of real,
    • A feeling of devotion in early youth is transformed into a very
    • really a true feeling for karma which led Goethe to choose as the
    • really to observe the world is so dreadful; they arouse a feeling that
    • for instance, as we feel when we cut our finger. Why does that hurt?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 3: The Entrance of the Christ-Being into the Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • he would have continued for a longer time to feel himself, through his
    • distinguish between good and evil, but also to feel a warm glow for
    • which is capable of judgment. All the feeling, the idealism and
    • long time he continued to feel that his finer, more spiritual
    • For a long time he still continued to feel that his impulse was not a
    • Commandments refer to the control of his feelings and sensations. The
    • on Golgotha, — if I take into myself such feelings as were felt
    • to be aglow for what is great and good, to feel enthusiasm for the
    • other hand it has to purchase this at the price of feeling
    • feeling both emotion and sympathy or antipathy for them, he casts away
    • after the feeling of justice in their sentient-soul; for they shall be
    • for another, not merely as a feeling of justice such as is produced by
    • Christ-Impulse grows to feel what others feel, not only what he feels
    • feels bliss in his intellectual or mind soul. Blessed is he who
    • develops fellow-feeling; for only by feeling himself within the soul
    • of others, does he stimulate them to feel themselves in him. He will
    • receive the sympathy of others when he himself radiates fellow-feeling
    • for them. ‘Blessed are those who feel with others, for others
    • shall feel with them.’
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 4: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • feel the law, the conformity to law, outside itself, but feels that it
    • We can now perhaps feel and realise the intrinsic nature of the
    • feel how the Divine was carried down into the depths of physical
    • them bliss and made them feel ‘filled with the Divine,’ came
    • sentient soul, that is: it spiritualised it. This enables man to feel
    • sentient soul otherwise feels only in the physical body; it must now,
    • through Christianity, learn to feel for spiritual things: to hunger
    • Anthroposophists. They ought, indeed, to feel a certain pity for those
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 5: Correspondences Between the Microcosm and the Macrocosm
    Matching lines:
    • part in the ordinary soul-life, as thinking, feeling and willing, and
    • acquire a feeling for the value of a particular truth, to sense
    • greater importance. If we wish to feel the force of this, we must make
    • learn to feel that in a certain respect the head and limbs of man bear
    • who really has the right feeling will have the same impression when
    • one does not feel firmly fastened into it, identifying oneself
    • of itself, must feel the resistance to Spirituality so that it may
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 6: The Birth of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • must also acquire a feeling of how matters concerning the world can be
    • world, that as regards their thoughts and feelings they are already in
    • feelings, to form a concept of the human conscience. The answer to
    • develop the intellectual or mind-soul, or soul of higher-feeling. And
    • intellectual soul or soul of higher feeling. Man had to develop in a
    • had developed a strong feeling for the ego.
    • without any distinct feeling of the ego-nature, absorbed the sublime
    • could both look upon and feel themselves as men, as human individuals.
    • because of the strong ego-feeling prevailing there. This strong,
    • individual feeling of self, was not adapted to produce one single
    • vehicle for the highest. A premature ego-feeling, a too great feeling
    • occupy, there must be no premature appearance of the feeling of ‘
    • possible for a body to be formed not having the premature ego-feeling
    • feeling of the ‘ I ’ too early and had as it were grown up
    • did not so much feel himself to be a separate individual as an
    • Roman culture on the other side, where the strong ego-feeling was
    • was still taken impersonally. The Greek did not feel himself to be a
    • it in the Intellectual-Soul or soul of higher feeling; the culture of
    • through the Sentient-Soul being permeated with the ego-feeling while
    • Sentient-Soul and ego-feeling; for the ego-feeling, which lifts men up
  • Title: Christ Impulse: Lecture 7: The Further Development of Conscience
    Matching lines:
    • quality of their hearts and minds leads them to feel enthusiasm for
    • of our present life: something which, regardless of what people feel
    • or would like to feel about it, was bound to come, for it already lay
    • about the demands of their own souls. In themselves they feel:
    • ourselves feel to be right, in accordance with our knowledge!’
    • not the result of their logical thought, but of their feelings and
    • coming age feel a strong impulse to shut out from their hearts
    • also feel an urge to prove everything by means of such external
    • them. We then feel a deep respect and reverence for the Gospels for we
    • point. The point is that we ought to acquire a feeling that although
    • given at first. If we inwardly feel these facts, they are as it were a
    • work, and who feel very happy to be able to say: ‘We are now
  • Title: Life Between ... I: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • and maturity of soul, all we think and feel, transform themselves in
    • cut off from him because of our feelings or affection or dislike that
    • accompanied by deep feeling, by a real inner experience, and this is
    • most important. We might feel, for example, that we have not loved
    • feeling that develops little by little. Beings of the Hierarchies are
    • Once we have gained ideas and feelings about the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • developing those feelings that it will need in order to cross the
  • Title: Life Between ... II: Investigations Into Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • At this stage one feels oneself drawing away from the earth. The
    • feels that one has reached the Sun. Just as during earthly life we
    • feel ourselves linked to the earth, so now we feel at one with the
    • time we feel that we must acquire what Lucifer can bestow upon us in
    • another factor. Because all feelings and the capacity to form ideas
    • feel for the dead, creates a path on which a connection with earthly
    • feelings directed toward them from the earth.
    • but outside in your surroundings. You would not have the feeling that
    • feel that that is my eye, my nose, my leg. Then you would have to
  • Title: Life Between ... III: Mans Journey Through the Planetary Spheres
    Matching lines:
    • could not think, I picture this to myself; no feeling of which
    • you could not say, I feel; no pain of which you could not say
    • you will find that the feeling of “I” is intensified
    • irreligious soul feels as though enclosed in a capsule, a prison.
    • feels as though he were in a prison and unable to reach them. Thus,
    • feeling, will not be united in a new community or union after death,
    • things, but in fact they are one and the same. Why does a feeling of
    • starry heavens? It is because without our knowing it the feeling of
    • our soul's home awakens in us. The feeling awakens: Before you
    • possesses should contemplate the starry heavens with feelings such as
    • feeling of reverence and will know that this is the memory of man's
    • Occultism reveals that if we feel something of the reality of the
    • nevertheless take with him a feeling resulting from what he has heard
    • feeling in the soul that is important. When we are listening to the
    • universe, the more deeply I feel the responsibility to develop in
  • Title: Life Between ... IV: Recent Results of Occult Investigation Into Life
    Matching lines:
    • from hurrying to and fro. How glad every individual feels that he
    • necessary for us to feel equally glad when someone else can and does
    • the gate of death, where does he feel himself to be?” One can
    • customary on earth. There we are spread out in space, we feel
    • an initiate or of a person after death, is one of feeling oneself
    • ethical concepts and feelings we developed on earth. A person who has
    • loved him as much as we should, we can make up for these feelings. We
    • reach them. We continually feel as if we have to break through a
    • Inwardly the human being feels increasingly that only what he has
    • our deepest feelings. When rightly understood nothing remains a mere
    • feelings. As every morning on earth we awaken strengthened and
    • other. It is only in such a relationship that the right feelings of
  • Title: Life Between ... V: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • wishes to proceed conscientiously in this domain, one will feel it
    • feeling of powerlessness towards the necessity of karma that can be
    • him, and we feel the total relationships that we had with him here on
    • or after us, and we feel that that is how we stood with him in life.
    • when we realize that we have done an injustice to someone in feeling
    • must be left as it is. Yet one feels all the time that it ought to be
    • feel entirely at one with him. We know exactly how we are related to
    • dwellers. We truly feel that we are inhabiting cosmic space. Just as
    • during our physical existence we feel ourselves to be earth dwellers,
    • so then we feel ourselves to be Mercury dwellers. I cannot describe
    • we call the Venus sphere, we feel ourselves as Venus dwellers. There
    • develop religious feelings during earthly life, feelings of union
    • Definite feelings for the spiritual that are colored by this or that
    • community only with those of like feelings who shared the same creed
    • The next sphere is the Sun sphere in which we feel ourselves as Sun
    • we were related on earth. In the Venus sphere we feel at home with
    • human beings. Here the essential thing is for the soul to feel that
    • this makes us into social beings in the Sun sphere. If we feel
    • of the points where anthroposophy can only develop into a feeling for
    • feels full responsibility towards his own being, for he realizes that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... VI: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • Suppose we come across a person who died before us. At first we feel
    • to the ground. One feels spiritually bound to a relationship that was
    • established on earth. One literally feels in a state of coercion.
    • something within him that will manifest as a feeling for the various
    • What will happen when we gradually unfold such feelings, when human
    • feeling and of will or wish — come to expression in the soul.
    • feeling in that we are more or less compassionate or hardhearted,
    • The forces of the heart and of feeling, the innermost forces in the
  • Title: Life Between ... VII: The Working of Karma in Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • expressed in the human soul as thinking, feeling and willing. If we
    • Man feels truly free only in the realm of his feelings. It is quite
    • different from thinking and willing. We feel most at home in the
    • sphere of feeling and sensation when we are compelled neither by
    • something, is dependent. We likewise feel a dependency in our
    • willing. In our feelings, however, we are completely ourselves and
    • so? It is because ultimately our feelings are a mirror picture of a
    • of feeling we can freely experience what speaks to our soul because,
    • occultly considered, feelings are a mirror image of a realm that does
    • and willing. Through feeling the gods allow us to participate in
    • their own creative working, though in a mysterious way. In feeling we
    • be accompanied by feelings that draw us closer to the spiritual
    • can mean for us. We look in all directions and feel the power of
    • connected with our feelings and emotions, with all the aspects of our
    • Our whole being expands and we feel that we are becoming ever larger.
    • The feeling of being here in my skin with space and surrounding
    • feeling of being together is determined by quite other factors than
    • science will continue to feel the anguish of longing for it unless we
    • might feel that had he sailed he surely would have been drowned! That
    • unheeded. In this respect, spiritual science refines the feelings and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... VIII: Between Death and a New Birth
    Matching lines:
    • but they represent a riddle more to the feelings than to the dry
    • yourself the feelings of this man. He did not sail, and then he heard
    • his feelings. What impressions would arise in us if we were able to
    • sensitive, he will feel that the one who has died is with him and
    • writes that plants are endowed with feelings and are able to admire.
    • between soul and body. Some people feel active and stimulated shortly
  • Title: Life Between ... IX: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • indeterminate feeling. But out of what depths of the soul does this
    • taking place in thinking, feeling and willing from morning until
    • perception of the outer world feels barren and empty. How many souls
    • Those who feel called upon to carry spiritual ideas into our
    • Today there are souls who feel, even if out of the deepest recesses
    • appears to them as empty and barren. Only they feel filled with a
    • feeling relationships to other people, becomes our inner world after
    • here we can feel a pain in our lungs, our stomach or our head, so
    • does not occur to him, for otherwise he would feel, “You have
    • thoughts, then one at least will have a feeling as to the origin of
    • are able to think and feel along new lines, and it is only because of
    • also follows it who merely feels a longing to hear something about
  • Title: Life Between ... X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    Matching lines:
    • Lecture X: Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    • Anthroposophy as the Quickener of Feeling and of Life
    • the most important aspects that engages our feelings most deeply,
    • this in itself is sufficient for him to feel it a duty to work
    • long to go back. I feel the lack of all I had. Longingly in my soul I
    • from time to time I feel as if she were there, as if I were with her,
    • language, these two souls feel severed from one another. This was not
    • dead is spiritual knowledge, feeling and experience. That is the
    • religious feelings of the past are no longer sufficient to give the
    • greatest sin if they did so. They feel it a necessity to proclaim
    • To take another example, you gain a particular feeling when you
    • make himself perceptible to your soul. You may have the feeling,
    • boundary of two worlds. He feels, “How infinitely rich in
    • the feeling, “An enormous amount lies hidden in the very ground
    • of being.” This feeling grows as one occupies oneself with
    • anthroposophy. One develops the feeling that at every point where
    • number of possibilities. Ultimately this feeling will bring about a
    • growing sense of devotion towards what is hidden. As this feeling
    • future it will occur quite normally that a person will feel that the
    • dead, who are in fact far more alive. Souls on earth will also feel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Life Between ... XI: The Mission of Earthly Life as a Transitional Stage for the Beyond
    Matching lines:
    • it is important to cultivate a feeling for the task of spiritual
    • to evoke a feeling for this by today's considerations.
  • Title: Life Between ... XII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 1
    Matching lines:
    • we bring it with us by virtue of the feelings and thoughts towards
    • prepared by the thoughts and feelings that we direct, even if only
    • and feelings directed towards the physical world, goes through
    • Life impinges upon him and he feels continually wounded. The reason a
    • predisposed in his thoughts and feelings as to be narrow-minded. He
    • religious concepts and feelings into them, one notices that they do
    • and enthusiasm to their deeds and are permeated by the feeling that
    • pursue his life totally unaware that he can in fact think and feel in
    • feelings in us, we sense nevertheless a compensation when we trace
    • an oppressive feeling takes hold of us as a result of certain
    • feeling relationship to the Christ impulse even though the earth has
    • there fills one with a feeling of horror. The seer is moved most
    • We can feel reconciled to such facts when we consider that a
    • surroundings, we should permeate ourselves with the feeling that
  • Title: Life Between ... XIII: Life Between Death and Rebirth 2
    Matching lines:
    • period after death the emotions, passions and feelings that affected
    • incarnation man is conscious of these feelings only when he is
    • Souls who have unfolded only few feelings and sentiments transcending
    • such feelings as can be satisfied by means of bodily organs and
    • for instance, we realize that the departed soul feels anxiety for a
    • The feeling of either isolation or community after death of which I
    • the forces that can flow from feeling and experience of this kind.
    • be transformed into a feeling that pervades a man in such a way that
  • Title: Life Between ... XIV: Further Facts About Life Between Death and Rebirth
    Matching lines:
    • the seer that with his thoughts and with all his feelings he was able
    • with thoughts or feelings about the spiritual world. He went through
    • that he is, and this would result in the most dreadful feeling of
    • who have spiritual thoughts and feelings on earth find it difficult
    • who cannot find a soul in whom spiritual feelings dwell experiences
    • souls who have cultivated moral feelings and inclinations on earth
    • moral feelings on earth becomes a hermit after death. He will be
    • religious feelings here on earth. This period is called the Venus
    • period. There a person who has failed to develop religious feelings
    • our moral and religious feelings. Now we require more than these. Now
    • them. Even if one knows that one is not alone, one can still feel
  • Title: Life Between ... XV: Intercourse With the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that can alleviate the sorrow that is experienced when a
    • of time. The person would again feel exceedingly lonely if other
    • earthly life, feel lonely. People who are endowed with a moral soul
    • Immoral people feel lonely at a certain phase after death owing to
    • are endowed with a moral disposition of soul feel lonely if they lack
    • religious feelings and connections are condemned to loneliness. We
    • again feel loneliness. This period is a particularly important one
    • between death and rebirth. Either we feel alone even though we
  • Title: Life Between ... XVI: Life After Death
    Matching lines:
    • who have not quite lost the feeling for the spiritual world but who
    • and feelings about the super-sensible. They add that if they perform
    • utterly denied the spirit both in his thoughts and in his feelings.
    • nevertheless are in some way through their feelings connected with
    • of one another because after death a feeling for the spirit
    • light; without a feeling for the spiritual, no perception of the
    • feel antipathy, with whom we have quarreled and whom we have insulted
    • After death we again meet this person but now we feel the opposite of
    • because he feels he is severed from the soul he has dealt with
    • remove the stain. A feeling for the necessity of karma is the result
    • see them. I feel separated from them. Perhaps one of them has already
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • thought he can feel himself directly active, able to exercise his
    • that. They take the feeling of familiarity for an explanation and
    • thalers, then you might feel absolutely indifferent as to whether
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • whose business this should be. Nowadays everyone wants to feel that
    • can think again what those other fellows have thought out, and feels
    • attitude in other realms of life. No one feels committed to belief in
    • outside world. But directly he not only thinks, but feels sympathy
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • have feeling and perception only for all that is material; persons
    • immediate experience, as in Empiricism, so that one feels through and
    • of how one feels when one enjoys this or that substance. It is
    • the ideals of humanity, of feeling them as something divine, and of
    • not feel it flow into my soul; I only feel it must be there,
    • hence Transcendentalism. The Transcendentalist has the feeling: “When
    • have the right feeling for this picture if we contemplate it in the
    • world-outlook-moods enter into, so that we can feel Gnosticism as
    • he can conjure them up in his mind and feel all their effects at
    • one to say: It opens out for me a feeling for the immensity of the
    • feel sure that anyone who looks at the world in this light will be
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • say, in a certain sense, that we can feel ourselves with regard to
    • the cosmos as a little portion of our brain might feel with regard to
    • must evoke the feeling by which we recognize how there should be
    • less feeling there is for Spiritual Science, the more strongly will
    • perceptive feeling, into the spiritual features of the world.
    • comes to feel what human thinking is: that in its true nature it has
    • one has come to know oneself in thinking, then one feels oneself
    • the cosmos which result from these concepts. Thus we feel ourselves
    • it) within the logic of the Hierarchies of the cosmos. We feel
    • ourselves as souls embedded in cosmic thought, just as we feel our
    • true, eternal nature. Thus I feel myself within the thought-world of
  • Title: Lecture I: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • thought he can feel himself directly active, able to exercise his
    • that. They take the feeling of familiarity for an explanation and
    • thalers, then you might feel absolutely indifferent as to whether
  • Title: Lecture II: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • whose business this should be. Nowadays everyone wants to feel that
    • can think again what those other fellows have thought out, and feels
    • attitude in other realms of life. No one feels committed to belief in
    • outside world. But directly he not only thinks, but feels sympathy
  • Title: Lecture III: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • have feeling and perception only for all that is material; persons
    • immediate experience, as in Empiricism, so that one feels through and
    • of how one feels when one enjoys this or that substance. It is
    • the ideals of humanity, of feeling them as something divine, and of
    • not feel it flow into my soul; I only feel it must be there,
    • hence Transcendentalism. The Transcendentalist has the feeling: “When
    • have the right feeling for this picture if we contemplate it in the
    • world-outlook-moods enter into, so that we can feel Gnosticism as
    • he can conjure them up in his mind and feel all their effects at
    • one to say: It opens out for me a feeling for the immensity of the
    • feel sure that anyone who looks at the world in this light will be
  • Title: Lecture IV: Human and Cosmic Thought
    Matching lines:
    • say, in a certain sense, that we can feel ourselves with regard to
    • the cosmos as a little portion of our brain might feel with regard to
    • must evoke the feeling by which we recognize how there should be
    • less feeling there is for Spiritual Science, the more strongly will
    • perceptive feeling, into the spiritual features of the world.
    • comes to feel what human thinking is: that in its true nature it has
    • one has come to know oneself in thinking, then one feels oneself
    • the cosmos which result from these concepts. Thus we feel ourselves
    • it) within the logic of the Hierarchies of the cosmos. We feel
    • ourselves as souls embedded in cosmic thought, just as we feel our
    • true, eternal nature. Thus I feel myself within the thought-world of
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • pleasure and happiness are those who feel the most this
    • significant feelings, cutting deep into the human heart, of the
    • Christian world-conception, these feelings which for so many are the
    • feelings spring from the sight of a universal suffering, a
    • poet's soul opens wide, goes out of itself and learns to feel
    • own soul. And now compare this feeling not perhaps just with a comedy
    • One must not go into what the other feels, one must set oneself above
    • element of consciousness, of sensation and feeling. And what is this
    • immediately, but shall nevertheless feel it dawn a little into the
    • feel certain interior organs of your organism? You go through life
    • and do not feel your stomach or liver or lungs. You feel none of your
    • organs as long as they are sound. You feel them only when they give
    • when it hurts you, when you feel that something is out of order there
    • higher level and is expressed in the feeling of pleasure. Creation is
    • expresses suffering on a lower level, the feeling of hunger, for
    • therefore say with justification that suffering is a common feeling
    • in human nature: thinking, feeling and willing. These three depend on
    • certain thought and feeling processes have taken place. The human
    • diseased, then no proper harmony exists between thinking, feeling and
    • let his feelings be guided rightly through thoughts, to bring his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • higher occult development. In order to be able to feel the good, man
    • had also to be able to feel the evil. The gods gave him enthusiasm
    • for the higher. But without evil there could be no self-feeling, no
  • Title: Lecture: What Do We Understand by Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • life of feeling — of desire, pleasure and its opposite, of joy
    • feelings have acquired a lasting quality they cling to the etheric
  • Title: The Rishis
    Matching lines:
    • the temple: he feels the wonderful harmonies through which the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Nature and Significance of Karma in the Personal and Individual, and in Humanity, the Earth and the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • this or that feeling or action, we might say all this is so very
    • after the above considerations we feel hopeless, and that is just what
    • might have experienced something in his soul which gave him a feeling
    • essentially change the judgments we have formed by our feelings and
    • the cause of what happens later on, we shall probably be glad and feel
    • must first discover. What matter the rules by which I myself feel
    • bound? The child himself must feel the necessity to do this or that.
    • spheres, and we feel how the different branches of karma —
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma and the Animal Kingdom
    Matching lines:
    • feeling towards the animal kingdom which many people in Europe cannot
    • therefore able to feel pain. But from what has now been said we see
    • already has the capacity to feel pain but does not yet possess the
    • organisation when we were capable of feeling pain, but could not yet,
    • such facts, not as theories, but rather with a cosmic world feeling.
    • When we look upon the animals we should feel: ‘You animals are
    • If we develop this cosmic feeling out of the theory, we then
    • experience a great and all-embracing feeling of sympathy for the
    • animal kingdom. Hence when this universal feeling sprang from the
    • cease to feel the connection between man and animal; and in those
    • human world of perception and feeling. The latter are the consequences
    • and feelings of humanity also change. Man could not do otherwise than
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma in Relation to Disease and Health
    Matching lines:
    • into a kind of passion when they feel called upon, and rightly too, to
    • false thinking, feeling and action. This is contained in the etheric
    • joy or pain, an impression which was accompanied by a feeling.
    • that are made upon us are accompanied by feelings and these feelings
    • on the child. We may say that if emotions, particularly feelings and
    • forgotten, these emotions and overflowings of feeling are particularly
    • most profound experiences in feeling. For example, let us suppose that
    • especially if they were accompanied by feeling, that they are able to
    • before him after death the fruits of his egotistic thoughts, feelings
    • and action, he is filled with strong feelings against his former
    • emotions and feelings which work up out of his sub-consciousness which
    • arouse the most forcible feelings against himself in the life after
    • experiences of childhood in the realm of feeling we have mentioned
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Curability and Incurability of Diseases in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • Ego-feeling which was much too weak, and which allowed of too much
    • fits the present state of humanity. Thus it was this lack of feeling
    • feeling of personality; in your next incarnation you must seek for
    • opportunities to strengthen this feeling, to train it, as it were,
    • Ego-consciousness, so that he has to exert these feelings to the
    • then so work that in the next incarnation his feeling of self will be
    • feeling of self. He sees that he must be more temperate as regards
    • this feeling and that he must subdue it. So he will seek an
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Natural and Accidental Illness in Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • the feelings which we have experienced during the period between death
    • we do not live through these feelings, the forces are free and they
    • why anyone wishing to work for Spiritual Science feels in this
    • feeling and desire so to order his life as to become a veritable
    • itself. Thus he was led to this intense feeling of being a ‘child
    • generally begins an improvement accompanied by a certain feeling of
    • enters us from outside. Ahriman's activity is strongest when we feel
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: The Relationships Between Karma and Accidents
    Matching lines:
    • themselves, but Christ within them should think, feel, and will, so
    • So we see how earlier thoughts, sensations, and feelings affect the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Forces of Nature, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes and Epidemics in Relation to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • should feel that it was not so bad after all to succumb to these
    • But how can pain become our schoolmaster, if we only feel the pain and
    • the ahrimanic influence. Thus no one must believe that if we feel
    • and Ahriman is possessed by fear as soon as he feels that from out of
    • already feel that as Earth men we have not the right to wish for
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karma of the Higher Beings
    Matching lines:
    • expressions of feelings, impulses and passions, which in a certain way
    • will have but little relationship to the world of his feeling —
    • attained within to a transformation of the impulses, feelings and
    • feelings and so forth that have developed in him a want of love
    • that on the other we should feel it our duty to contribute to the
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Karmic Effects Of Our Experiences As Men and Women. Death and Birth In Relationship to Karma
    Matching lines:
    • act so strongly in the other direction, that they will feel themselves
    • a species feels the death of an animal like the death of a limb which
  • Title: Manifestations/Karma: Lecture: Individual and Human Karma. Karma of the Higher Beings.
    Matching lines:
    • today from our Anthroposophical thought, feeling and will, are
    • which lowered us. What we then feel is imprinted into our further life
    • departments of the soul, in Thought, Feeling and Will. If we
    • everywhere where human feeling and human thinking exist, you can see
    • and being overcome by the feeling that above all they should in their
    • are and they will feel it as a sacrifice. This sacrifice will rise to
    • thought, feeling and will, into our whole life, so that one should be
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feel perceptively that what before this were only abstract forces
    • can one feel the arising memory of the Cosmic Midnight and the
    • soul ...”). What, however, the soul has to feel in order to
    • the power of thinking, with which one feels so confidently connected
    • One must first have experienced the feeling of one's own self moving
    • of the words of Benedictus in answer to Lucifer. Try to feel what
    • must struggle to achieve their feeling for the gods
    • I feel the secret meaning they contain.
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • who are thus in the clutches of Ahriman feel the impulse to wrench
    • described. We will have the right feeling for Ahriman when we
    • of living, feeling and rejoicing from the kind the sense world can
    • through his imagination and his soul life of feeling, no longer
    • to do this by contaminating the feeling life of the soul. Ahriman has
    • more to do with our thinking, Lucifer with the feelings, with the
    • over everything of soul feeling in the physical sense world. He has
    • the tendency to detach and separate this feeling life of the soul
    • luciferic kingdom composed of all the soul feeling he can seize and
    • Lucifer does the opposite: he takes what is soul feeling in the
    • certain qualities that feel satisfied, or charmed, or delighted, when
    • perception, feeling, and passion that the soul must necessarily
    • feeling and passion belonging to the sense world. Something further
    • remains of sensual feeling. Ahriman is the more spiritual being; what
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • continually have to change in order to feel at home in that world,
    • essential faculty for finding and feeling oneself in the elemental
    • what is necessary for this feeling of self. The forces of the
    • with the power to feel himself an ego, an I. It is different in the
    • develop no feeling of self in the elemental world if he does not
    • oneself into other beings” must give way to the feeling of
    • comes in the elemental world when the etheric body feels, “I
    • of transformation with strengthened ego feeling were regulated in the
    • lived for a time in the element of metamorphosis, one feels the need
    • within with its heightened feeling of self. Yes, our consciousness
    • feels himself to be the master of his thoughts, which seem rather
    • particular entity one feels greater sympathy, while in immersing
    • oneself in another entity one feels less sympathy. No! Sympathies of
    • elemental world. Here in this world we feel drawn to some people,
    • corresponding to the feelings of sympathy and antipathy must be
    • then we will feel the qualities of these beings rising within our
    • true. That is, only then are we capable not merely of feeling what
    • things are not so obliging that the ego feeling is provided for us as
    • have to will the feeling of ego; we have to find out what it means
    • thought of it, at that moment we will feel ourselves falling
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • thinking, feeling and willing of the physical plane and indeed, even
    • the thinking, feeling and willing related to it, there is simply
    • patiently, a feeling that can be described as a truly inward calmness
    • and feeling. We have to approach the spiritual world by realizing
    • feel their reality, should feel that they represent reality. We must
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feeling spread among the visionaries in the fortress — we must
    • person that a feeling element of soul rises up into his solitary
    • Number and measure — he had learned to feel what
    • they are, to feel them deeply, to fathom them, and now he understood
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • physical world as well as everything we ordinarily think, feel, and
    • as the ideas and feelings we acquire there, are all images of what is
    • sense world the concepts, ideas and feelings we can carry fruitfully
    • feelings that will strengthen our soul and enable it to cross the
    • feelings and ideas for the realm of the spirit if we really wish to
    • everything on the physical plan that thinking, feeling and willing
    • developed in our soul. But neither the impressions nor the feeling,
    • this experience — feeling oneself in the astral body —
    • body to perceive and feel and observe in the spiritual world. It is
    • accustomed not to perceive or think or feel or will in the spirit
    • can no longer see nor hear, no longer are able, to think or feel or
    • thought-being. If then we have a feeling of utter calmness in our
    • single point and feel ourselves as such, listening to the
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • incarnation to incarnation, in such a way that we feel almost as
    • thinking, feeling, and will, which we say are inside us, are now no
    • longer within us. The thinking, feeling, and will we have in the
    • further aware that what is called thinking, feeling and will is maya,
    • Johannes Thomasius stands before us as a soul who feels the
    • him; the fact that it is not has caused what we feel to be the
    • experienced the presence of all three, with thinking, feeling, and
    • beings of the spiritual world. But when you feel yourself thus
    • self, you will also have a feeling that can be described like this:
  • Title: Lecture: Secrets/Threshold: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • enter those worlds with an intensified feeling of self. Then, on
    • consciousness of self; but in contrast, despite the strong feeling of
    • the physical plane is a kind of sleep when compared to what we feel
    • spiritual world is an awakening into a strengthened feeling of self.
    • larger. We feel ourselves within the astral body — as has been
    • spirit-land, unless we get the feeling — though a somewhat
    • being impaired unless we can feel how the forces of Strader's
    • feeling of responsibility.
    • everything connected with our feeling of responsibility, as are our
    • turning up on every side today and so little of the necessary feeling
    • the most satisfying addition to it, the feeling of responsibility
    • of a feeling of responsibility.
    • feeling of responsibility as a lovely echo on all sides. Many of
    • can clearly feel all this. Actually, one would so much like to leave
    • enthusiasm for our movement but also as a feeling of responsibility
    • scientific striving would be for us all to be able to feel how
    • time with a feeling of responsibility for it.
    • the world. Such a feeling brings us immediately together in the
    • feeling of responsibility. Joined together in this way, we are
  • Title: Lecture 1: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • could not exist. We feel how that which springs up out of the earth
    • at the approach of Summer is related to our own life. We feel in the
    • something that is an impulse to feeling. These are the things which
    • feelings which formerly he did not know; that he has sympathies and
  • Title: Lecture 2: On the Meaning of Life
    Matching lines:
    • life.” In this way no real feeling, no idea could ever be
    • observed superficially gives us a feeling of sadness and of tragedy.
    • Now danger lies in the fact that many people feel themselves extremely
    • spiritual life when we simply surrender ourselves to this feeling of
    • would have the state of feeling which corresponds to this idea. With
    • the idea, a state of feeling would be evoked, and while forming the
    • wolf-nature; he would feel the ferocity of the wolf, the patience of
    • with the world that these feelings possess him, enter into his life
    • feeling-substance,” but only the abstract idea. That
    • which lives in the “feeling-substance” unites with the
    • of creation, man thus feels that he is a participator in Divine
    • the stage where the adjustment of forces takes place. We feel how
    • When we feel ourselves to be the scene where all this takes place, and
    • If we look at it like this, then it is true that we feel ourselves
    • standing in the centre of the world, feel that the world would be
    • Within thy feeling cosmic forces play,
    • allows world-thoughts to speak through it, really lets world-feelings
    • not its own personal feelings inflame it and has really created these
    • feelings and thoughts from beings of cosmic or universal will.
    • different feeling of responsibility as regards what we do ourselves,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • classical world, the only world whose strengths I feel within myself.
    • feelings, points of view and ideas relating to the structure of the
    • “immortal part.” Nevertheless, he had a feeling for the
    • education, to absorb along with Latin a whole host of feelings and
    • of the Romans, they developed such forceful perceptions and feelings
    • enough to feel this living element behind every Greek word, but for
    • but we can still detect in Greek words a strong feeling remaining from
    • direct soul element, the kernel, the inner feeling that we sense in
    • body and lives on in feeling and sentiments. What we today call
    • We also find how alone the Roman feels, a quality of his soul that is
    • rather many of the feelings we have acquired in our study of Roman
    • feelings.
    • still be correct however one feels them, “One only hears of the
    • certain feeling which still remains today, a feelings shared by those
    • feelings in the soul of which men are not always fully conscious. As I
    • feel, though often unconsciously, our close connection with the
    • feel a kind of intimate intercourse with them as he might experience
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • soul world, in an everyday thinking, feeling and willing that would
    • to moments in this development when someone feels this free
    • expression in his Aurora, and we can feel as we read it how
    • still feels it to be a little unfree. Nevertheless, he knew it was a
    • “Without feeling the impulse of the will, I also don't know what
    • me. Without feeling the impulse of the will, I also don't know what I
    • that he feels harmony and rest in his soul, and he describes how men's
    • has experienced again and again this feeling of being filled with
    • The feeling of being drawn in the other direction was given to the
    • picture of the condition of his soul. De Musset is one who feels the
    • presence of the imaginative life in himself, but he also feels the
    • to quote here a passage that will serve to show how he feels himself
    • Note the contrast with Boehme, who feels the God in him. With
    • that he feels like crying out when they find expression in him.
    • not feel as though a giant artist, who makes him unhappy, were
    • dictating to him, but a spirit. He feels that he is transported into
    • and feeling. I think you will find them underlying all I have been
    • Let us take first a phenomenon in which we all necessarily feel the
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • prefers his knowledge to give him nice pleasant feelings, but that is
    • terrible truths one can experience a kind of feeling of upliftment. As
    • he wants to feel uplifted in his own way. This, too, is connected with
    • feel in himself the inclination and desire to apply them on earth in
    • This kind of murder engendered definite feelings in the initiate.
    • to you, imparted a definite direction to their feelings. When the
    • called ahrimanic in the fullest sense. Nevertheless, certain feelings
    • feeling the need to understand the individual character of those
    • as frequently has happened, clothed by many persons in such feelings,
    • head in our circle, enmity from out of the unintelligent feelings,
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • harmony with the materialistic feeling of the age. Man wanted to learn
    • modern way of feeling and thinking, as it has developed in the last
    • hidden feeling of the good in spiritual science has, however, been the
    • judge from the standpoint of human feeling and moral perception the
    • being. All those divisions upon which men build their feelings today
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • with disinterested, unselfish feelings but with hankerings and greed
    • would have filled the feelings of men in all their work and productive
    • intellect but they can also assume a form that is more akin to feeling
    • feeling, given us by the science of the spirit must help us to
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • what he regarded as the right impulses of culture, knowledge, feeling and
    • in this spot with all the feelings and sentiments that have arisen
    • moment of their lives they were to think and feel dedicated with all
    • mighty task was set, less to thought than to deep feeling, which aimed
    • feeling and experience of the Mystery of Golgotha and of all that is
    • feel in him; when he thought, he let the Christ think in him; when he
    • his willing, feeling, thinking and sense perception. These, indeed,
    • and feeling to debase the Mystery of Golgotha. In the dream pictures
    • and try to feel how
    • — that he begins to regard the world and to feel himself in it,
    • wonderful feeling of internationalism is poured out in Herman Grimm's
    • fragment, “The Mysteries,” the mood born of the feeling that
    • feel the deeper connection between what we have characterized for
  • Title: Inner Impulses: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • civilized humanity's present-day thinking and feeling, the social
    • many ideas, perceptions, feelings and will impulses; spiritual science
    • faculty lives that is transmitted to European thinking and feeling, so
    • thought. Such energetic and keen thinkers as Hume and Montesquieu feel
    • might all the more obtain a feeling of the inner ego. This feeling has
    • happen; the feeling of the ego had at some time to be engendered in
    • sleep. Then we wake up refreshed with an inner feeling of reality. If
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture I: The Three Streams in the Life of Civilization. The Mysteries of Light, of Man, and of the Earth.
    Matching lines:
    • things, there is that feeling which I have often characterized as
    • away the dim feeling that in the life of thought there is something
    • “pictures”. Now, human beings feel this; they feel that that
    • morning and rub them — all this becomes a mere picture. They feel
    • this and they begin to feel insecure, much as a man might who, taken
    • dizziness of fear. On the one side therefore, the human being feels
    • On the other side he feels — and he feels it even if he deceives
    • finger we feel a certain pain, a discomfort. Why do we feel discomfort
    • is the reason why the astral body then feels pain. The pain comes from
    • he is no longer adapted to the sensible body. He gradually feels
    • In the East of Europe especially, there has always been a feeling for
    • better to mark their own feeling of relationship to him, they called
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture II: The Michael Path to Christ: A Christmas Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • be conscious when he raises his thoughts and feelings to the
    • “No” of David Friedrich Strauss, and the feeling often
    • that we must seek for feelings and ideas which have nothing to do with
    • human distinctions of any kind on the Earth. Such feelings and ideas
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture III: The Mystery of the Human Will
    Matching lines:
    • Although it might be said, with a certain amount of feeling or logic,
    • when in a dreaming state he experiences the nature of his Feelings,
    • awake in our life of feeling, and completely asleep in our Will. Let
    • when men are filled with personal ideas and feelings is indeed
    • Mankind. With such a Natural Science man will feel his responsibility
    • the feeling that he admits all the objections that are brought against
    • feel in this way; on the contrary, they should develop a definite
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture IV: The Breaking-in of Spiritual Revelations Since the Last Third of the Nineteenth Century. Thoughts on New Years Eve.
    Matching lines:
    • feel our Ego, depends on the fact that our life's course is
    • which condensed into religious feeling and religious veneration
    • clairvoyance. The man of today can feel that this dilution, this
    • should feel how important it is to direct our longings towards that
    • Spiritual Science. It is especially needful to have this feeling at
    • feeling is seeking to assume new life. Groping attempts are numerous.
    • is to safeguard the elementary feeling of piety of which I have
    • sources — to the great human relations, and to feel for the whole
    • of those, who will to feel with and who will to think with
    • Anthroposophical Spiritual Science, may feel their union with this new
  • Title: Cosmic New Year: Lecture V: The Dogma of Revelation and the Dogma of Experience. The Spiritual Mark of the Present Time. A New Year Contemplation.
    Matching lines:
    • the innermost heart-forces of those who are still capable of feeling
    • really acquire the feeling that where there is only a flow of words
    • We must be able to feel when spirit and soul are spoken of as reality.
    • up. Through some of its leaders, mankind feels itself induced to
    • in the growing human being. But in this domain our feelings are to be
    • present time. We ought to feel that we must say: “We have
    • These facts must become known, and to feel that these facts must
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge and Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • that work in the soul, viz., thinking, feeling, and willing. We know
    • Next, as to the feeling life. The feelings are perhaps even more
    • the feelings of our soul-life are far less clear and filled with light
    • into our feelings and bring them into a certain clarity, but our
    • feelings seem to surge up from the unknown depths of our life. They do
    • observation of our ordinary life about thinking, feeling and willing,
    • life of will itself, and yet we find that thinking, feeling and
    • pole, the life of will — for the feeling life stands midway
    • hand and willing on the other, with feeling as it were between the
    • all those qualities of feeling and of thought, of inner life and
  • Title: Lecture: Cognition of the Christ Through Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • heart and mind (Gemüt), for man has the feeling that his ego works too
    • initiation, and to experience this deeply disquieting feeling when the
    • spiritual sense, he sent out feelers which felt and touched and
    • physical life and lived within him; he did not feel that this thought
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • a way as to give them that singular feeling we express by the phrase:
    • develop who would be conscious of the feeling of freedom. The
    • nature and may feel that this extra-human nature is a mirror of the
    • speculation, man must be able to feel joy and accord at the sight of
    • this or that manifestation of nature, feel inner jubilation and
    • should evoke deep down in his heart the feeling that his
    • elation and joy in nature, all that rises in us as a feeling of
    • this should be attuned to the feeling of relationship between our
    • That was the feeling still cherished by many of the most enlightened
    • within himself: he can now feel in his Gemüt the Conqueror
    • strong in man that the matter of directing his feelings upward and
    • feelings, he may glimpse the image of the Dragon, and on the other
    • down. I do not see it — I feel it as something that would
    • living vision. And when we are able to feel it in a living way and to
    • her winter death, we would be able to feel the burgeoning of spirit,
    • with which we should unite ourselves — just as we feel the Easter
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and acting.
    • often he is even afraid, when he feels a deeper, more intimate contact
    • freedom, the feeling of freedom, in order to arrive at full
    • which they feel when imbued with the whole power dwelling in the birth
    • you know, thinking, feeling, and willing from one another; and
    • especially in connection with feeling we speak of the human
    • the warmth and enthusiasm of feeling. We can call a man
    • without really feeling that a life of such matter-of-fact behavior
    • also feel it in the light of the full responsibility we thereby incur
    • Dragon in such a way as really to become inwardly transformed, to feel
    • accepted, they produce less feeling in him than would an electrifying
    • apparatus applied to his knuckle. In the latter case he at least feels
    • Gemüt a feeling of what Michael really expects of us.
    • feeling for the spell-bound elemental spirituality in all this budding
    • life. He will acquire a feeling, a Gemüt content, telling
    • enchanted elemental being within it; and he will learn to feel the
    • beings in nature. Men will no longer only feel themselves
    • to feel surrounding nature as its very own being. The most that men
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • conditions: he must learn to feel himself not only as an earth citizen
    • feeling connected with them, at least as regards their material life
    • have become very dim. Human feeling for the traditional festivals has
    • first create a feeling for what it might signify; for by no means must
    • being, are all the feelings and conceptions of the extraterrestrial
    • equipped with all such sky-wisdom, feels himself a hermit on what he
    • Everything we can think, will, or feel in the physical sense-world is
    • imaginations always lead a life of their own: we feel quite clearly
    • conscious feeling for the processes in the liver, kidneys, spleen,
    • being, appealing in the main to the capacity for feeling. And just as
    • develop his capacity for feeling into an organ capable of gleaning
    • man feels himself to be active in such a way that into his activity
    • this physical process; we see something, and then feel the red
    • left his physical sense-nature — then he indeed feels a mighty,
    • when the autumn brings the death of nature; we will feel the contrast
  • Title: Lecture: Michaelmas-Soul: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • space. But only in this way does it become possible to feel the outer
    • astonishingly obtuse in the matter of a feeling for reality. People
    • feeling, into sensibility, in him who envisions it. As he feelingly
    • the festival intended to induce a feeling in man that he belongs not
    • feel winter merely as the time for donning a heavy coat, or summer as
    • will learn to feel the subtle transitions occurring in the course of
    • of anthroposophy can bring us to the point at which we feel the
    • shall learn to feel soul, soul in the process of becoming; we will
    • gradually acquired the sensitive feeling for nature just described
    • I feel a true concord with nature and can say, my ego blooms in the
    • and the bearing fruit, man develops this delicate feeling for nature
    • But then — if we have learned to feel with nature, to blossom
    • Michael forces! Now we feel them again. In the old days of instinctive
    • enter and feel at home in the consciousness of immortality, in the
    • beings who feel in their souls in fullest measure everything that can
    • redemption; and perhaps he will feel in his soul that he must unite in
    • death; but in the Michael Festival we must feel with all the intensity
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • The Experience of Feeling
    • become acquainted with this feeling of living in thoughts.
    • thinking. You will find therefore a fundamental tone or feeling in this
    • he no longer feels himself to be outside the cosmic secret, but
    • entirely different happens. He has the feeling, quite a right
    • feeling, that with his thinking, which is not confined to any one
    • place, he can grasp everything inwardly. He feels that he is
    • extends spiritual feelers outwards, as I might say, so with this
    • finally acquire the feeling of becoming free from himself, of getting
    • our feeling of life is intensified while giving ourselves up to our
    • gradually see the dawn in a new way; you may have a new feeling on
    • prophetic force in itself. You will begin to feel the dawn as
    • meaning with this prophetic force, so that you get a feeling, which
    • may gradually bring yourself into a condition in which you feel when
    • it is a quality of my own inner feeling. I myself at this moment am
    • the dawn.” When you feel thus united with the dawn so that you
    • as a living feeling, — then you will also feel as if you
    • will feel that the sun does not leave you alone, the sun is not there
    • while you are here but you feel that your existence extends in a
    • If you develop this feeling which, as we have said, does
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • When we penetrate into these facts we feel, if we regard
    • body, is but a kind of shadowy picture, but on the soul's feeling and
    • period after death, a man's whole feeling and perception is
    • silence. They can sit together for whole evenings without feeling
    • the body, and producing a kind of inner feeling of the muscles (when
    • a person walks and feels his muscles that is different from
    • rising mist melancholy feelings are aroused in man, it is now that
    • his thoughts and at the same time to a certain extent his feelings
    • himself to the feeling that his thinking is like a breathing in
    • light. Man then feels his thinking, he feels it like a breathing in
    • feeling for what lies on the other side of the Threshold, for that
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • go to sleep.” It is perhaps the most beautiful of all feeling
    • feeling; and the rose-bush absorbs into its own being while we are
    • get a very impressive feeling if you take up the
    • stream which flows from east to west; because gradually you feel more
    • finger-tips, and we feel that it is easy to develop the will.
    • go even to the stars, if in summer nights we feel endowed with this
    • does not become so severe as to produce a frosty feeling the head
    • thus learn to differentiate our will, and then we shall feel that the
    • our head we feel to be related to the winter. Through the will we
    • There is a possibility of feeling as a reality the words
    • words are not a mere abstraction; for if a man feels his own will
    • united with nature, he can, at the approach of winter feel as if from
    • That is the feeling of the winter-will; but man can also
    • feel the summer-will which expands our thoughts out into the
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IV: The Ephesian Mysteries of Artemis
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that just as we live imaginatively into the crystal covering
    • We feel ourselves one with the cosmos. And above all else it now
    • millions of crystal eyes of the earth we are prepared to feel the
    • it in the Feeling-Soul.
    • Thereby, however, we feel ourselves as Man once again
    • himself lives, feels and projects himself in experience into the
    • But the first feeling of which I am speaking may be
    • which comes over from former earthly lives. Anyone who has a feeling
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • metallic elements of the earth back into those ancient times we feel
    • withdraw its feelers.
    • discover in those ancient times. We feel so bound up with these
    • things that we feel this whole process as an expansion of the human
    • arises from within. The speaker may feel pleasure in it or not. It
    • life. One feels oneself, as has been said, united as a human being
    • that he might be prepared for independent feeling during his earth
    • In like manner, through this second creation feeling
    • him as an earthly human being with willing, feeling and thinking.
    • For that which man is today as a thinking, feeling and
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • follows: “Learn to feel in your own instrument of speech what
    • over again: “Notice what you feel when the word sounds forth
    • content of feeling.
    • feeling of that which rises is predominant while in the words “I
    • am not” the feeling of that which descends prevails.
    • closely to the intimate inner feeling and personal experiences of the
    • latter process the word becomes inwardly perceptible, man can feel it
    • downwards of the word towards feeling. Thus in man's speech thought
    • and feeling weave, in that by this living wave-movement of speech the
    • was intended that he should feel the following:
    • of the earth, then he feels everything which then happened as part of
    • this stage of evolution he does not feel himself as a tiny man
    • enclosed in a skin; he feels himself as embracing the whole
    • say: Man feels essentially his head as encompassing the whole
    • feels as taking place within himself. But how does he feel this
    • this: Something very wonderful comes before us if, with a feeling for
    • planets. There one could feel the connection between this bony system
    • to feel himself as a covering or veil of the tiny reflection of this
    • Let us now endeavour to feel how this development of the
    • The pain we feel today must continue to be pain, and will do so in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VII: The Mysteries of Hibernia
    Matching lines:
    • feeling that that which we can clamp into words is something no
    • most natural and simple way they developed feelings which ordinary
    • wholly under the influence of these rays. And the feeling came to him
    • experiences when it feels: I stand now before the Power which guards
    • ways to that which we must feel in the words: Now I am standing on
    • was brought to have the feeling that he could not overcome these
    • had been brought to feel the necessity that man should come to this
    • feeling: Many say to me here in the physical world, ‘You must
    • feeling: One must struggle through to the inner joyful fullness of
    • longed for as truth. The pupils had indeed the feeling that on that
    • disappointments in the physical world. But there were also feelings
    • feeling and the other. The pupil was, so to speak, tested in the
    • filled one might say with this feeling of radiating fear: What man
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • many cases shorter, the pupils were kept above all to feel the echo
    • his skin. Here especially when he experienced his sense of feeling,
    • feel himself as a unity, but in very fact he felt his ego multiplied
    • feeling that the earth-ego must be conquered, there arose in him
    • first, which arose out of a numbness, he had clearly the feeling that
    • not feel himself as he did before, dismembered into his senses as a
    • self-possession and feeling of kinship in his innermost human nature,
    • yet fully in the condition to feel this dying spirit, which is
    • inwardly control thyself when thou dost feel poured out into and
    • always have an inner clear knowledge according to the feeling which
    • progress of his post-earthly life. And when he made the feeling of
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • tract, or in the sensation of feeling, etc., when he thus became
    • between experience at that time and experience today. Today we feel
    • in the man the foolishness is evident of feeling ourselves limited by
    • soon be in me is outside. So that we only feel ourselves rightly
    • Today when you take hold of a table you do not feel as if the table
    • Ether-distances, to that point where he could feel: The paths of the
    • living way than today. It may be compared with the way that a feeling
    • vivifying element, enabling him to feel his organization right into
    • indeed be able to feel that if you freely expose yourself to the sun,
    • sun becomes uncomfortable to your inner feeling; but if you expose
    • heat pour on to your body and into your organism, then you will feel
    • was so instructed that he was placed in the sun, and was led to feel
    • through touch feel the form of an object. And so if one organ in your
    • astral light, he would not now pre-eminently feel himself, but he
    • would feel in his consciousness a mighty world, a world of which he
    • This element is really nothing but Nature-goodness, for I feel
    • consisting in quite volatile imponderable elements, I feel how out of
    • pupil had been led to it, to feel himself only in his senses, when he
    • was as if he did not feel himself as flesh and blood, as bones and
    • which a man feels in himself, but which is kindled by contact with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture X: The Chthonic and the Eleusinian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • of aeons of time, and he learnt to feel in the right way what the
    • the Eleusinian Mysteries, in his inner being, a feeling of being one
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XI: The Secret of Plants, of Metals, and of Men
    Matching lines:
    • is able to absorb them into his feeling, will be able to sense, even
    • upon his soul two polarically opposite feelings. The pupil who sought
    • exhorted to feel himself intensely as man in his relation to nature
    • realize and feel the warm air. He was told: “Picture to thyself
    • feel, when this warm air approaches thee, that something really wants
    • contrast with this realize cold water in any form. Simply feel it;
    • thou dost not feel at home in this. In the warm air thou canst feel
    • the wide spaces of the Cosmos; but in the cold water thou feelest
    • strange, not at all at home in it. Thou feelest, when thou
    • earth, and thou feelest thyself to be in thy proper place observing
    • them from without. Thou canst really only feel the warm air within
    • wide spaces of the cosmos; but the cold water thou canst feel only
    • was confronted. He was taught to feel that the words “outside”
    • through which man can feel himself fitted in to the world with the
    • When, with this inner feeling for the contrast between
    • the warm air and the damp cold, when, armed with this feeling he
    • these deepened feelings of which I have just spoken looked at the
    • The pupil could feel this because he had previously
    • connection. When he had developed such an intensified life of feeling
    • revealed the secret of the planets. Man's feelings were not then so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XII: The Mysteries of the Samothracian Kabiri
    Matching lines:
    • of the instruction he had gone through, he had this feeling: “Now
    • with truth, what a quartz crystal feels like, what a hair feels like,
    • what the human skin feels like, what the skin of an animal feels
    • like, what silk or velvet feel like. Man is today capable of that. He
    • can realize all these things vividly in his feeling. In the
    • feeling, of contacting the Gods. The most marvelous thing is really
    • feels when he stretches out a hand to touch something; and just as we
    • know the different feeling in our finger-tips when they are
    • contacting say silk, to what they feel when they contact velvet or
    • which he learnt to feel while speaking, and while the pupil
    • progressed more and more and learnt to feel himself in this element
    • Ages. There, in preparation for true knowledge, man was made to feel
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIII: Transition from the Spirit of the Ancient Mysteries to the Spirit of the Mysteries of the Middle Ages
    Matching lines:
    • reference to their effect on the life of feeling. There was much of
    • furnishes quite another feeling. at the starting point of the path
    • in a dead way that which exists in man in a living and feeling way.
    • and of man. Then they had the feelings: “These things of
    • These medieval investigators had the feeling: “I have
    • was the feeling.
    • tragic feeling to be found in these medieval investigators of nature.
  • Title: Mystery Centres: Lecture XIV: Human Soul-Strivings During the Middle Ages the Rosicrucian Mysteries
    Matching lines:
    • note predominates. The peculiar trait is the feeling which existed in
    • knowledge which came from their inner feeling, a cognition acquired
    • with heart and feeling.
    • prepared in his soul to observe the solar orb with the right feeling,
    • the right mood of soul. He had to make, his feeling so receptive, so
    • but they are not prepared in their feeling to receive this impression
    • get into touch. That was the feeling of these medieval alchemists and
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • journey and probably will not feel able to speak to you
    • in the domain of modern medicine there may be a feeling that
    • which most cures are based. There is a certain feeling that it
    • feeling, there is already a hitch, and that is why he does not
    • speak of feelings as independent entities but only of mental
    • images colored with feeling. And modern physiologists no longer
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • organism. I would feel bound to begin with a kind of
    • not toward the life of feeling but toward the ego, are
  • Title: Fundamentals of Anthroposophical Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, indeed for the whole life of the human organism. In
    • the life of will, feeling, and thought. The nerve-sense life is
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture I: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • alone cannot satisfy certain demands of human feeling; it is also unable
    • everywhere one must be able to find the thought-form, the feeling-form,
    • feeling, a definite kind of thinking. In social interchange we have
    • out of himself, shapes his willing, feeling, and thinking to a certain
    • through feeling. Such a human organism would appear to be burdened
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture II: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • and feeling activity; the breakdown would have to be prevented. This
  • Title: Lecture: Lecture III: Physiology and Therapeutics
    Matching lines:
    • being: in forming mental images, in feeling, and in will impulses.
    • connected primarily with the feeling and willing systems also take
    • will become clear that man's feeling is not connected in a primary way
    • the rhythmic system corresponds to feeling. Only through the
    • the carrier of the conceptual life. Then, if we raise our feelings to
    • mental images, the dull, dreamlike life of feelings is perceived and
    • pictured by us in an inner way. Just as the life of feeling is
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • feel able to speak to you adequately until to-morrow.
    • I think that in the domain of modern medicine there may be a feeling
    • which most cures are based. There is a certain feeling that it must
    • he does not speak of feelings as independent entities, but only
    • of mental conceptions coloured with feeling. And of the will,
    • into the organism from many different angles. Just as we feel the
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • various functions in the organism of man. I should feel bound to
    • feeling but towards the Ego-activities, are connected with the
  • Title: Anthroposophical Approach to Medicine: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • the bearer of feeling and finally to a condition which can be the
    • into the astral organism (the bearer of feeling), we are describing a
    • blood corpuscles must mean for the whole life of feeling and
    • life of volition, feeling and thought. The life of nerves and senses
    • who have no feeling for this artistry in Nature — an artistry
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture I: The Social Question as a Cultural Question, a Question of Equity, and a Question of Economics
    Matching lines:
    • World-War, (World-War I) even though one may feel compelled to see
    • large-hearted, benevolent, humanitarian, with fraternal feelings
    • at the present day think concerning such social ideas who feel the
    • social ideals born of feeling, sentiment and modern learning which
    • working-men? It made them feel more and more strongly that what could
    • modern working-men and knows the direction taken by social feelings
    • With a deep feeling
    • and it has acted like a suggestion on the thoughts, feelings, also on
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture II: The Organization of a Practical Economic Life on the Associative Basis
    Matching lines:
    • consequence of a feeling for what is appropriate to the life of
    • especially when one has learnt not to think and feel about the
    • proletariat, but to think and feel with the proletariat — one
    • impossible to call up by enchantment real ideas and feelings from
    • people away from that feeling for truth. Hence, one finds over and
    • feeling for the truth, to understand what is the aim of such an
    • blind following, a terrible feeling of subjection to authority in
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture III: The Task and Limitations of of Democracy, Public and Criminal Law
    Matching lines:
    • and their feelings towards others in a social or unsocial manner.
    • the origin of rights? What is the origin of that feeling which
    • beings in social life, questions affecting the feelings, and relating
    • must be continually fired and filled with enthusiasm, by feeling; but
    • feeling alone is powerless, if the fundamental imagination is absent.
    • element of human life, and that is the life of feeling. If we put
    • in accordance with their capacities, their feelings, and their needs,
    • aims, it very characteristically omits the life of feeling
    • altogether. And to omit feeling in the study of human nature is to
    • community of human beings in accordance with the feelings which have
    • been trained and refined. As people feel towards each other in
    • And because of the omission of this vital element of feeling in the
    • interchange of human feelings in public life the desire for law is
    • kindled. We cannot say that the feeling for justice suddenly awakens
    • may say that the feelings which human beings mutually develop in
    • human being can recognize as valid for others only what he feels to
    • whatever to do with that feeling for justice which exists between one
    • beings might find themselves, through their feelings, in
    • country we can still find this feeling of a man towards his work.
    • relationship to his work; it is necessary that he should feel joy in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture IV: Cultural Questions, Spiritual Science, Art, Science, Religion
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of humanity itself. Such a transformation is the aim of
    • should feel themselves separated as by an abyss from art? Though one
    • something remote, and unconsciously feel it to be a luxury of life,
    • when we see them, we at once have the feeling of something artistic.
    • feels compelled to take other ways for the attainment of knowledge
    • what to do with such a volume. As the child feels towards the volume
    • of Goethe's lyrics, so must the man feel towards nature, the cosmos,
    • feelings, a mere reflection of the outer world, we find there
    • feel.
    • the first time large numbers of people will feel spiritual life to be
    • noteworthy people, feel today the necessity of understanding
    • agitators. We find faint indications of a feeling that none of the
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture V: The Cooperation of the Spiritual, Political and Economic Departments of Life
    Matching lines:
    • appeal to the understanding and to feelings; it is there to play a
    • monopolies; what matters are the feelings which prompt such
    • proposes to call forth an ethical mode of thought and feeling by
    • have a feeling for such legislation. It is a clear case of the
    • capital, he must see — or if he should feel himself incapable
    • the individual, but within which everyone must be able to feel
    • intentions, in their feelings, and in their thoughts, a complete
    • spirit, and provides understanding in regard to the feeling and will
    • intentions, from a feeling prompted by true ethics, he says:
  • Title: Social Future: Lecture VI: National and International Life in the Threefold Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • — that international feeling, international understanding had
    • feeling, this international understanding led? It has led to the fact
    • believe that it is possible to ennoble the feeling of egoism; and,
    • call forth in him a feeling of inner well-being, of inner bliss, even
    • feeling they cannot be appraised otherwise than as egoism.
    • art, viewed subjectively, reposes on a feeling of inward
    • internationalism. We become national, because the feeling of
    • comparable to the feeling we acquire when we contemplate the beauties
    • different peoples in their various countries, does our feeling grow
    • understood. If it is understood, no one will feel impelled to ask
    • human ideals and the feelings of the human soul have not kept pace
    • the feelings arising out of the egoism of the community. Even in the
    • wide distribution and feels impelled to impose a tax on it, and so
    • only the feelings of the people in some of the belligerent states
    • international feeling existing in the countries at war been realized,
    • perception. We must have the instinct, the feeling, which will enable
    • always feel the necessity of pressing forward through the actual
    • composition of the sentences, calculated to call forth feelings of he
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • If we feel cold in a room, we do not go to the thermometer and try by
    • moral life, mere precepts as to how men should feel for one another or
    • feeling in mankind which, pictorially stated, might be thus expressed:
    • of man — the feeling that each must have his influence in
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • If you do so, you will also feel impelled to illustrate the facts by'
    • in them; therefore we must see them from within. We must feel
    • the natural scientist does from outside, we feel it uncanny to get
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • thinking. It is a thinking based on resentment, on feeling. People
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • too low (for one can have a feeling of these things) —
    • far as they arise out of sentiments and feelings. Sentiments and
    • feelings are always in some way right; but we can never correct what
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • such a driving force. You need but consider that the mood or feeling
    • they are often excellent husbandmen, excellent economists. They feel
    • immediate feeling that he can still afford to give so and so much more
    • feeling-experience. Now even in the most complicated economic process,
    • this feeling-experience is not to be eliminated. That is thinking in
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XI
    Matching lines:
    • economic insight, for in most cases the feeling for liberty is too
  • Title: World Economy: Lecture XIV
    Matching lines:
    • therefore go away from these lectures with the feeling that various
    • rather glad if you do have this feeling, provided it is combined with
    • living thing, this feeling is indeed inevitable. Life will not endure
    • being. You have a general feeling that he will prove a very able man
    • the various social discontents; men dimly feel that here something
  • Title: Lecture I: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • you feel an urge to do so will mean that you are awake to the fact of
  • Title: Lecture II: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • from us we now feel the Universe which until recently was ours. It
    • spiritual life. A feeling for the need to get back to a spiritual
    • feeling of discrimination even in the realm of earthly speech,
    • into their feeling-content. It is as I was saying in the educational
    • Ah.]. Ach signifies: “A — I feel wonder. The sense
    • as though you were to feel the lobes of your lungs shrinking within
    • you. So do you feel your cosmic life and being, your Sun- and
    • world of feeling. Helen Keller for example has quite a different
    • world of feeling and ideation than other people; she is only able to
    • left-and-right-hand man, man is enabled to feel and be aware of
    • must be one; but you must also be able to feel your own oneness, you
  • Title: Lecture III: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • feel united with the movements of the World of the planets. When we
    • accompanied by a more or less intense feeling of anxiety, —
    • give rise to the feeling of anxiety and apprehension of which I have
    • cosmic mist has enveloped me, it has received me into itself. We feel
    • And then another feeling begins to arise in the soul. Out of this
    • first experience, where we are anxious and apprehensive, feeling
    • into which we come after falling asleep. Two fundamental feelings
    • this organ man begins to feel the forces in his astral body that come
    • but with many people comes quite soon — man feels himself
    • again a feeling of anxiety comes over man. He feels: What if I lose
    • back upon thoughts and feelings and impulses of will that he has
    • in the feelings.
    • inner picture, from the part of him that remains in bed, he feels
    • man experiences, in addition to all else. He feels how the Moon
    • entire man. And as all this comes before our view, we feel we are
    • he passes on to spirit-land, and here he feels and knows that he is
    • a state of anxiety, and feels: I am no more than a tiny cloud of mist
    • entire man, we may experience in sleep the kind of feeling to which
    • feel impelled to make connection also with the forces working from
    • world. All that we feel to be so grand and majestic in the poetry of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • feeling himself in the midst of a vast and vague unknown is at first
    • Nature; but we cannot help feeling that we have in us something more
    • moral responsibilities, and we feel moreover that our whole
    • religious feeling and our moral feeling, we leave them behind with
    • feeling, his moral sensibility enters so deeply into his soul that he
    • to feel pricks of conscience, — not before. There is thus
    • group-soul during our waking hours; we feel we belong to a particular
    • to put on aristocratic airs, and like to feel ourselves as members of
    • feeling. It is hardly possible for the man of today to be an
    • body, he brought with him a strong feeling of belonging to his group.
    • feeling of belonging to the life that is beyond the Earth. He knew
    • feeling it as something external to themselves, rather as we feel the
    • clothes that we wear. We have quite lost this feeling. We no longer
    • not be earthly man at all. Modern man feels united with the Earth and
    • body. Instead of feeling his body merely as a garment for his
    • we have our physical diet, and we must regain a feeling for the
    • lived his former life on Earth, a human soul may have the feeling,
    • oxygen, nitrogen, carbon, sulphur, etc. But we must come also to feel
  • Title: Lecture V: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • feel particularly drawn to certain of these beings and say to
    • beings alone that these earth-water beings feel themselves in
  • Title: Lecture VI: Man's Life on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • first, when divested of our ether-body, we feel like strangers amid
    • feelings are left behind in sleep in the physical and ether-body?
    • being on the Earth, you may now be feeling: Today, alas, after his
    • and inwardly as I am doing now, I should not feel the strong
    • spheres of Moon and Saturn, feeling within himself the Planetary
    • of Nazareth. By turning now in heart and mind and feeling to the
    • superficial as we have been in our feelings and in our sympathies and
    • Meanwhile the forces of the Moon arise within us. We feel once more:
    • left behind, feeling that we belong to what has fallen from us, yet
    • human feeling, — it will be present in the form of true
    • more clever in our head, and the appropriate feelings, springing from
    • expense of another. As in a plant the single leaf or petal feels
    • happiness at the expense of the whole, but man will feel a member of
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • you feel an urge to do so will mean that you are awake to the fact of
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • from us we now feel the Universe which until recently was ours. It
    • spiritual life. A feeling for the need to get back to a spiritual
    • feeling of discrimination even in the realm of earthly speech,
    • into their feeling-content. It is as I was saying in the educational
    • Ah.]. Ach signifies: “A — I feel wonder. The sense
    • as though you were to feel the lobes of your lungs shrinking within
    • you. So do you feel your cosmic life and being, your Sun- and
    • world of feeling. Helen Keller for example has quite a different
    • world of feeling and ideation than other people; she is only able to
    • left-and-right-hand man, man is enabled to feel and be aware of
    • must be one; but you must also be able to feel your own oneness, you
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • feel united with the movements of the World of the planets. When we
    • accompanied by a more or less intense feeling of anxiety, —
    • give rise to the feeling of anxiety and apprehension of which I have
    • cosmic mist has enveloped me, it has received me into itself. We feel
    • And then another feeling begins to arise in the soul. Out of this
    • first experience, where we are anxious and apprehensive, feeling
    • into which we come after falling asleep. Two fundamental feelings
    • this organ man begins to feel the forces in his astral body that come
    • but with many people comes quite soon — man feels himself
    • again a feeling of anxiety comes over man. He feels: What if I lose
    • back upon thoughts and feelings and impulses of will that he has
    • in the feelings.
    • inner picture, from the part of him that remains in bed, he feels
    • man experiences, in addition to all else. He feels how the Moon
    • entire man. And as all this comes before our view, we feel we are
    • he passes on to spirit-land, and here he feels and knows that he is
    • a state of anxiety, and feels: I am no more than a tiny cloud of mist
    • entire man, we may experience in sleep the kind of feeling to which
    • feel impelled to make connection also with the forces working from
    • world. All that we feel to be so grand and majestic in the poetry of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • feeling himself in the midst of a vast and vague unknown is at first
    • Nature; but we cannot help feeling that we have in us something more
    • moral responsibilities, and we feel moreover that our whole
    • religious feeling and our moral feeling, we leave them behind with
    • feeling, his moral sensibility enters so deeply into his soul that he
    • to feel pricks of conscience, — not before. There is thus
    • group-soul during our waking hours; we feel we belong to a particular
    • to put on aristocratic airs, and like to feel ourselves as members of
    • feeling. It is hardly possible for the man of today to be an
    • body, he brought with him a strong feeling of belonging to his group.
    • feeling of belonging to the life that is beyond the Earth. He knew
    • feeling it as something external to themselves, rather as we feel the
    • clothes that we wear. We have quite lost this feeling. We no longer
    • not be earthly man at all. Modern man feels united with the Earth and
    • body. Instead of feeling his body merely as a garment for his
    • we have our physical diet, and we must regain a feeling for the
    • lived his former life on Earth, a human soul may have the feeling,
    • oxygen, nitrogen, carbon, sulphur, etc. But we must come also to feel
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • feel particularly drawn to certain of these beings and say to
    • beings alone that these earth-water beings feel themselves in
  • Title: Lecture: Planetary Spheres: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • first, when divested of our ether-body, we feel like strangers amid
    • feelings are left behind in sleep in the physical and ether-body?
    • being on the Earth, you may now be feeling: Today, alas, after his
    • and inwardly as I am doing now, I should not feel the strong
    • spheres of Moon and Saturn, feeling within himself the Planetary
    • of Nazareth. By turning now in heart and mind and feeling to the
    • superficial as we have been in our feelings and in our sympathies and
    • Meanwhile the forces of the Moon arise within us. We feel once more:
    • left behind, feeling that we belong to what has fallen from us, yet
    • human feeling, — it will be present in the form of true
    • more clever in our head, and the appropriate feelings, springing from
    • expense of another. As in a plant the single leaf or petal feels
    • happiness at the expense of the whole, but man will feel a member of
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture I: The Event of the Appearance of Christ in the Etheric World
    Matching lines:
    • sensation, feeling (Gemuet), and character, in short, questions of
    • think, feel, and sense their content and significance but when, under
    • impulses in us, forces of feeling (Gemuet) and mind. This they do
    • the principle ideas and feelings for the earth-will. This, in turn,
    • daytime in that period, we find that it did not actually feel itself
    • spiritual world and yet feel himself as a human being, as an I.
    • does not feel oneself to be an I, it is impossible to form judgments,
    • they naturally had entirely different feelings and sensations. You
    • higher world. It has thus learned to feel and to sense entirely
    • beings. The I had to make itself capable of inwardly feeling, of
    • of having I-consciousness and at the same time the feeling of living
    • be remolded in our souls into traits of feeling (Gemuet) and
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture II: Spiritual Science as Preparation for a New Etheric Vision
    Matching lines:
    • really consist in a certain state of feeling and sensation in our
    • feeling within our souls. There are certain things that should be
    • begin to feel and divine if we acquire the necessary degree of
    • in our souls into warmth of feeling, into the light that shines forth
    • their feeling of self, their feeling for the I, their
    • feels is for something that in reality is taking place; it must take
    • When we speak in this way, we feel what anthroposophy
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture III: Buddhism and Pauline Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • feeling, and willing in our time.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IV: Mysteries of the Universe: Comets and the Moon
    Matching lines:
    • expanse of the heavens, it is a feeling of sublimity that first flows
    • upon us. This feeling of sublimity will be stronger in one person,
    • direct feeling of sublimity and grandeur might disappear if he wishes
    • We are justified in feeling that understanding and comprehension in
    • this sphere cannot injure the direct feeling that arises in us. Just
    • our feelings and experiences if only we have a healthy understanding
    • regarding these sublime cosmic facts, his life of feeling will not
    • into the relative weight of a truth! We must feel the importance of
    • limbs. Head and limbs give a clairvoyant the feeling that they are
    • however, clairvoyant consciousness has the feeling that it is untrue
    • how it surpasses all general feelings of sublimity — to
    • more out of passion, out of feeling, is related to the dry,
    • spiritual science may at times feel it difficult that in this
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture V: The Reappearance of Christ in the Etheric
    Matching lines:
    • feeling of human beings to pass themselves off as the Christ. There
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VI: The Sermon on the Mount
    Matching lines:
    • in which he was able to feel a connection with the spiritual world.
    • The next member is the rational or feeling soul (Verstandes —
    • awakens only in the rational or feeling soul. If we slumber with our
    • developed himself in his rational or feeling soul, however, he can
    • in earlier realms. It is only the rational or feeling soul that can
    • We are thus approaching an age in which man will feel
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VII: The Return of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • that arises from the spiritual world.” This feeling, however,
    • debasing human feeling in such a way, to raise it up to the spiritual
    • allow to flow into our feeling and will.
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture VIII: The Etheric Vision of the Future
    Matching lines:
    • is something we must feel; we must learn to feel it.
    • Clothing arose from an exalted feeling for this fact. The ancient
    • meaning; every ant feels itself to be a member of a whole. Human
  • Title: Reappearance/Christ: Lecture IX: The Etherization of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • feels that someone has insulted him, injured him. Without much
    • organism from outside, and invigorates it. We feel strengthened in
    • and a life of feeling. Feelings fall into two categories: those of
    • mental pictures and the astral world, so now in relation to feeling I
    • as feelings of sympathy or antipathy for what is beautiful or ugly,
    • soul feels constrained to give expression to moral impulses, these
    • feelings that live within us and lead us to say that human life
    • he fe